KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP
S-1/A, 1996-08-23
NURSING & PERSONAL CARE FACILITIES
Previous: MAR VENTURES INC, 10-12G/A, 1996-08-23
Next: GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES INC, 8-A12G, 1996-08-23



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 23, 1996
    
 
                                                  REGISTRATION NO. 333-5945
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                           --------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              8361                             11-3323503
 (State or other jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)            Identification Number)
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
                            242 CROSSWAYS PARK WEST
                            WOODBURY, NEW YORK 11797
                                 (516) 921-8900
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                  GLENN KAPLAN
                            242 CROSSWAYS PARK WEST
                            WOODBURY, NEW YORK 11797
                                 (516) 921-8900
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                          COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
        ARNOLD J. LEVINE, Esq.                    WILLIAM F. GORIN, Esq.
Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP       Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton
            1585 Broadway                           One Liberty Plaza
       New York, New York 10036                  New York, New York 10006
            (212) 969-3000                            (212) 225-2000
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
 AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same
offering. / / _____________________
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. / / _____________________
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
SUCH  DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
                  (PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          ITEM NUMBER OF FORM S-1 AND TITLE OF ITEM                                PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                  <C>
1.         Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside   Outside Front Cover Page
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus....................
 
2.         Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of         Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
            Prospectus........................................
 
3.         Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of       Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
            Earnings to Fixed Charges.........................
 
4.         Use of Proceeds....................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Use Of Proceeds
 
5.         Determination of Offering Price....................  Underwriting
 
6.         Dilution...........................................  Risk Factors; Dilution
 
7.         Selling Security Holders...........................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
 
8.         Plan of Distribution...............................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
9.         Description of Securities to be Registered.........  Description of Capital Stock
 
10.        Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............                             *
 
11.        Information with Respect to the Registrant.........  Prospectus  Summary;  Risk  Factors;  Use  of  Proceeds;
                                                                 Capitalization; Dividend  Policy;  Selected  Financial,
                                                                 Operating  and Pro Forma Data; Management's Discussions
                                                                 and Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results  of
                                                                 Operations; Business; Management; Certain Transactions;
                                                                 Principal  and  Selling  Stockholders;  Description  of
                                                                 Capital  Stock;  Shares   Eligible  for  Future   Sale;
                                                                 Additional Information; Financial Statements
 
12.        Disclosure of Commission Position on                                            *
            Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities....
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* Item is inapplicable or the answer thereto is in the negative and is omitted
from the Prospectus.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
                                                                 [LOGO]
3,550,000 SHARES
KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $.01
 
All of  the  3,550,000 shares  of  Common Stock,  par  value $.01  (the  "Common
Stock"),  offered hereby  are being  sold by  Kapson Senior  Quarters Corp. (the
"Company").
 
Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for the
Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering price
will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price.
 
The Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "KPSQ".
 
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD  BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED  THE
MERITS OF THE OFFERING, ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS TO
                                             PUBLIC          DISCOUNT        COMPANY(1)
<S>                                          <C>             <C>             <C>
Per Share..................................  $               $               $
Total(2)...................................  $               $               $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $          .
 
(2)  The Company and  certain selling stockholders  (the "Selling Stockholders")
    have granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate
    of 532,500 additional shares  of Common Stock at  the Price to Public,  less
    the  Underwriting Discount, solely to cover  over-allotments, if any. If the
    Underwriters  exercise  such   option,  in  full,   the  Price  to   Public,
    Underwriting   Discount,  Proceeds  to  Company   and  Proceeds  to  Selling
    Stockholders will be $          , $           , $         , and $          ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
The  Shares of Common Stock are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the
Underwriters, to prior sale and to  the Underwriters' right to reject any  order
in  whole or in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice.
It is expected that delivery of the shares  of Common Stock will be made at  the
office of Salomon Brothers Inc, Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York, or
through   the  facilities  of   The  Depository  Trust   Company,  on  or  about
            , 1996.
 
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
                        RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
                                                      WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
 
The date of this Prospectus is          , 1996.
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
 
                    Assisted Living Facilities Location Map
 
                              Top (left to right)
(1) Kapson Senior Quarter Corp. logo.
(2) Location Map with footnote
(3) Legend
                      Middle (graphics from left to right)
(1) Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. logo.
(2) Staff member assisting resident in a daily activity.
(3) Residents being served a meal by a member of the facility catering staff.
 
The Company owns a partial interest in  five of its facilities and manages  four
facilities  in which  it does not  have an  equity interest. For  details on the
ownership and  operation  of the  Company's  facilities, see  "Business  --  The
Company's Assisted Living Facilities", and "Certain Transactions -- Arrangements
Regarding Operation of Certain Facilities."
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED  HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE  EFFECTED  IN THE  OVER-THE-  COUNTER  MARKET
(INCLUDING  THE  NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET) OR  OTHERWISE.  SUCH  STABILIZING, IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING THE  NOTES THERETO,  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE   IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS.  INVESTORS  SHOULD   CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE
INFORMATION SET  FORTH  UNDER  "RISK  FACTORS."  UNLESS  THE  CONTEXT  OTHERWISE
REQUIRES,  REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO THE "COMPANY" REFER TO KAPSON SENIOR
QUARTERS CORP., ITS  CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES  AND ITS  PREDECESSOR. EXCEPT  AS
OTHERWISE  NOTED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS  PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE
UNDERWRITERS'  OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION.   THE  INFORMATION   CONTAINED  IN   THIS
PROSPECTUS  GIVES EFFECT TO  CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS TO BE  CONSUMMATED PRIOR TO OR
SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States, and
has owned,  managed  and/or  operated assisted  living  facilities  since  1972.
Assisted  living facilities provide a residential alternative for elderly senior
citizens who need or desire assistance with their activities of daily living and
certain home  health  care  services,  in  a  non-institutional  environment.  A
majority  of the  Company's assisted  living facilities  are operated  under the
"Senior Quarters" trademark.
    
 
   
    The Company owns, manages and/or operates 15 assisted living facilities with
an aggregate of 1,623 units and a  capacity for 2,392 residents, located in  New
York, New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. Of these facilities, the Company
owns  all or a portion of eleven facilities (six facilities are wholly owned and
five partially owned,  with partial  ownership interests ranging  from 10.0%  to
50.1%)  with an  aggregate of  1,145 units and  a capacity  for 1,749 residents.
Revenues from these  eleven facilities  constituted 96.7% of  total revenues  in
1995,  with the  balance provided  by management  fees from  the four facilities
owned by  unaffiliated third  parties. In  addition, the  Company currently  has
under  pre-construction development  seven assisted  living facilities  in these
states with  an  expected  aggregate of  948  units  and a  capacity  for  1,146
residents.  At  June 30,  1996, the  Company's  facilities that  were stabilized
(i.e., in operation for at least twelve months) had a weighted average occupancy
rate of 99.0%, with  many of them maintaining  waiting lists. Furthermore,  such
facilities  have operated at a  98.0% occupancy rate for  the past five calendar
years.
    
 
    The Company believes that it is characterized by the following:
 
    - A pioneer in assisted living in the northeastern United States since 1972,
      and a preeminent provider of assisted living services in the State of  New
      York,  the state with the second  highest elderly population in the United
      States
 
   
    - Well-positioned to capitalize on the considerable growth opportunities  in
      the  assisted  living  industry presented  by  strong  demographic trends,
      cost-containment initiatives, long-term  care facility  supply and  demand
      imbalances and quality of life advantages
    
 
    - Assisted   living  facilities   that  are  designed   to  provide  premium
      accommodations and a comprehensive,  bundled package of standard  services
      for a single monthly fee
 
   
    - Focused  on "private-pay" residents  who pay through  private insurance or
      funds
    
 
    - Large facilities, with a prototype facility consisting of 125 units and  a
      capacity  for 200  residents, that  produce cost-efficiencies  and enhance
      operating margins
 
    - Three senior executives with combined experience  of over 50 years in  the
      assisted  living industry and a management team (the members of which have
      on average been  with the  Company for  approximately 10  years) with  the
      demonstrated  ability  necessary  to (i)  implement  the  Company's growth
      strategy, (ii) operate assisted living facilities in the State of New York
      (traditionally one of the states in which assisted living is most  heavily
      regulated),  and (iii) operate licensed home health care services agencies
      so as to enable the Company to  provide home health care services at  many
      of its facilities
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    The  Company's operating  philosophy is to  provide services  and care which
meet the individual needs  of its residents, and  to enhance their physical  and
mental  well-being, thereby allowing them to live  longer and to "age in place."
The Company's facilities are  designed to provide  premium accommodations and  a
comprehensive,  bundled package of  standard services for  a single monthly fee.
These facilities offer, on a 24-hour basis, personal, supportive and home health
care services  appropriate for  their residents  in a  home-like setting,  which
allow residents to maintain their independence and quality of life. Furthermore,
many  of the Company's facilities, through its Extended Care Program, also offer
additional specialized care and services to residents in the beginning stages of
Alzheimer's disease, dementia and other cognitive impairments. At June 30, 1996,
the average monthly fee  for standard services at  the Company's facilities  was
approximately $2,980 per unit.
 
   
    The  Company's  growth strategy  focuses on  the  expansion of  its existing
portfolio through  the development,  acquisition  and conversion  of  additional
assisted  living facilities, the expansion of its ancillary services (which have
not yet produced  significant revenues),  including home  health care,  in-house
pharmacy  services  and its  Extended Care  Program,  as well  as cost-efficient
facilities management. The  Company's primary focus  is the northeastern  United
States,  where it intends to maintain its  position as a leading assisted living
provider.  In  the  future,  the  Company  will  continue  to  selectively  seek
additional  opportunities in other regions of the United States. Since 1985, the
Company has developed  ten assisted living  facilities and acquired  all, or  an
interest  in,  three  others. The  Company  anticipates that,  by  utilizing its
infrastructure and assisted  living experience,  it will develop  or acquire  an
additional  30 facilities with 3,500 units and a capacity for 4,100 residents by
the end of 1999.
    
 
    The  Company  believes  its  assisted  living  business  benefits  from  the
following  significant  demographic  trends,  cost-containment  initiatives, and
long-term care facility supply and demand imbalances: (i) the continued aging of
the United States  population, resulting in  increasing demand for  care of  the
elderly;  (ii) the  changing family dynamics,  which increase  the likelihood of
families utilizing  the assisted  living alternative;  (iii) the  increased  net
worth  of the elderly and their increased ability to pay for such care; and (iv)
a general  effort to  contain  health care  costs by  governmental  authorities,
private  insurers and  managed care organizations  by limiting  lengths of stay,
services and reimbursement amounts.
 
    The Company incurred net losses for the  six months ended June 30, 1996  and
for  fiscal  1995  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  Company's  development and
construction of two facilities  that opened on September  1, 1995 and March  15,
1996,  as well as the  Company's strategic decision to  invest in management and
facility development capabilities to support future growth. The Company  intends
to pursue a rapid growth strategy, the success of which will depend upon a large
number  of factors,  including the  availability of  financing and  general real
estate and construction risks. Other risks include the fact that the Company and
its facilities  are  subject  to governmental  regulation;  competition  in  the
assisted living market; the Company's dependence on senior management; and other
business risks common to assisted living operations. See "Risk Factors".
 
    The  Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the assisted
living business of The Kapson Group, a New York general partnership of which the
sole equal partners  are Glenn  Kaplan, Wayne Kaplan  and Evan  Kaplan, who  are
brothers  (collectively,  the  "Kaplans").  The  Kaplans  are  the  three senior
executive officers of the Company and, after giving effect to the Offering, will
own approximately 53.9% of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common  Stock
(48.8%  if the Underwriters' over-allotment option  is exercised in full). While
the Company has an ownership interest in substantially all of its facilities, in
order to comply  with applicable New  York law and  regulations prohibiting  the
operation of certain types of adult care facilities by a for-profit corporation,
substantially  all  of the  Company's New  York facilities  are operated  by the
Kaplans individually. As licensed operators, the Kaplans have site control  over
substantially  all  of  the Company's  New  York facilities,  and  have personal
liability for operating these facilities.  With respect to such facilities,  the
Kaplans  have engaged a  wholly owned subsidiary  of the Company  to perform the
day-to-day operations of the facilities in a manner that the Company believes is
consistent with New York law and regulations.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock Offered..............  3,550,000 shares (1)
Common Stock outstanding after the
 Offering.........................  7,700,000 shares (1)(2)(3)
Use of Proceeds...................  The Company will  use the net  proceeds of the  Offering
                                    for  the development and  acquisition of assisted living
                                    facilities  (including  seven  facilities  currently  in
                                    various  stages of pre-construction development), to pay
                                    to  the  Kaplans  $6.0  million  (the  approximate   tax
                                    liability   expected  to   be  incurred   by  them  from
                                    transactions  pertaining  to  the  transfer  of  certain
                                    facilities  to  the  Company), to  pay  all  real estate
                                    transfer   taxes   arising   from   these   transactions
                                    (estimated to be approximately $250,000), to acquire the
                                    remaining   interest  in  one  of  its  partially  owned
                                    facilities,  and   for  working   capital  and   general
                                    corporate purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
 Symbol...........................  "KPSQ"
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes  532,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option granted by the  Company and the Selling  Stockholders.
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the
    Selling  Stockholders, which will occur only if the over-allotment option is
    exercised. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
(2) Excludes 600,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance and  available
    for  grant under the Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,
    under which options to purchase 88,462  shares of Common Stock have  already
    been issued. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
   
(3) Excludes  approximately 50,000 shares  that the Company  expects to issue in
    connection with the purchase of the 50% interest it does not already own  in
    one of its facilities.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                SUMMARY FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
    The  following table sets  forth certain historical  financial and operating
data as of and for each of the  three years ended December 31, 1995 and the  six
months  ended June 30, 1995  and 1996 for The  Kapson Group (the "Predecessor"),
and certain pro forma financial  data and operating data as  of and for the  six
months  ended June  30, 1996 and  for the year  ended December 31,  1995 for the
Company as  described  in  footnote  (1) below.  The  Predecessor  represents  a
combination  of the  businesses of  partnerships, Subchapter  S corporations and
limited liability companies which, as of June 30, 1996, consisted of six  wholly
owned,  two majority-owned and three  minority-owned assisted living facilities,
and two entities  that provided  managerial services  to five  related and  four
unrelated  entities. The businesses of the Predecessor are being acquired by the
Company in connection with the Offering. The financial data below should be read
in conjunction  with, and  is qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to,  the
combined  financial statements of the  Predecessor, including the notes thereto,
and the  information  in "Pro  Forma  Financial Information"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results  of Operations"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          --------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                    PREDECESSOR             PRO FORMA       PREDECESSOR        PRO FORMA
                                          -------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  -----------
                                            1993       1994       1995      1995 (1)      1995       1996      1996 (1)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $  12,628  $  13,349  $  14,275   $  17,828   $   7,024  $   9,529   $  10,440
  Management fees.......................        248        348        443         443         209        432         432
  Other -- affiliates...................        112         57         45      --              23         23      --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Total revenues..........................     12,988     13,754     14,763      18,271       7,256      9,984      10,872
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses....      7,591      7,837      8,314      10,913       3,931      6,252       7,070
  General and administrative............        727      1,142      1,658       3,096         730      1,275       1,832
  Depreciation..........................      1,188      1,180      1,234       1,440         576        912         964
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Total operating expenses................      9,506     10,159     11,206      15,449       5,237      8,439       9,866
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating income........................      3,482      3,595      3,557       2,822       2,019      1,545       1,006
 
  Interest expense, net.................     (3,541)    (3,487)    (3,892)     (4,780)     (1,739)    (2,861)     (3,013)
  Other income (expense), net...........        (10)        (1)       (34)        (30)          1         20          20
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income (loss) before minority interest
 and extraordinary item.................        (69)       107       (369)     (1,988)        281     (1,296)     (1,987)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships..................     --         --             16         360      --            371         271
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item...................................        (69)       107       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)     (1,716)
Extraordinary Item......................     --          4,399     --          --          --         --          --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net Income (loss).......................        (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)     (1,716)
 
Unaudited pro forma data:
Pro forma benefit (provision) for income
 taxes (2)..............................         28     (1,803)       141         651        (112)       370         686
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Pro forma net income (loss).............  $     (41) $   2,703  $    (212)  $    (977)  $     169  $    (555)  $  (1,030)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Pro forma net loss per share (3)........                                    $    (.20)                         $    (.21)
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma weighted average number of
 common shares outstanding (3)..........                                        4,831                              4,831
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss per
 share (3)(4)...........................                                    $    (.13)                         $    (.13)
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
 average number of common shares
 outstanding (3)(4).....................                                        7,750                              7,750
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                                     PREDECESSOR                PREDECESSOR
                                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end of period)...        661        661        862        661      1,623
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)......................      1,143      1,143      1,403      1,143      2,392
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted living
   facilities............................................................         98%        98%        98%        99%        99%
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                                     PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                       PREDECESSOR     ADJUSTED
                                                                                          1996       1996(1)(3)(4)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (deficit).........................................................    $  (4,344)     $  31,177
  Total assets......................................................................       67,853        101,540
  Long-term debt, excluding current portion.........................................       67,816         67,816
  Partners'and shareholders' equity (deficit).......................................      (11,107)        27,014
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1)  The pro forma statements of operations data for the year ended December 31,
     1995 and  the six  months  ended June  30, 1996  gives  effect to  (a)  the
     acquisition  on April 1, 1996 by the  Predecessor of the operations of Town
     Gate Manor (Rochester, New York) and  Town Gate East (Penfield, New  York);
     (b)  the April 1996 acquisition of the 49.9% interest in Senior Quarters at
     Chestnut Ridge by an unrelated third party; (c) the pending acquisition  of
     the  50% interest it does  not already own in  the entity which owns Senior
     Quarters at East Northport from an unrelated party for $2,600. The purchase
     price is payable  from Offering proceeds  ($1,950) and the  issuance of  50
     shares  of  common stock  at an  assumed initial  public offering  price of
     $13.00 per  share ($650);  (d) operating  fees payable  to the  Kaplans  as
     operators  for various New York facilities,  net of management fees payable
     to a  subsidiary  of the  Company;  (e)  compensation of  the  Kaplans  and
     additional  general  and  administrative  costs of  operating  as  a public
     company; (f) the initial capitalization of the Company; (g) the issuance of
     4,150 shares  of  the  Company's  common stock  as  consideration  for  the
     conveyance  of all  of the  Predecessor's assets  relating to  its assisted
     living business; and (h) the  elimination of net indebtedness and  interest
     payable  to  an  uncombined affiliate  of  the  Predecessor all  as  if the
     transactions had occurred  as of  January 1,  1995. The  pro forma  balance
     sheet  as of June  30, 1996 gives  effect to these  transactions as if they
     occurred on that date, except for the transactions in (a) and (b) which are
     included in the  historical combined balance  sheet at June  30, 1996.  See
     "Pro Forma Financial Information."
    
 
(2)  Includes  a pro  forma income tax  adjustment for federal  and state income
     taxes to reflect  the Predecessor as  a C  corporation. See Note  2 to  the
     Combined Financial Statements of the Predecessor.
 
   
(3)  Reflects  (a) the  assumed issuance  of common  stock at  an initial public
     offering price of $13.00 to satisfy the $6,250 distribution payable to  the
     Kaplans  to be paid  from the proceeds  of the Offering  which will be used
     primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to  be
     incurred  in connection with transactions pertaining to the transfer of the
     Predecessor's interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and  (ii)
     real  estate transfer taxes arising out  of the transaction estimated to be
     approximately ($250) and (b) the expected  issuance of 50 shares of  common
     stock  expected to be  issued in connection with  the agreement to purchase
     the 50% interest it does  not already own in  the entity which owns  Senior
     Quarters  at East Northport, at an assumed initial public offering price of
     $13.00 per  share, to  satisfy a  portion ($650,000)  of the  total  $2,600
     purchase price.
    
 
(4)  Reflects  the proposed issuance of all  3,550 shares in connection with the
     Offering.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  investors should consider carefully the factors set forth below
together with the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a
decision to purchase the Common Stock.
 
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the Predecessor had Partners' and Shareholders' deficit of
$11.1 million and negative working capital of $4.3 million. After giving  effect
to  the receipt and application of the net proceeds of the Offering (assuming no
exercise of  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option  and  an  initial  public
offering  price of $13.00),  the Company's pro  forma shareholders' equity would
have been $27.0 million. The Company believes that the proceeds of the Offering,
in conjunction with other  financial resources, will be  sufficient to fund  its
growth  strategy for 18 months. Other resources include $117.9 million which, as
of the consummation of the Offering, will be available ($9.1 million of which is
scheduled to be  drawn down for  a specific project)  under its acquisition  and
development  credit facility with Health Care REIT, Inc. ("HCR"), along with any
bank financing, long-term operating leases  with REITs, and joint ventures  that
it may obtain or enter into. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
need to obtain additional financing within this time or that such financing will
be  available, or available on terms  acceptable to the Company, particularly in
light  of  the  Company's  anticipated  net  losses.  See  "--  Net  Losses  and
Anticipated  Net Losses; Negative Cash Flow," "Capitalization" and "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operation  --
Results of Operations."
    
 
NET LOSSES AND ANTICIPATED NET LOSSES; NEGATIVE CASH FLOW
 
   
    Newly  developed  assisted living  facilities typically  operate at  a loss,
inclusive of  financing  costs,  for  five to  seven  months  after  completion.
Primarily  as  a result  of the  Company's development  and construction  of two
facilities that opened on September 1, 1995  and March 15, 1996, as well as  the
Company's  strategic decision to  invest in management  and facility development
capabilities to support future growth, the Company incurred a net income  (loss)
before extraordinary items of ($925,000) for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
compared  to $281,000 for  the six months  ended June 30,  1995, and ($353,000),
$107,000 and ($69,000)  for the years  ended December 31,  1995, 1994 and  1993,
respectively. The Company was not required and did not pay income taxes in these
years.  On a pro forma basis, the  Company would have incurred net income (loss)
of ($1,030,000) for the six  months ended June 30,  1996 and ($977,000) for  the
year  ended December 31,  1995. In addition,  for the six  months ended June 30,
1996, net cash used in operations was ($1,077,000). See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  -- Results  of
Operations."  As a result  of its development activities  and plans, the Company
anticipates that it will incur a net loss for the balance of 1996.  Furthermore,
if the Company continues to experience negative cash flow from operations, or if
it  does not achieve its development  objectives, or if newly developed assisted
living facilities do not  achieve break-even operating  results within the  time
expected,  or  if  development  or  construction  or  operating  expenses exceed
expectations, the Company's  financial condition will  be further impacted.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Results of Operations."
    
 
INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding long-term
debt of $67.8 million, $15.5 million of which bears interest at variable  rates.
In  addition, the  Company will,  as of the  consummation of  the Offering, have
$117.9 million of credit available (of which $9.1 is scheduled to be drawn  down
for  a specific project)  under its acquisition  and development credit facility
with HCR, which provides for interest payments at rates that are established  at
the  time of opening of the new  assisted living facility for which a particular
drawdown is  taken.  Furthermore,  the Company's  growth  strategy  contemplates
developing and/or acquiring approximately 30 facilities by the end of 1999 at an
aggregate  cost of $405 million. A portion of such funds may be financed through
additional indebtedness. As a result, the  Company's cash flow will continue  to
be  adversely impacted by debt service, and there is a risk that the Company may
be unable to  generate sufficient cash  flow from operations  to cover  required
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
interest  and principal payments,  particularly if variable  interest rates and,
consequently, interest payments, increase.  If the Company  were unable to  meet
interest  or principal payments  in the future,  there can be  no assurance that
sufficient financing  would  be available  to  cover the  insufficiency  or,  if
available,  the financing would  be on terms  acceptable to the  Company. In the
absence of  financing, the  Company's ability  to make  scheduled principal  and
interest  payments on  its indebtedness or  to respond to  changing business and
economic conditions  to  fund  scheduled  investments,  cash  contributions  and
capital  expenditures to make future acquisitions  or developments and to absorb
adverse operating  results would  be adversely  affected. Any  payment or  other
default  by the Company with respect to  any of its indebtedness could cause the
lender to foreclose on the facility or facilities securing such indebtedness and
could impair  the  Company's right  to  receive payments  under  the  management
contracts  relating to those  facilities. Further, because  of cross-default and
cross-collateralization provisions  in certain  of  the Company's  mortgages,  a
default  by the Company on any of its payment obligations could adversely affect
a significant number of the Company's other properties. Accordingly, any payment
or other default by the  Company could have an  adverse effect on the  Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition,
the  terms of certain of the Company's indebtedness have imposed, and may in the
future impose, constraints on the Company's operations, including constraints on
its ability to open new facilities  in close proximity to, or otherwise  compete
with, existing facilities, constraints on its ability to increase its management
fees  or  vary  the level  of  services that  it  provides to  residents,  and a
requirement under  the Company's  facility  with HCR  that  the Company  or  the
Kaplans be the licensed operators of the Company's facilities, where required by
law.  Furthermore,  the  Company  may  in  the  future  utilize  tax-exempt bond
financing. Such  bonds  usually  impose  various  restrictions,  conditions  and
requirements,  including requirements  that a certain  percentage of residential
units in facilities  financed by such  bonds be made  available to persons  with
below  median  income.  Bond  compliance requirements  may  have  the  effect of
limiting  the   Company's  income   from  the   bond-financed  properties.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
UNCERTAIN ABILITY TO ACHIEVE AND/OR MANAGE RAPID GROWTH
 
    The Company intends to pursue a rapid growth strategy, the success of  which
will  depend  upon a  large  number of  factors, many  of  which are  beyond the
Company's  control.  See  "Business  --  Growth  Strategy  --  Development   and
Acquisition."  At the present time the Company is a party to a limited number of
agreements related to specific facilities to  be developed, and there can be  no
assurance   that  these  facilities  will  be  successfully  completed  or  that
additional facilities will be developed. Factors that will affect the success of
the Company's growth strategy include  the Company's ability to locate  suitable
sites,  its ability to obtain appropriate  zoning, land use, building, occupancy
or other governmental permits, authorizations, licenses and approvals, the  risk
that  construction may not proceed according to plan or that its cost may exceed
estimates, the risk that occupancy rates  may not reach anticipated levels,  and
risks   relating  to   the  competitive   environment  for   development  and/or
acquisitions. Furthermore, even if  the Company were to  develop or acquire  new
facilities,  its  ability to  achieve managed  growth will  be dependent  upon a
number  of  factors,  including  its  ability  to  hire,  train  and  assimilate
management  and  other  employees  and  its  ability  to  adapt  its purchasing,
management information and other systems to accommodate its expanded operations.
See "Business -- Growth Strategy -- Development and Acquisition." If the Company
is unable to implement its growth  strategy successfully, of which there can  be
no  assurance,  its business,  financial  condition, results  of  operations and
prospects could be adversely affected.
 
DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    A substantial portion of the net proceeds of the Offering is expected to  be
used  to  partially  finance  the  development  and  acquisition  of facilities,
including the  projects  referred  to  elsewhere in  this  Prospectus  that  are
currently  in  various stages  of pre-construction  development. At  the present
time, the Company has  not entered into binding  contracts or other  agreements,
arrangements or other understandings to develop or acquire any additional sites,
and the Company will continue to have broad
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
discretion   in  identifying  potential  sites   for  development  and  existing
facilities for acquisition. Accordingly, the Company will have broad  discretion
in  using the net proceeds of the  Offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business
- -- Growth Strategy -- Development and Acquisition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT; OTHER PERSONNEL
 
    The Company  depends  upon  the  continued services  of  Glenn  Kaplan,  its
Chairman  and  Chief Executive  Officer; Evan  Kaplan,  its President  and Chief
Operating Officer; and Wayne Kaplan, its Vice Chairman and Senior Executive Vice
President. The Company has entered  into a five-year employment agreement  which
is  renewable automatically for  successive one-year periods  with each of these
individuals. See "Management -- Employment Agreements." The Company's dependence
on these three individuals is increased  by the fact that, primarily because  of
legal requirements in New York, substantially all of the Company's facilities in
New  York  are  operated by  them  individually. See  "--  Operating Agreements;
Management Agreements" and "Certain Transactions." Accordingly, the loss of  the
services  of any of these three individuals  could have an adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
    In addition, the Company competes with other providers of long-term care  in
attracting  and retaining senior management  and other personnel responsible for
various management  functions,  as well  as  the day-to-day  operations  of  the
Company's  facilities. The Company is dependent  upon the available pool of such
personnel. A shortage of qualified personnel may require the Company to  enhance
its wage and benefits package in order to compete. There can be no assurance the
Company's  labor costs will not increase, or that, if they do increase, they can
be matched by corresponding increases in its revenues.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
   
    The  health  care  industry  is  subject  to  extensive  federal  and  state
regulation   and  frequent  regulatory  change.   See  "Business  --  Government
Regulation." The Company's  facilities are and  will continue to  be subject  to
varying degrees of regulation by health and/or social service agencies and other
regulatory authorities in the various states and localities in which the Company
operates or intends to operate. The Company believes, based on its experience in
conducting  an assisted living business since  1972 and its consequent knowledge
of applicable law and regulations, that it is in compliance with all  applicable
law  and regulations; however, there can be  no assurance that such is the case.
The Company's belief is not based on  advice or an opinion of counsel;  however,
counsel   was  engaged  to  prepare  the  operating  and  management  agreements
pertaining to  the  Company's New  York  licensed facilities.  See  "--Operating
Agreements; Management Agreements." The success of the Company will be dependent
upon  its ability to satisfy  applicable law and regulations  and to procure and
maintain required licenses  and registrations.  Changes in  applicable laws  and
regulations,  or in the interpretations thereof, could have an adverse effect on
methods  and  costs  of  doing  business,  and  amounts  of  reimbursement  from
governmental and other payors.
    
 
   
    Although  a  number  of states  have  not adopted  specific  assisted living
regulations, in New York, where a  majority of the Company's present  facilities
is  located,  an  array  of  statutes  and  regulations  govern  assisted living
facilities and the provision  of home health care  services in such  facilities.
These  laws  include  licensure  restrictions that  prohibit  a  publicly traded
for-profit  corporation  from  operating   certain  types  of  assisted   living
facilities  (referred  to herein  as "licensed  facilities"). See  "-- Operating
Agreements; Management Agreements" and "Business -- Government Regulation." Such
facilities include facilities that are designated by the State as Adult Homes or
Assisted Living Program facilities ("ALP facilities"). Accordingly, the  Company
is  not the  licensed operator of  any of  its New York  licensed facilities. As
mentioned above, the Company believes that its management relationship with  the
licensed operators complies with all applicable law and regulations, although it
has  not sought or obtained any ruling  from regulatory agencies to that effect.
The Company has been advised that regulations relating to licensed facilities in
New York  are presently  undergoing  review. A  task  force established  by  the
legislature  to study long-term care  financing alternatives recently issued its
report, which, among other things, encourages the development of assisted living
facilities and consideration of assisted living and other
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
long-term care  services and  programs that  could be  attractive to  for-profit
entities.  If existing law and regulations  were interpreted as, or amended with
the effect  of,  prohibiting  the Company's  management  relationship  with  the
licensed  operators, there could be an adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition,  results of  operations and  prospects. See  "--  Operating
Agreements; Management Agreements."
    
 
    As  part of the Company's two ALP facilities, the Kaplans operate the Kapson
Licensed Home Care Services Agency, a  partnership that is licensed in some  New
York  counties. See "Business  -- Government Regulation --  New York." Since the
Kapson  Licensed  Home  Care  Services  Agency  provides  and,  as  required  by
applicable  law and regulations, will continue, even after the Company obtains a
home care services agency  license, to provide services  that are reimbursed  by
Medicaid   for  Medicaid-covered  residents  in   the  Company's  New  York  ALP
facilities,  the  Kaplans  are,  and  the  Company  (through  its  provision  of
management  services to the ALP facilities) may be, subject to federal and state
Medicaid  fraud  and  abuse   laws  and  regulations,  including   anti-kickback
provisions.   In  particular,  those  laws  may  prohibit  certain  health  care
professionals from holding an ownership or financial interest in a company  that
provides  or manages home health care or pharmaceutical services to which health
care professionals  refer Medicare  or  Medicaid patients.  New York  State  has
similar  laws and  regulations that  restrict such  financial relationships with
entities that provide pharmaceuticals. See "Business -- Government Regulation."
 
OPERATING AGREEMENTS; MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
    Under applicable New York law and regulations, a publicly traded  for-profit
corporation is not permitted to be the licensed operator of a licensed facility.
Therefore,  the  Kaplans  individually are  the  licensed operators  of  all the
Company's licensed facilities in New York,  except for one which is operated  by
its  not-for-profit owner and have  responsibility for the day-to-day operations
of the Company's  facilities in  New York to  ensure that  these facilities  are
operated  in  accordance with  applicable New  York  law and  regulations. These
facilities are operated pursuant  to either an  operating agreement between  the
Company  and  the  licensed operators  or  the pre-existing  agreement  with the
applicable third  party owner  of the  facility that  has been  assigned to  the
licensed operators by the Company. The licensed operators have, in turn, engaged
a  wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to provide certain management services
to each such facility.  As a result of  recently enacted legislation,  privately
owned for-profit corporations are permitted to operate certain types of licensed
facilities  in New York,  and the Kaplans  may form one  or more corporations to
operate  the  Company's  licensed   facilities.  See  "Business  --   Government
Regulation"  and "Certain Transactions."  The Kaplans are  entitled, pursuant to
the  operating  agreements,  to  assign   such  agreements  to  any   for-profit
corporation that is wholly owned by them.
    
 
   
    With  respect to the Company's licensed  facilities of which the Kaplans are
the licensed operators,  the operating  agreements between the  Company and  the
licensed operators have a term of 25 years and provide for an operating fee; the
pre-existing  agreements with third  party owners generally have  a term of five
years and also provide for an operating fee and, in some instances, an incentive
fee based on the  performance of the facility.  The operating agreements may  be
terminated  by  either  the  Company or  the  licensed  operators  under certain
circumstances. The Company may  terminate the agreement  upon the occurrence  of
certain  events of default or  upon the death or  disability of all the licensed
operators. If the operating  agreement is terminated by  the Company other  than
for  an event of default by the  licensed operators, the licensed operators will
be entitled to liquidated  damages equal to twice  the licensed operators'  fees
under  the  applicable  operating  agreement  (net  of  fees  payable  under the
applicable management agreement) over the preceding twelve months. See  "Certain
Transactions  --  Arrangements Regarding  Operation  of Certain  Facilities". In
addition, the employment agreement  with each Kaplan  provides that each  Kaplan
may  withdraw as  a licensed  operator if  he ceases  to be  an employee  of the
Company  for  any  reason.  See  "Management  --  Employment  Agreements."  Each
management  agreement between  the licensed  operators and  the Company's wholly
owned subsidiary  is co-terminous  with the  underlying operating  agreement  or
pre-existing agreement with third party owners,
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
provides for a management fee equal to a portion of the licensed operators' fee,
and  may be terminated  by either the  Company's wholly owned  subsidiary or the
licensed operators under certain circumstances. See "Certain
Transactions--Arrangements Regarding Operation of Certain Facilities."
    
 
    In order  to comply  with applicable  law and  regulations, each  management
agreement,  by its own  terms, does not  confer upon the  Company's wholly owned
subsidiary control over the facility. It specifically provides that the licensed
operators shall retain the authority and power, among other things, to hire  and
discharge persons working at the licensed entity, maintain and control the books
and  records of  the licensed entity,  to incur  any liability on  behalf of the
licensed entity, and to adopt or enforce policies regarding the operation of the
licensed entity. The  management agreements  provide that  the Company's  wholly
owned subsidiary shall perform such services as may be requested by the licensed
operators,  including  the  following: establishing  the  schedules  of charges;
administration of personnel matters; the development of publicity materials; the
maintenance of all required licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals  and
otherwise  ensuring that the operation of the facility is in compliance with all
applicable laws and regulations;  accounting support; maintenance and  upgrading
of  the facility; and contract administration,  all subject to the direction and
control of the licensed operators.
 
    Accordingly, in accordance with New  York law and regulations, the  licensed
operators   will  maintain  site  control   and  responsibility  for  day-to-day
operations of the  facility. In the  case of  the New York  ALP facilities,  the
licensed  operators are responsible for both  the licensed Adult Home portion of
the facility and the licensed home care services agency servicing the  facility.
In  addition, the  licensed operators  will remain  responsible for  the overall
compliance of the  facility with  applicable law and  regulations. Moreover,  in
accordance  with New York law and  regulations, the operating agreements between
the licensed operators and  the Company, the  management agreements between  the
licensed operators and the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, and the employment
agreements between each of the Kaplans and the Company provide that the licensed
operators  act independently of  the Company and/or  its wholly owned subsidiary
and, in the performance  of their obligations as  the licensed operators of  the
applicable  facility, are explicitly relieved of any fiduciary obligation to the
Company and its stockholders. As the Company is not itself the licensed operator
of these  facilities, it  is highly  dependent on  the Kaplans  as the  licensed
operators,  and its agreements  with them, in  order to generate  revenue in New
York State. The Company is therefore limited in its ability to exercise  control
over these facilities.
See "-- Conflicts of Interest."
 
    There  can be no assurance  that these agreements will  not be terminated by
the licensed operators of the applicable facility or the Company, or as a result
of a change in the applicable  law or regulations or the interpretation  thereof
by  the appropriate state agencies. Any termination of these agreements would be
subject to applicable state law and regulations, which may restrict the  options
of  the Company  in dealing with  the applicable facility.  Although the Company
believes that  it is  in compliance  with applicable  law and  regulations,  the
Kaplans,  as licensed  operators of  each such  facility, have  agreed that they
would cooperate with the Company  in restructuring the current arrangement  with
respect  to the  operation and  management of that  facility if  the need should
arise. Any termination of an operating agreement or a management agreement,  for
any  reason whatsoever, could have an  adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
    This basic structure,  and substantially similar  agreements, are also  used
with  respect to one  New York facility  that is an  independent living facility
which,  as  such,  is  not  a  licensed  facility.  The  effect  and  risks  are
substantially  the same as those  described above, except that  New York law and
regulations with  respect to  licensed  facilities are  not applicable  to  this
management arrangement.
 
REVENUE FROM SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME DEPENDENT RESIDENTS AND MEDICAID
 
    In  the Company's two ALP facilities,  the full monthly payment for services
provided to each  Medicaid-eligible resident  is paid  to the  Company by  those
residents,  at charges based  on Supplemental Security  Income ("SSI") rates for
the residential portion  and by  Medicaid for the  home care  portion. In  these
facilities,  the combined SSI-based and Medicaid monthly payments average $4,500
per unit.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    With few exceptions, the  only residents for  whom the Company's  facilities
accept  SSI payments as  the residential fee  are Medicaid-eligible residents in
the Company's  two New  York ALP  facilities.  Currently, less  than 1%  of  the
Company's  revenue is derived  from SSI payments.  The Company anticipates that,
upon stabilization of its New York  ALP and other facilities, approximately  11%
of  the Company's  revenue will be  derived from SSI  payments. Residential fees
from these residents could be subject to  delay. There can be no assurance  that
the  Company's proportionate  percentage of  revenue related  to the facilities'
receipts based on SSI rates  will not increase, or  that the amounts paid  under
SSI programs will not be decreased or subject to delay.
 
    The  Company derives revenues from Medicaid  only for the home care services
provided to Medicaid beneficiaries  residing in the Company's  two New York  ALP
facilities.  Medicaid program payments could be subject to delay. Further, since
the payment for home care services in such facilities is a fixed per patient per
day amount based on an anticipated range of services for the resident's assessed
level of  care, the  Company is  at risk  for the  cost of  services within  the
anticipated  range even if beyond  the amount paid by  Medicaid. The Company has
committed to 380  Medicaid beds,  and applicable  law and  regulations forbid  a
reduction in the beds committed to Medicaid beneficiaries in the Assisted Living
Program  without  further  state approval,  which  may  or may  not  be granted.
Currently, less than 2%  of the Company's revenue  is derived from the  Medicaid
program.  The Company anticipates  that, upon stabilization of  its New York ALP
and other facilities, approximately 20% of the Company's revenue will be derived
from the  Medicaid  program.  There  can be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's
proportionate  percentage of  revenue related  to the  facilities' receipts from
Medicaid will not increase,  or that the  amounts paid by  Medicaid will not  be
further limited or subject to delay.
 
    On  occasion, in order to meet budgetary demands, the government has delayed
payments to beneficiaries of government programs such as Medicaid. In  addition,
possible  limitations on amounts paid may result from proposed federal and state
legislation. See "-- Potential Impact of Proposed Legislation Regarding Medicaid
Funding." There  can be  no assurance  that acceptance  of SSI-based  fees,  the
provision of services to Medicaid beneficiaries or changes in the applicable SSI
or  Medicaid programs and/or  applicable law and  regulations will not adversely
affect the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of
the Company. See "-- Potential Impact of Proposed Legislation Regarding Medicaid
Funding" and "Business -- Government Regulation."
 
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
    Since a majority of the Company's current facilities are located within  the
New  York metropolitan area, the Company will  be more susceptible to changes in
general economic  factors  affecting  the  health  care  industry  or  the  laws
governing, and regulatory environment in, the New York metropolitan area because
any  such  change  or  act  could affect  a  high  percentage  of  the Company's
facilities. There can be  no assurance that  such geographic concentration  will
not  have  an adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial condition,
results of operations and prospects. See "Business."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The long-term care industry  is highly competitive  and the Company  expects
that  the assisted living  industry will become more  competitive in the future.
The Company  competes  with  numerous local,  regional  and  national  companies
providing  long-term  care  alternatives  such  as  home  health  care  services
agencies, life  care communities,  skilled nursing  facilities,  community-based
service  programs, retirement communities and  convalescent centers. The Company
expects that  as  the assisted  living  industry receives  increased  attention,
competition  will  grow, and  that new  market  entrants will  include companies
focusing primarily on  assisted living.  Assisted living  providers compete  for
residents  primarily  on the  basis of  quality  of service,  price, reputation,
physical appearance and  location of the  living environment, services  offered,
family  preferences and  physician referrals.  Moreover, the  Company expects to
face  competition  for  the  development  or  acquisition  of  assisted   living
facilities  during  the course  of its  implementation  of its  growth strategy.
Competition  may  be  increased  by  changes  in  the  regulatory   environment,
especially  in New York where assisted living is highly regulated and a majority
of the  Company's facilities  is  located. Some  of  the Company's  present  and
potential competitors are
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
significantly  larger and have, or may  obtain, greater financial resources than
those of  the Company.  There can  be no  assurance that  the Company  will  not
encounter  increased competition in the future, which could limit its ability to
attract residents or expand its business  and thereby have an adverse effect  on
the   Company's  business,  financial  condition,   results  of  operations  and
prospects.
 
POTENTIAL IMPACT OF PROPOSED LEGISLATION REGARDING MEDICAID FUNDING
 
    The United  States  Congress is  considering  legislation which  may  change
substantially  the amount of federal funding available for the Medicaid program,
the method by which such funds are  distributed to the states and the extent  of
state  control over such funds.  It is not possible  to predict whether and when
legislation relating to Medicaid will be  passed, and, if passed, what  features
such  legislation  will  contain  or  whether  the  President  would  sign  such
legislation. The Company cannot  make any assessment as  to the ultimate  timing
and  impact that  any pending  health care  proposals may  have on  the assisted
living, nursing facility and  rehabilitation care industries,  or on the  health
care  industry in  general. In addition,  changes in Medicaid  funding have been
proposed in  New York  State which,  alone  or in  combination with  changes  in
federal  funding, may have a significant impact  on the New York Assisted Living
Program as it presently functions or on future funding. Similar changes may take
place in other states in which the  Company operates. No assurance can be  given
that any such changes will not have an adverse effect on the business, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.
 
BUSINESS RISKS COMMON TO ASSISTED LIVING OPERATIONS
 
    LIABILITY  AND  INSURANCE.    The provision  of  assisted  living  and other
services for residents entails an inherent  risk of liability. In recent  years,
participants in the long-term care industry have become subject to an increasing
number of lawsuits alleging malpractice or related legal theories, many of which
involve  large claims  and significant defense  costs. In  addition, the Company
intends to apply for registration as a pharmacy in New York. Participants in the
pharmacy industry may be subject to potential liability for negligence and other
claims. The Company  currently maintains liability  insurance intended to  cover
such  claims and  the Company  believes that  its insurance  is in  keeping with
industry standards and appropriate in relation to the Company's assisted  living
and,  in the future, pharmacy business. There can be no assurance, however, that
claims in excess of  the Company's insurance coverage  or claims not covered  by
the  Company's insurance coverage  (E.G., claims for  punitive damages) will not
arise. A successful claim against the Company not covered by or in excess of the
Company's insurance coverage  could have  an adverse effect  upon the  Company's
business,  financial  condition,  results of  operations  and  prospects. Claims
against the Company,  regardless of their  merit or eventual  outcome, may  also
have an adverse effect upon the Company's ability to attract residents or expand
its  business, and would require management  to devote time to matters unrelated
to the operation of the Company's business. In addition, the Company's insurance
policies must be renewed  annually. There can be  no assurance that the  Company
will  be able to maintain liability insurance coverage in the future or that, if
such coverage is available, it will be available on acceptable terms.
 
    ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING RENTAL RATES  AT PROFITABLE LEVELS.  There  can
be  no assurance that the Company's facilities will continue to be substantially
occupied at current rental rates. If operating expenses increase due to  factors
such  as the  cost of  labor, food or  energy, government  regulation or various
uninsurable risks, the local rental market  may limit the extent to which  rents
may  be increased. Because  rent increases generally can  only be implemented at
the time of expiration of leases,  rental increases may lag behind increases  in
operating expenses.
 
    REVENUE  FROM FACILITIES.   Revenue  from the  Company's facilities (whether
owned, managed and/or operated by the Company) is dependent upon the performance
of those facilities. The performance of  substantially all of the Company's  New
York  facilities will  depend in part  on the Kaplans  individually because they
will have control  over the  operation of  these facilities.  See "--  Operating
Agreements;  Management Agreements." The performance of the Company's facilities
will also depend in part upon the ability to attract and retain residents  (most
of  whom  rent  on a  month-to-month  basis),  which will  in  turn  depend upon
prevailing financial conditions, the nature and extent of competitive properties
in the
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
areas where such facilities are located,  and the real estate market  generally.
The  failure of the Company  to generate sufficient revenue  and cash flow could
result in an inability to meet future principal and interest payments in respect
of its indebtedness.
 
    GENERAL REAL ESTATE RISKS.  The  performance of the Company's facilities  is
influenced by factors affecting real estate investments generally, including the
general  economic climate and local  conditions, such as an  oversupply of, or a
reduction  in  demand  for,  similar  facilities.  Other  factors  include   the
attractiveness  of properties to residents,  zoning, rent control, environmental
quality regulations  or other  regulatory restrictions,  competition from  other
forms  of housing and the ability of the Company to provide adequate maintenance
and insurance and to control  operating costs, including maintenance,  insurance
premiums  and real  estate taxes. Real  estate investments also  are affected by
such factors as  applicable laws,  including tax  laws, interest  rates and  the
availability  of financing. In addition,  real estate investments are relatively
illiquid and, therefore, limit the ability of the Company to vary its  portfolio
promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions.
 
    CONSTRUCTION/CONVERSION  RISKS.   Certain construction  and conversion risks
are beyond the  Company's control  and could  cause the  cost of,  and the  time
required  to  complete, construction  or conversion  to exceed  estimates. These
risks include but  are not  limited to  force majeure,  labor disputes,  adverse
weather,  acts of God, limited supply of  materials and labor, and other unknown
contingencies. If existing buildings  are to be  converted into assisted  living
facilities, costs of conversion may be more difficult to assess and control than
with  respect to  the construction  of a new  facility. The  Company's cash flow
could be adversely affected  if construction or conversion  is not commenced  or
completed,  or if there  are unpaid subcontractors or  suppliers, or if required
occupancy permits are  not issued in  a timely manner.  See "Business --  Growth
Strategy -- Development and Acquisition."
 
    POSSIBLE  ENVIRONMENTAL  LIABILITIES.    The  Company's  facilities  and the
operations thereof are subject to various federal, state and local environmental
and worker health and  safety laws and regulations.  These laws and  regulations
generally relate to these facilities' solid, medical, special waste handling and
disposal  practices  and  work place  health  and safety.  Although  the Company
believes that its facilities are in  substantial compliance with these laws  and
regulations,  there  can  be  no  assurance that  they  are  or  will  remain in
compliance, that penalties  or fines may  not be imposed  for non-compliance  or
that  new, more  stringent environmental and  worker health and  safety laws and
regulations will not be adopted,  any of which could  have an adverse effect  on
the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
In  addition, under these environmental laws and regulations, liability could be
imposed on the facilities or the Company  for the costs of, among other  things,
investigating,  remediating and/or monitoring contamination that may be found to
exist in  the  environment at  off-site  disposal  sites where  waste  from  the
Company's  facilities  has  been  disposed  of  and  from  contamination  at the
Company's facilities  or properties.  Although  the Company  is unaware  of  any
contamination  at  any of  its facilities  or properties  requiring remediation,
contamination could result from, for example, a leaking underground heating fuel
storage tank,  a spill  of cleaning  fluids  and materials  or the  presence  of
asbestos-containing   materials  in   its  facilities.  The   presence  of  such
contamination at  any  of the  Company's  facilities or  properties  could  also
subject  the Company to lawsuits by or  liability to neighbors, residents of the
facilities, and  workers  who may  have  been injured  or  damaged by  any  such
contamination.  Moreover,  if contamination  is  found to  exist,  the Company's
ability to sell or lease the facility or property or to borrow money using  that
facility or property as collateral could be adversely affected.
 
    RESTRICTIONS  IMPOSED  BY  LAWS  BENEFITING  DISABLED  PERSONS.    Under the
Americans with  Disabilities Act  of  1990 (the  "ADA"),  all places  of  public
accommodation  are  required to  meet  certain federal  requirements  related to
access and use by  disabled persons. A number  of additional federal, state  and
local  laws exist which  also may require modifications  to existing and planned
properties to create  access to the  properties by disabled  persons. While  the
Company  believes  that  its  facilities are  substantially  in  compliance with
present requirements  or are  exempt therefrom,  if required  changes involve  a
greater expenditure than anticipated or must be made on a more accelerated basis
than anticipated, additional
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
costs  would  be  incurred  by  the  Company.  Further  legislation  may  impose
additional burdens or restrictions with  respect to access by disabled  persons,
the costs of compliance with which could be substantial.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    Pursuant  to employment agreements  with the Company,  each of Glenn Kaplan,
Wayne Kaplan and  Evan Kaplan  have agreed to  devote substantially  all of  his
business  time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties under
the agreement and to faithfully serve the Company, subject to the performance of
his obligations as operator of  one or more of  the Company's facilities in  his
individual  capacity. These employment agreements contain non-compete provisions
by which the Kaplans agree not to  compete with the assisted living business  of
the  Company  in any  area  within a  ten-mile radius  of  one of  the Company's
facilities for a  period of  one year after  the termination  of the  applicable
employment  agreement for any  reason other than the  non-renewal thereof by the
Company on  substantially the  same terms.  In the  past, the  Kaplans (who  are
officers  and directors  of the Company)  have directly  or indirectly selected,
bought, sold and owned real estate  investments for their own accounts and  they
may continue to do so with respect to investments not involving the provision of
assisted  living services. In  addition, in order to  meet the requirement under
applicable New York regulations that a licensed facility located in New York  be
operated  by  one  or  more  individuals  or  general  partnerships  composed of
individuals, in  each case  having  site control  over  any such  facility,  the
Kaplans  are the  licensed operators of  substantially all of  the Company's New
York facilities, and, therefore, will  have site control over those  facilities.
See  "--  Operating  Agreements; Management  Agreements."  These  activities and
ownership interests create actual or potential conflicts of interest on the part
of the Kaplans. The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a policy  that
all  future  transactions  between  the  Company  and  its  officers, directors,
principal stockholders and  their affiliates will  be subject to  approval of  a
majority  of the independent and disinterested outside directors, and will be on
terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from  unaffiliated
third  parties. See  "Certain Transactions." Joseph  G. Beck, a  director of the
Company, is a principal, executive committee member and shareholder of  Shattuck
Hammond  Partners Inc., which provided investment banking and financial advisory
services to the Predecessor, and will  continue to provide such services to  the
Company. See "Certain Transactions -- Shattuck Hammond Fee" and "Underwriting."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
 
    After the Offering, the three senior executives of the Company, the Kaplans,
will   beneficially  own  in   aggregate  53.9%  (48.8%   if  the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option  is  exercised  in  full)  of  the  Company's  issued  and
outstanding  Common Stock. As a result, the Kaplans may be able to substantially
influence many  matters  required  to  be  submitted  to  the  stockholders  for
approval,  including,  without  limitation,  the  election  of  directors.  This
concentration of voting  power and the  right of first  refusal each Kaplan  has
with  respect  to  the other  Kaplans'  shares  of Common  Stock  pursuant  to a
stockholders' agreement between  the Kaplans  and the Company  may, among  other
things,  have the effect  of delaying or  preventing a change  in control of the
Company. See "Certain Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders." In
the event of  any such  change of  control, each Kaplan  may have  the right  to
receive  payments from the Company if his employment is terminated either by him
or the  Company. See  "Management --  Employment Agreements."  The Kaplans  will
also, as licensed operators of a majority of the Company's facilities, have site
control   over  those  facilities.  See  "--  Operating  Agreements;  Management
Agreements." In addition,  the Company's certificate  of incorporation  provides
for  authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, the terms of which may be fixed by
the Board of Directors, and also provides, among other things, that the Board of
Directors will be  classified. Such  provisions could  also have  the effect  of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.
 
BENEFITS TO AFFILIATES
 
    The  Kaplans  will  realize  substantial  benefits  from  the  Offering.  In
particular, the Kaplans, who beneficially own in the aggregate 4,150,000  shares
of  Common Stock, upon completion  of the Offering will  own beneficially in the
aggregate shares  with  a market  value  of $53,950,000  (assuming  no  exercise
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
of  the Underwriters' over-allotment option and an initial public offering price
of $13.00). If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full  (at
such  assumed offering  price), the  Kaplans will  receive in  the aggregate net
proceeds  of  $3,219,000.  In  addition,   as  partial  consideration  for   the
Predecessor's  transfer of its facilities to  the Company, the Company shall pay
(i) to the Kaplans  $6.0 million (the approximate  tax liability expected to  be
incurred  by  the Kaplans  in connection  with  transactions pertaining  to that
transfer) as  the  cash  portion  of the  consideration  for  the  Predecessor's
transfer  of its facilities  to the Company,  and (ii) all  real estate transfer
taxes arising out of such transfer to the Company of the Company's facilities by
its Predecessor (estimated to be approximately $250,000). The Kaplans guaranteed
certain indebtedness  incurred  by  the  Predecessor  with  respect  to  certain
facilities,  and  the Kaplans  expect  to be  released  from such  guarantees in
connection with the consummation of  the Offering. See "Certain Transactions  --
Conveyance  of Assisted  Living Business to  the Company."  Further, the Kaplans
individually are the operators  of substantially all of  the Company's New  York
assisted  living facilities, either  pursuant to a  separate operating agreement
entered into by the Company or the pre-existing agreement with the  unaffiliated
owner  of the facility (that has been  assigned to the Kaplans). The Kaplans, as
operators of each of these facilities, have engaged a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company  to  provide certain  management  services in  connection  with  the
day-to-day  operations of each facility they operate, in each case pursuant to a
separate management agreement. The operating agreements provide for a fee  equal
to  5% of  gross revenues; the  pre-existing agreements with  third party owners
provide for an operating fee equal to 5% of gross revenues or the greater of  5%
of gross revenues and a minimum fee (ranging from $96,000 to $150,000 per annum)
and  including, in  some instances,  an incentive  fee. The  fee payable  to the
Company's subsidiary under each  management agreement is  30% of the  operators'
fees,  increasing to  96% of  the operators'  fees generated  by aggregate gross
revenues of all  facilities operated  under this fee  structure exceeding  $23.0
million.  The Kaplans have also agreed that,  with respect to any other projects
for which the  Company may  not act  as the  licensed operator  (such as  Senior
Quarters at East Northport), they will act as licensed operators in exchange for
a  fee  equal  to  5% of  gross  revenues  and pay  the  Company's  wholly owned
subsidiary a servicing  fee equal to  96% of their  operating fee. See  "Certain
Transactions" and "-- Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales  of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market
after the  Offering, or  the  perception that  those  sales could  occur,  could
adversely  affect the market price of the Common Stock and the Company's ability
to raise equity capital in the future in the equity markets. Upon completion  of
the Offering, the Company will have 7,700,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding
(7,966,250  if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of
these shares,  the 3,550,000  shares  sold in  the  Offering (4,082,500  if  the
Underwriters'  option  is exercised  in full)  will be  tradeable in  the public
market immediately without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended  (the "Securities  Act"), except  for any  shares purchased  by
"affiliates"  of the  Company. The  remaining 4,150,000  shares of  Common Stock
outstanding are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. It  has been  agreed that  none of  these restricted  securities
shall be sold or otherwise disposed of, without the prior written consent of the
representatives  of the Underwriters,  for at least  180 days after  the date of
this Prospectus, except in connection with the Offering. After that date,  these
shares  may  be  sold subject  to  the  limitations of  Rule  144.  In addition,
3,849,999 of  such shares  are further  subject to:  (i) an  agreement with  the
Company  pursuant to which each Kaplan shall not,  for so long as he shall be an
operator of any of the Company's facilities, transfer any shares of Common Stock
if it would result in his personally owning fewer than 500,000 shares of  Common
Stock  initially, or 250,000 shares of  Common Stock after the fifth anniversary
of  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  in  each  case,  subject  to  certain
exceptions; and (ii) a stockholders' agreement among the Kaplans and the Company
pursuant to which (A) each Kaplan has a right of first refusal with respect to a
transfer  of  the  shares of  Common  Stock  of the  other  Kaplans,  except for
transfers to or for the benefit of family members and a limited exception in the
case of any Kaplan's death, and (B)  the Kaplans agree that all their shares  of
Common  Stock shall be voted  as a unit. The  Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") has proposed to amend the holding period required by Rule 144
to permit sales of
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
"restricted securities" after one  year rather than the  current two years  (and
two  years rather than three years for "non-affiliates" who desire to trade free
of other Rule 144  restrictions). If such proposed  amendment were enacted,  the
"restricted  securities" described above would  become freely tradeable (subject
to any applicable contractual restrictions) at correspondingly earlier dates. In
addition, each  of the  Kaplans and  their father,  Herbert Kaplan,  who in  the
aggregate  beneficially  own  4,150,000  shares of  Common  Stock,  have certain
rights, including demand rights, with respect to the registration of such shares
of Common Stock  for sale to  the public,  subject to their  agreement with  the
Underwriters,  and, upon  consummation of  an agreement  regarding the Company's
acquisition of the interest it  does not already own  in one of its  facilities,
another stockholder will have certain registration rights with respect to 50,000
shares.  If one or more  of the Kaplans or  the other stockholder, by exercising
their registration rights,  cause a large  number of  shares to be  sold in  the
public  market, such sales could have an  adverse effect on the market price for
the  Company's   Common  Stock.   See  "Shares   Eligible  For   Future   Sale,"
"Underwriting," and "Certain Transactions -- Registration Rights."
    
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND DETERMINATION OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
 
    The  Company has  applied for  quotation of the  Common Stock  on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "KPSQ."  Prior to the Offering, there has  been
no  market for  the Common Stock  and there can  be no assurance  that an active
public market for the Common Stock will develop or continue after the  Offering.
The  initial public offering price will  be determined by negotiations among the
Company, the Selling Stockholders, and the representatives of the  Underwriters.
The negotiated initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market
price for the Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriting."
 
DILUTION
 
   
    Purchasers  of  Common  Stock  in  the  Offering  will  experience immediate
dilution in net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of $9.51 from  the
initial  public offering  price per share  (after deduction  of the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses and assuming an initial public offering
price of $13.00 per share). See "Dilution."
    
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company is newly formed and has never declared or paid a dividend on its
Common Stock.  The  Company  expects  to retain  its  earnings  to  finance  the
operation  and expansion  of its  business and,  therefore, does  not anticipate
paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting estimated
underwriting  discount  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  are
approximately  $     million  (approximately $     million  if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full).
 
   
    Approximately $20.0  million of  the net  proceeds will  be used  to fund  a
portion  of the costs  for the seven assisted  living facilities currently under
pre-construction development and expected to have an aggregate of 948 units  and
a  capacity for 1,146 residents that are described elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Although the Company is  continually reviewing and  negotiating with respect  to
assisted  living development and  acquisition projects, the  Company has no firm
commitment or other agreements, arrangements  or understandings with respect  to
any  such development or acquisition project other than those that are described
in this Prospectus. The  Company expects to use  approximately $12.0 million  of
the  net proceeds  for all or  a portion  of the cost  of unidentified assisting
living acquisition facilities. The  Company will also use  a portion of the  net
proceeds  to pay (i) to the Kaplans  $6.0 million (the approximate tax liability
expected  to  be  incurred  by  the  Kaplans  in  connection  with  transactions
pertaining  to the transfer by the Predecessor of its facilities to the Company)
as the cash portion of  the consideration for such  transfer, and (ii) all  real
estate   transfer  taxes  arising   out  of  such   transfer  (estimated  to  be
approximately $250,000). See "Certain Transactions." The Company also expects to
use approximately  $2.0  million  (together  with newly  issued  stock  with  an
approximate  value of  $650,000, assuming  an initial  public offering  price of
$13.00 per share) to acquire  the 50% interest that it  does not already own  in
the  entity which owns Senior  Quarters at East Northport.  The Company will use
the balance  of  the  net  proceeds to  fund  additional  currently  unspecified
developments  and acquisitions and for working  capital to be used primarily for
pre-development and pre-acquisition costs  the Company anticipates incurring  in
connection  with its development  and acquisition program  and general corporate
purposes. See "Business -- Growth Strategies -- Development and Acquisition." If
the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised,  the Company  will  not
receive  any  of the  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock by  the Selling
Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
    Pending the  uses  outlined above,  funds  will be  placed  into  short-term
investments  such  as governmental  obligations,  bank certificates  of deposit,
banker's acceptances, repurchase agreements, short-term debt obligations,  money
market funds, and interest-bearing accounts.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    On  a pro forma basis, assuming  the Predecessor contributed its interest in
the Company's facilities  for, among  other things, 4,150,000  shares of  Common
Stock  and  giving  effect  to  the  pro  forma  distribution  to  partners  and
shareholders of $6.25 million and affiliate debt that will not be an  obligation
of  the Company and the issuance of  50,000 shares of Common Stock in connection
with the purchase of the 50% interest it does not already own in the entity that
owns Senior Quarters at  East Northport, at an  assumed initial public  offering
price  of $13.00 per share, the pro  forma net tangible deficit of the Company's
4,200,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding at June 30, 1996, was $13.7 million
or ($3.27) per share. Pro forma net tangible deficit per share is determined  by
dividing the net tangible deficit before the Offering by the number of shares of
Common  Stock before  the Offering.  The pro  forma net  tangible book  value as
adjusted for the Offering of the  Company's 3,550,000 shares of Common Stock  at
June 30, 1996 was $27.0 million, or $3.49 per share. Pro forma net tangible book
value  reflects  the  net  tangible  book  value at  June  30,  1996  as  if the
transactions discussed under "Selected Financial, Operating and Pro Forma  Data"
were  completed on  that date.  For purposes  of calculating  the pro  forma net
tangible book  value  as  adjusted  for  the Offering  at  June  30,  1996,  the
calculation gives effect to the sale of 3,550,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby  (after  deduction of  the underwriting  discount and  estimated offering
expenses and assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share). Pro
forma net tangible book  value per share as  adjusted assumes the  Underwriters'
over-allotment  option is not  exercised. Dilution is  determined by subtracting
pro forma net tangible book  value per share as  adjusted for the Offering  from
the  amount of cash  paid by a new  investor for one share  of Common Stock. The
following table illustrates the per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.....................             $   13.00
    Pro forma net tangible (deficit) per share before the
     Offering.......................................................      (3.27)
    Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
     new
     investors as adjusted..........................................       6.76
                                                                      ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted for the
 Offering...........................................................                  3.49
                                                                                 ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.................................             $    9.51
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The foregoing computations  do not  include 600,000 shares  of Common  Stock
reserved  for issuance and available for  grant under the Kapson Senior Quarters
Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, of  which 88,462 shares have been reserved  for
issuance  pursuant to the exercise of stock options issued under this plan at an
exercise price per share that is equal to the initial public offering price  per
share.  Accordingly, the  exercise of these  options will not  result in further
dilution to new investors purchasing shares in the Offering. To the extent  that
any  of  the remaining  511,538 shares  reserved for  issuance under  the Kapson
Senior Quarters  Corp. 1996  Stock Incentive  Plan are  issued, there  could  be
further dilution to new investors if the fair market value of such shares on the
date  of grant (which is  the exercise price of such  shares under this plan) is
less than the initial public offering  price per share. See "Management --  1996
Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The  following table sets forth the  total capitalization of the Company and
its Predecessor as of June  30, 1996, and pro forma  as adjusted to reflect  the
issuance  of  shares to  the  Kaplans in  exchange  for their  interests  in the
Company's  facilities,  the  issuance  of  50,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  in
connection with the purchase of the 50% interest that it does not already own in
the  entity  that  owns Senior  Quarters  at  East Northport,  and  the  sale of
3,550,000 shares of Common  Stock offered by the  Company at an assumed  initial
public offering price of $13.00 per share after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                        ACTUAL     ADJUSTED (1)(2)
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                              SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
Long-term debt, less current portion................................................   $  67,816     $    67,816
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and
   outstanding......................................................................      --             --
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding as of June 30, 1996 (actual) and 7,750,000 shares issued and
   outstanding on an adjusted basis.................................................      --                  78
Additional paid-in capital..........................................................      --              26,936
Retained Earnings (accumulated deficit).............................................     (11,107)        --
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)................................................     (11,107)         27,014
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Total capitalization................................................................   $  56,709     $    94,830
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Excludes  532,500  shares  of Common  Stock  subject  to  the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option granted by the  Company and the Selling  Stockholders.
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the
    Selling  Stockholders, which will occur only if the over-allotment option is
    exercised. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
(2) Excludes  an  aggregate of  600,000  shares  of Common  Stock  reserved  for
    issuance  pursuant to  the exercise of  outstanding stock  options under the
    Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, under which  options
    to purchase 88,462 shares have already been granted.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company is newly formed  and has not declared  or paid any dividends on
its Common Stock  and does not  anticipate paying dividends  in the  foreseeable
future.  It is the present policy of  the Company's Board of Directors to retain
earnings, if  any, to  finance  the expansion  of  the Company's  business.  The
payment  of dividends in  the future will  depend on the  results of operations,
financial condition, capital expenditure plans and other cash obligations of the
Company and  will be  at the  sole discretion  of the  Board of  Directors.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                SELECTED FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
    The following table presents selected  financial and operating data for  the
Predecessor  and selected pro forma data for the Company. The selected financial
data as of December 31, 1994  and 1995, and for each  of the three years in  the
period  ended December  31, 1995,  have been  derived from  the audited combined
financial statements of the Predecessor  included elsewhere in this  Prospectus.
The  selected financial data as of December  31, 1993 have been derived from the
combined  financial  statements  of  the   Predecessor  not  included  in   this
Prospectus.  The selected unaudited  financial data as of  December 31, 1991 and
1992 and  for the  years then  ended were  derived from  the unaudited  combined
financial  statements of  the Predecessor not  included in  this Prospectus. The
selected unaudited financial data  as of June  30, 1996 and  for the six  months
ended  June 30, 1995 and 1996 were derived from the unaudited combined financial
statements of  the Predecessor  included elsewhere  in this  Prospectus. In  the
opinion  of management, the unaudited  combined financial statements reflect all
adjustments, which are  of a normal  recurring nature and  necessary for a  fair
presentation  of  the  combined  financial  position  and  combined  results  of
operations for the unaudited periods. The combined results of operations for the
six months ended June 30,  1995 and 1996 are  not necessarily indicative of  the
results to be expected for the full year.
 
   
    The  selected unaudited pro forma data for  the Company as of June 30, 1996,
for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the six months ended June 30,  1996
include,  among others, the adjustments to  reflect the acquisition of Town Gate
Manor and Town  Gate East  on April 1,  1996, the  sale of a  49.9% interest  in
Senior  Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, the  pending acquisition of the 50% interest
that it does not  already own in  the entity that owns  Senior Quarters at  East
Northport,  and the transactions contemplated in connection with the Offering as
described in Note 1, below. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for
the year ended December  31, 1995 and  the six months ended  June 30, 1996  were
prepared  as  if  the transactions  had  occurred  as of  January  1,  1995. The
unaudited pro forma balance  sheet as of  June 30, 1996 was  prepared as if  the
transactions  occurred at  that date,  except for  the acquisition  of Town Gate
Manor and Town Gate  East and the  disposition of the  49.9% interest in  Senior
Quarters  at Chestnut Ridge, which are  already reflected in the historical June
30, 1996  balance  sheet. In  the  opinion of  management  of the  Company,  all
adjustments  necessary to present fairly such pro forma financial data have been
made based  on  the proposed  terms  and  structure of  the  transactions.  This
unaudited  pro forma financial data is not necessarily indicative of what actual
results would have been if the transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
respective periods nor do they purport to indicate results of future  operations
of the Company.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                SELECTED FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              JUNE 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                                                PRO
                                                          PREDECESSOR                          FORMA         PREDECESSOR
                                     -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------
                                       1991       1992       1993       1994       1995      1995 (1)      1995       1996
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues.........  $  10,126  $  11,553  $  12,628  $  13,349  $  14,275   $  17,828   $   7,024  $   9,529
  Management fee...................        332         24        248        348        443         443         209        432
  Other -- affiliates..............     --            242        112         57         45      --              23         23
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues.................     10,458     11,819     12,988     13,754     14,763      18,271       7,256      9,984
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating
   expenses........................      6,514      7,289      7,591      7,837      8,314      10,913       3,931      6,252
  General and administrative.......      1,338      1,038        727      1,142      1,658       3,096         730      1,275
  Depreciation.....................      1,298      1,264      1,188      1,180      1,234       1,440         576        912
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.......      9,150      9,591      9,506     10,159     11,206      15,449       5,237      8,439
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Operating income...................      1,308      2,228      3,482      3,595      3,557       2,822       2,019      1,545
Interest income....................         23         22         12          8         44          48          21        104
Interest expense...................     (3,655)    (3,344)    (3,417)    (3,288)    (3,732)     (4,828)     (1,655)    (2,844)
Interest expense -- affiliates.....        (25)      (151)      (136)      (207)      (204)     --            (105)      (121)
Equity in income from joint
 ventures..........................         --         --         --         --         --          --          --         28
Other income (expense), net........         12        280        (10)        (1)       (34)        (30)          1         (8)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before minority
 interest and extraordinary item...     (2,337)      (965)       (69)       107       (369)     (1,988)        281     (1,296)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships.............     --         --         --         --             16         360      --            371
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item..............................     (2,337)      (965)       (69)       107       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
Extraordinary item.................     --         --         --          4,399     --          --          --         --
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Net Income (loss)..............     (2,337)      (965)       (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Unaudited pro forma data:
  Net Income (loss)................     (2,337)      (965)       (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes (2)................        935        386         28     (1,803)       141         651        (112)       370
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net income (loss)......  $  (1,402) $    (579) $     (41) $   2,703  $    (212)  $    (977)  $     169  $    (555)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net loss per
   share (3).......................                                                          $    (.20)
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding (3).................                                                              4,831
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss
   per share (3)(4)................                                                          $    (.13)
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
   average number of common shares
   outstanding (3)(4)..............                                                              7,750
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                         PRO
                                        FORMA
                                     -----------
                                       1996(1)
                                     -----------
 
<S>                                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues.........   $  10,440
  Management fee...................         432
  Other -- affiliates..............      --
                                     -----------
    Total revenues.................      10,872
                                     -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating
   expenses........................       7,070
  General and administrative.......       1,832
  Depreciation.....................         964
                                     -----------
    Total operating expenses.......       9,866
                                     -----------
Operating income...................       1,006
Interest income....................         105
Interest expense...................      (3,118)
Interest expense -- affiliates.....      --
Equity in income from joint
 ventures..........................          28
Other income (expense), net........          (8)
                                     -----------
Income (loss) before minority
 interest and extraordinary item...      (1,987)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships.............         271
                                     -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item..............................      (1,716)
Extraordinary item.................      --
                                     -----------
    Net Income (loss)..............      (1,716)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
Unaudited pro forma data:
  Net Income (loss)................      (1,716)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes (2)................         686
                                     -----------
  Pro forma net income (loss)......   $  (1,030)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma net loss per
   share (3).......................   $    (.21)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding (3).................       4,831
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss
   per share (3)(4)................   $    (.13)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
   average number of common shares
   outstanding (3)(4)..............       7,750
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                                                  PREDECESSOR                       PREDECESSOR
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                               1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end
   of period)..............................................        393        393        661        661        862        661
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)........        784        784      1,143      1,143      1,403      1,143
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted
   living facilities.......................................         99%        99%        98%        98%        98%        99%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                               1996
                                                             ---------
<S>                                                          <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end
   of period)..............................................      1,623
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)........      2,392
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted
   living facilities.......................................         99%
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,                                 JUNE 30,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                           PREDECESSOR                        PREDECESSOR    PRO FORMA AS
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  -------------     ADJUSTED
                                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995         1996       1996 (1)(3)(4)
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  --------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (deficit).........  $ (24,392) $ (11,233) $ (22,603) $ (17,712) $  (3,596)   $  (5,067)     $   31,177
  Total assets......................     33,119     31,825     31,381     34,294     54,407       67,853         101,540
  Long-term debt, excluding current
   portion..........................     18,500     30,547     18,500     20,461     53,808       67,816          67,816
  Partners' and Shareholders' equity
   (deficit)........................    (11,544)   (11,704)   (12,325)    (8,740)    (9,811)     (11,107)         27,014
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1)  The  pro forma statement of operations data for the year ended December 31,
     1995 and  the six  months  ended June  30, 1996  gives  effect to  (a)  the
     acquisition  on April 1, 1996 by the  Predecessor of the operations of Town
     Gate Manor (Rochester, New York) and  Town Gate East (Penfield, New  York);
     (b)  the April 1996 acquisition of the 49.9% interest in Senior Quarters at
     Chestnut Ridge by an unrelated third party; (c) the pending acquisition  of
     the  50% interest that the Company does not already own in the entity which
     owns in Senior Quarters of East Northport that the Company does not already
     own from an unrelated party for $2,600. The purchase price is payable  from
     Offering proceeds ($1,950) and the issuance of 50 shares of common stock at
     an  assumed initial public  offering price of $13.00  per share ($650); (d)
     operating fees payable  to the Kaplans  as operators for  various New  York
     facilities,  net of management fees payable to a subsidiary of the Company;
     (e) compensation of the Kaplans  and additional general and  administrative
     costs  of operating as a public  company; (f) the initial capitalization of
     the Company; (g) the issuance of 4,150 shares of the Company's common stock
     as consideration  for the  conveyance of  all of  the Predecessor's  assets
     relating  to its assisted  living business; and (h)  the elimination of net
     indebtedness and  interest  payable  to  an  uncombined  affiliate  of  the
     Predecessor  all as if the transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1995.
     The pro forma  balance sheet  as of  June 30,  1996 gives  effect to  these
     transactions  as if they occurred on  that date except for the transactions
     in (a) and (b) which are included in the historical combined balance  sheet
     at June 30, 1996. See "Pro Forma Financial Information."
    
 
(2)  Includes  a pro  forma income tax  adjustment for federal  and state income
     taxes to reflect  the Predecessor as  a C  corporation. See Note  2 to  the
     Combined Financial Statements of the Predecessor.
 
   
(3)  Reflects  (a) the  assumed issuance of  common shares at  an initial public
     offering price of $13.00 to satisfy the $6,250 distribution payable to  the
     Kaplans  to be paid  from the proceeds  of the Offering  which will be used
     primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to  be
     incurred  in connection with transactions pertaining to the transfer of the
     Predecessor interests in the  facilities to the  Company ($6,000) and  (ii)
     real  estate  transfer  arising  out of  the  transaction  estimated  to be
     approximately ($250) and (b) the expected  issuance of 50 shares of  common
     stock  issued in connection with the purchase  of the 50% interest that the
     Company does already own in the  entity which owns Senior Quarters at  East
     Northport, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share,
     to satisfy a portion ($650,000) of the total $2,600 purchase price.
    
 
(4)  Reflects  the proposed issuance of all  3,550 shares in connection with the
     Offering.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    Certain   information  contained  in  this  Prospectus  are  forward-looking
statements. Factors  set forth  in  "Risk Factors"  could affect  the  Company's
actual results and could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially
from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf of,
the  Company  in this  Prospectus. Prospective  investors in  the shares  of the
Company's Common Stock offered hereby should carefully consider the factors  set
forth  in "Risk Factors," in addition to the other information appearing in this
Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States, and
has owned,  managed  and/or  operated assisted  living  facilities  since  1972.
Assisted  living facilities are  an increasingly popular  form of senior housing
which generally provide  a residential alternative  for elderly senior  citizens
who  need or desire help with their  activities of daily living and certain home
health  care  services,  in  a   non-institutional  environment.  Many  of   the
Predecessor's  facilities  also  provide,  through  its  Extended  Care Program,
additional specialized care and services to residents in the beginning stages of
Alzheimer's disease, dementia and other cognitive impairments. The Company owns,
manages and/or operates 15 assisted  living facilities, having in the  aggregate
1,623  units with a capacity for 2,392 residents, a majority of which facilities
are located in  New York; the  remaining facilities are  located in New  Jersey,
Connecticut  and Pennsylvania.  Of these facilities,  the Company owns  all or a
portion of eleven facilities (six facilities are wholly owned and five partially
owned, with partial  ownership interests ranging  from 10.0% to  50.1%) with  an
aggregate of 1,145 units and a capacity for 1,749 residents. Revenues from these
eleven  facilities constituted 96.7% of total revenues in 1995, with the balance
provided by management fees from the four facilities owned by unaffiliated third
parties.  In  addition,  the   Company  currently  has  under   pre-construction
development  seven assisted living facilities with  an expected aggregate of 948
units and a capacity for 1,146  residents. Prior to the Offering, the  Company's
facilities  were owned, managed  and/or operated by one  or more S corporations,
limited  partnerships   or  limited   liability  companies   of  the   Company's
predecessor, The Kapson Group (the "Predecessor"). The Kapson Group is a general
partnership  of which Glenn Kaplan, Wayne  Kaplan and Evan Kaplan (collectively,
the "Kaplans") are the sole equal partners.
    
 
   
    In August 1996,  the Company entered  into an agreement  to acquire the  50%
interest  it does not  already own in  the entity which  owns Senior Quarters at
East Northport for a purchase price of $2.6 million. Approximately $1.95 million
of the purchase price is payable in  cash expected to be paid from the  proceeds
of  the Offering and approximately $650,000 is payable in shares of Common Stock
of the Company.
    
 
   
    The  historical  financial  statements  of  the  Predecessor  represent  the
combined  historical results of operations and  financial condition of: (i) four
facilities that  were  wholly  owned  by the  Predecessor  (Senior  Quarters  at
Stamford,  Senior Quarters at Huntington  Station, Senior Quarters at Centereach
I, and Senior Quarters  at Centereach II); (ii)  two wholly owned facilities  of
the  Predecessor that were acquired  on April 1, 1996  (Town Gate Manor and Town
Gate East); (iii) one facility that was  wholly owned by the Predecessor but  in
which  a  49.9% interest  was sold  to an  unrelated third  party in  April 1996
(Senior  Quarters  at  Chestnut  Ridge);  (iv)  an  entity  through  which   the
Predecessor controlled a 50% interest (and in August, 1996 agreed to acquire the
remaining  50% interest)  in a newly-developed  facility in  East Northport, New
York (Senior Quarters  at East Northport)  which began operations  on March  15,
1996;  (v) an entity through which the  Company owned a 23.75% minority interest
in Change Bridge Inn;  (vi) two entities through  which the Predecessor owned  a
minority  interest in facilities that were under construction (a 10% interest in
Senior Quarters  at  Glen Riddle  and  an 11%  interest  in Senior  Quarters  at
Jamesburg);  (vii) a management company which received management fees from five
related and  four  unrelated  entities;  and  (viii)  an  entity  that  provided
administrative support to the Predecessor and other affiliated entities.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    On  June 7, 1996, the Company was  formed in order to consolidate and expand
the assisted living business of the Predecessor. At or prior to the consummation
of the  Offering, the  Predecessor shall  have transferred  to the  Company  the
following: (i) certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the Predecessor that own the
entire  fee in the land and building  underlying six facilities (Town Gate East,
Town Gate  Manor, Senior  Quarters  at Huntington  Station, Senior  Quarters  at
Centereach  I,  Senior  Quarters  at  Centereach  II,  and  Senior  Quarters  at
Stamford); (ii) certain wholly owned  subsidiaries of the Predecessor that  own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  entire  fee in  the land  and building
underlying five  facilities  (23.75%  of  Change Bridge  Inn,  50.1%  of  Senior
Quarters  at Chestnut Ridge,  50% of Senior  Quarters at East  Northport, 10% of
Senior Quarters at Jamesburg, and 11% of Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle);  (iii)
two  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of the  Predecessor  that  provided management
services for all  the foregoing facilities,  in addition to  four facilities  in
which  the  Predecessor did  not have  an equity  interest (Castle  Gardens, The
Regency at  Glen Cove,  Senior  Quarters at  Lynbrook,  and Senior  Quarters  at
Cranford);  (iv)  the  Predecessor's interests  in  pre-construction development
projects for seven facilities (located in Patterson, NY; Albany, NY;  Briarcliff
Manor,  NY; Tinton Falls, NJ; Riverdale,  NY; Westchester County, NY; and Lehigh
County, PA); and (v)  all of its  other assets relating  to its assisted  living
business.  In addition, at or prior to  the consummation of the Offering certain
agreements  and/or  assignments  of  pre-existing  agreements  shall  have  been
executed pursuant to which the Kaplans act as the operators of substantially all
of  the Company's New  York facilities and be  paid an operating  fee of which a
portion is  paid to  a wholly  owned  subsidiary of  the Company  as a  fee  for
management services. See "Certain Transactions." With respect to Senior Quarters
at  East Northport,  management fees accrue  but shall  not be paid  in any year
until the co-owner of that property recovers a preferred rate of return upon his
equity investment.
 
    In consideration of the  transfer of the Company  facilities to the  Company
described in the foregoing paragraph, the Company shall have, at or prior to the
consummation  of the Offering: (i) issued to the Kaplans, as sole equal partners
of the Predecessor, 4,150,000 shares of Common  Stock, and paid to them the  sum
of $6.0 million (representing the approximate amount of a tax liability expected
to  be incurred  by the Kaplans  as a  result of transactions  pertaining to the
transfer of the Predecessor's facilities to the Company), and (ii) agreed to pay
all real estate transfer taxes arising out of such transactions (estimated to be
approximately $250,000).
 
   
    The pro forma  combined statement  of operations  and balance  sheet of  the
Company therefore differ from the historical financial statements in significant
respects.  They give  effect to:  (a) the  acquisition on  April 1,  1996 by the
Predecessor of the operations of Town Gate Manor (Rochester, New York) and  Town
Gate  East (Penfield,  New York);  (b) the April  1996 acquisition  of the 49.9%
interest in Senior Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge by an unrelated third party;  (c)
the  pending acquisition of the 50% interest that it does not already own in the
entity which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport; (d) operating fees  payable
to  the Kaplans as operators for various  New York facilities, net of management
fees payable to a subsidiary of the Company; (e) compensation of the Kaplans and
additional general and administrative  costs of operating  as a public  company;
(f)  the initial  capitalization of the  Company; (g) the  issuance of 4,150,000
shares of the Company's common stock as consideration for the conveyance of  all
of  the Predecessor's assets  relating to its assisted  living business; and (h)
the elimination  of  net indebtedness  and  interest payable  to  an  uncombined
affiliate  of the  Predecessor, all  as if the  transactions had  occurred as of
January 1, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively, except for the transactions  in
(a) and (b) above, which are included in the historical balance sheet as of June
30, 1996. They also give effect to a pro forma income tax adjustment for federal
and  state income taxes  to reflect the  Predecessor as a  C corporation. As the
Company is newly  formed, all references  in this Prospectus  to the Company  in
connection with historical financial data or otherwise include the Predecessor.
    
 
    The  revenues of  the Company  are derived  primarily from  two sources: (i)
revenue from assisted living services, and (ii) management and/or operating fees
for the management  and/or operation  of facilities owned  in whole  or part  by
third   parties.  Historically,  most  revenues  consisted  of  assisted  living
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
service revenue which  comprised 96.7% of  gross revenues in  1995. The  Company
expects  that revenues from ancillary services that it provides to the residents
of its facilities, such as home health care and the Extended Care Program (which
have not  been significant  to date),  will increase  as a  percentage of  total
revenue  as the  Company seeks  to expand  the number  of such  services that it
offers at its facilities.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
 
    REVENUES.  Assisted living  revenues increased to $9.5  million for the  six
months  ended June 30, 1996,  compared to $7.0 million  for the six months ended
June 30, 1995, an increase  of 35.7%. The increase  is attributable to: (i)  the
opening  of Senior Quarters  at Chestnut Ridge  on September 1,  1995 and Senior
Quarters at  East Northport  on  March 15,  1996  which contributed  revenue  of
$827,000  and $744,000, respectively; and (ii) the acquisition of Town Gate East
and Town  Gate Manor  on April  1, 1996  which contributed  combined revenue  of
$947,000.  Excluding Senior Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge, Senior Quarters at East
Northport, Town Gate  East and Town  Gate Manor, assisted  living revenues  were
approximately  equivalent  for the  six  months ended  June  30, 1996  and 1995.
Management believes that assisted living revenues for the six months ended  June
30,  1996 were negatively  impacted by inclement  weather experienced during the
first quarter of 1996  which resulted in decreased  occupancy at certain of  the
Company's   facilities,  which  was  approximately   offset  by  fee  increases.
Management fee revenue increased to $432,000  for the six months ended June  30,
1996,  compared to $209,000 for the six  months ended June 30, 1995, an increase
of 106.7%. The increase was primarily attributable to Change Bridge Inn,  Senior
Quarters  at Jamesburg, Castle  Gardens, Senior Quarters  at Lynbrook and Senior
Quarters at Glen Riddle which the Company assumed management responsibility  for
on August 8, 1995, February 1, 1996, January 1, 1996, June 1, 1996, and June 19,
1996, respectively.
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Assisted  living operating expenses  increased to $6.3
million for the six months ended June 30, 1996, compared to $3.9 million for the
six months  ended June  30,  1995, an  increase of  59.0%.  As a  percentage  of
assisted  living  revenues, assisted  living operating  expenses were  65.6% and
56.0% for  the  six months  ended  June 30,  1996  and 1995,  respectively.  The
increase  in  assisted living  operating expenses  as  a percentage  of assisted
living revenues is primarily attributable to  the opening of Senior Quarters  at
Chestnut  Ridge and Senior Quarters  at East Northport on  September 1, 1995 and
March 15, 1996,  respectively. As  is consistent with  the Company's  experience
during  the "rent-up" of a new facility, assisted living operating expenses as a
percentage of assisted living revenues are  higher than they are for a  facility
which  is  operating at  or near  full occupancy.  Excluding Senior  Quarters at
Chestnut Ridge and Senior Quarters at East Northport, assisted living  operating
expenses  as a percentage of assisted living  revenues would have been 59.6% and
55.3% for  the  six months  ended  June 30,  1996  and 1995,  respectively.  The
increase  in  assisted living  operating expenses  as  a percentage  of assisted
living revenues during the six months  ended June 30, 1996 is also  attributable
to:  (i)  inclement  winter  weather  during the  first  quarter  of  1996 which
adversely affected revenues and increased operating expenses; and (ii) increased
payroll and employee benefits related to start-up costs for one of the Company's
ALP facilities and the  introduction of the Company's  Extended Care Program  at
another  facility. General and  administrative expense was  $1.3 million for the
six months ended June 30,  1996, compared to $730,000  for the six months  ended
June  30, 1995.  As a percentage  of total revenues,  general and administrative
expense was 12.8% and  10.1% for the  six months ended June  30, 1996 and  1995,
respectively.  The increase is primarily the  result of: (i) $389,000 related to
higher payroll  and  employee  benefit  costs in  connection  with  a  strategic
decision  by the  Company to invest  in its management  and facility development
capabilities in order to support future growth through development,  acquisition
and  management of additional facilities; and  (ii) costs related to the opening
of Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge  and Senior Quarters at East Northport  and
preparations for the opening of the Senior Quarters at Lynbrook, Senior Quarters
at Patterson, Senior Quarters at Jamesburg and Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $2.8  million for  the six months
ended June 30, 1996, compared to $1.7 million for the six months ended June  30,
1995, an increase of 71.8%. The increase is
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
attributable to: (i) the opening of Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge and Senior
Quarters  at East Northport facilities on September  1, 1995 and March 15, 1996,
respectively; and (ii) the acquisition of Town Gate East and Town Gate Manor  on
April  1, 1996.  Interest expense  with respect  to Senior  Quarters at Chestnut
Ridge and  Senior Quarters  at East  Northport was  capitalized prior  to  their
opening.
 
    NET  INCOME (LOSS).   Net  income (loss) was  ($925,000) for  the six months
ended June 30,  1996, compared to  $281,000 for  the six months  ended June  30,
1995.  The decrease  in net  income is  primarily the  result of  the opening of
Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge and Senior Quarters at East Northport and,  to
a  lesser  extent,  higher payroll  and  benefit  costs in  connection  with the
Company's expansion  plans.  Excluding Senior  Quarters  at Chestnut  Ridge  and
Senior  Quarters at East Northport, net  income (loss) would have been ($59,000)
and $495,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The
Company  was not required to and did not  pay federal or state income taxes. The
minority interest for  the six  months ended  June 30,  1996 is  related to  the
partial  ownership of Senior  Quarters at East Northport  and Senior Quarters at
Chestnut Ridge by unrelated third parties.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
 
    REVENUES.  Assisted living revenues increased to $14.3 million for the  year
ended  December 31, 1995, compared to $13.3  million for the year ended December
31, 1994,  an  increase of  6.9%.  The  increase is  attributable  primarily  to
increased  rental rates and to the opening  of Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge
on September  1,  1995, which  contributed  revenue of  approximately  $283,000.
Excluding  Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, assisted living revenues increased
4.8%. Management fee revenue increased to  $443,000 for the year ended  December
31, 1995, compared to $348,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, an increase
of  27.3%.  The  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  Senior  Quarters at
Cranford, a facility managed by  the Company which opened  in late 1993 and  for
which  revenue increased significantly in 1995 due  to a full year of stabilized
occupancy.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.   Assisted living operating  expenses increased to  $8.3
million  for the year ended December 31,  1995, compared to $7.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 1994, an increase  of 6.1%. As a percentage of  assisted
living revenues, assisted living operating expenses were 58.2% and 58.7% for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Excluding: (i) pre-opening
expenses and negative margins during the "rent-up" period for Senior Quarters at
Chestnut  Ridge; and  (ii) a one-time  tax refund  related to a  real estate tax
grievance, assisted living operating expenses would be 57.1% of assisted  living
revenues  for  the  year ended  December  31, 1995.  General  and administrative
expense was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared to  $1.1
million  for  the year  ended  December 31,  1994, an  increase  of 45.3%.  As a
percentage of total revenues, general  and administrative expense was 11.2%  and
8.3%  for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase
is primarily the result of: (i) approximately $160,000 related to higher payroll
and employee  benefit costs  in  connection with  a  strategic decision  by  the
Company  to invest  in its management  and facility  development capabilities in
order to support future growth; and  (ii) approximately $228,000 of general  and
administrative  expenses related  to the  Company's expansion,  including Senior
Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, Change Bridge Inn and Castle Gardens.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $3.7  million for  the year  ended
December  31, 1995,  compared to  $3.3 million for  the year  ended December 31,
1994, an  increase of  13.5%.  The increase  is  primarily attributable  to  the
opening  of Senior  Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge at which  point interest expense
with respect to this facility was no longer capitalized.
 
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.  Income (loss) before extraordinary
item was ($353,000) for the year  ended December 31, 1995, compared to  $107,000
for  the year ended December  31, 1994. The decrease  in net income is primarily
the result  of the  opening of  Senior  Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge  and  higher
payroll  costs in connection with the Company's expansion plans. The Company did
not pay federal or state income taxes.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.   For  the year  ended December  31, 1994,  the  Company
recorded  an  extraordinary gain  of  $4.4 million.  This  gain resulted  from a
settlement with various  lenders to satisfy  certain outstanding mortgage  notes
payable and accrued interest payable at a $4.4 million discount. The Predecessor
simultaneously refinanced this debt with other lenders at then prevailing market
rates.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993.
 
    REVENUES.   Assisted living revenues increased to $13.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1994, compared to  $12.6 million for the year ended  December
31,  1993,  an  increase of  5.7%.  The  increase is  attributable  primarily to
increased rental rates.  Management fee  revenue increased to  $348,000 for  the
year  ended December 31, 1994, compared to  $248,000 for the year ended December
31, 1993, an increase of 40.4%.  The increase was primarily attributable to  The
Regency   at  Glen  Cove,  a  facility  which  the  Company  assumed  management
responsibility for in 1993 and received a full year of management fees in 1994.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.   Assisted living operating  expenses increased to  $7.8
million  for the year ended December 31,  1994, compared to $7.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 1993, an increase  of 3.2%. As a percentage of  assisted
living revenues, assisted living operating expenses were 58.7% and 60.1% for the
years  ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. During 1994, however, the
decrease was limited by the fact that the Company experienced an increase in its
employee health care  benefit costs as  a percentage of  wages and salaries.  In
response  to this increase, on July 1, 1995, the Company changed its health care
benefit program to  offer a more  cost-effective managed care  option and, as  a
result, employee health care benefit costs as a percentage of wages and salaries
decreased.  General and  administrative expense  was $1.1  million for  the year
ended December 31, 1994,  compared to $727,000 for  the year ended December  31,
1993,  an increase  of 57.0%.  As a  percentage of  total revenues,  general and
administrative expense was 8.3% and 5.6%  for the years ended December 31,  1994
and  1993,  respectively. The  increase  is primarily  the  result of  hiring of
additional personnel to support anticipated growth.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $3.3  million for  the year  ended
December  31, 1994,  compared to  $3.4 million for  the year  ended December 31,
1993.
 
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.  Income (loss) before extraordinary
item was $107,000 for  the year ended December  31, 1994, compared to  ($69,000)
for  the year ended December 31, 1993. The increase is primarily due to improved
operating margins, and reduced interest payments which were partially offset  by
higher interest expense to affiliates.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY  ITEM.   For  the year  ended December  31, 1994,  the Company
recorded an  extraordinary gain  of  $4.4 million.  This  gain resulted  from  a
settlement  with various lenders  to satisfy certain  outstanding mortgage notes
payable and accrued interest payable at a $4.4 million discount. The predecessor
simultaneously refinanced this debt with other lenders at then prevailing market
rates.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Net cash provided by (used in)  operating activities was ($1.1 million)  for
the  six months  ended June 30,  1996, compared  to $513,000 for  the six months
ended June 30, 1995. The decrease is  primarily attributable to: (i) a net  loss
for  the six  months ended  June 30, 1996,  compared to  net income  for the six
months ended  June 30,  1995; (ii)  a minority  interest in  the net  loss of  a
partnership  owning Senior Quarters  at East Northport; and  (iii) a decrease in
accounts payable and accrued expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities
was $3.1 million, $1.7 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and  1993, respectively. The  increase in 1995,  compared to 1994  is
primarily attributable to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
 
    Net  cash used in investing activities was  $14.4 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996, compared to $8.2 million for the six months ended June  30,
1995.  Net cash  used in  investing activities  was $17.6  million, $468,000 and
$505,000 for the  years ended December  31, 1995, 1994  and 1993,  respectively.
Substantially  all of the cash  used in investing activities  for the six months
ended June 30,
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
1996 and 1995  and the  year ended  December 31,  1995 was  for the  development
and/or  acquisition of new facilities (which was partially offset by the sale of
a minority  interest in  Senior Quarters  at Chestnut  Ridge for  $1.2  million)
during the six months ended June 30, 1996, compared to facility improvements and
equipment  purchased and an increase in  restricted mortgage escrow funds during
the years  ended  December  31,  1994  and 1993.  Net  cash  used  in  investing
activities  for the  year ended December  31, 1994 was  offset by the  sale of a
minority interest in  Senior Quarters at  East Northport for  $1.5 million.  Net
cash  used in investing  activities was funded  primarily through long-term debt
and cash provided by operations.
 
    Net cash provided  by financing  activities was  $13.8 million  for the  six
months  ended June 30, 1996,  compared to $7.5 million  for the six months ended
June 30, 1995. Net cash provided  by financing activities primarily consists  of
the  proceeds of long-term debt offset by principal repayments of long-term debt
and distributions to partners and shareholders. The increase for the six  months
ended  June 30, 1996 is  primarily the result of  long-term debt associated with
the completion  and  opening  of  Senior Quarters  at  East  Northport  and  the
acquisition  of Town Gate Manor  and Town Gate East.  Net cash provided by (used
in) financing activities was  $16.0 million, ($661,000)  and ($963,000) for  the
years  ended December  31, 1995, 1994,  and 1993, respectively.  The increase in
1995, compared to  1994, is primarily  the result of  long-term debt  associated
with  Senior Quarters at  East Northport. Net cash  used in financing activities
was negative in  1994 and 1993  as a result  of payments on  long-term debt  and
deferred  financing costs  incurred by the  Company and  shareholder and partner
distributions.
 
   
    Historically, the  Company has  operated  with significant  working  capital
deficits primarily as a consequence of current liabilities owed to an uncombined
affiliate  of  the  Predecessor as  well  as certain  financing  activities. The
working capital deficit for the  Company was $4.3 million  at June 30, 1996  and
$3.6  million and  $17.7 million  at December  31, 1995  and 1994, respectively.
Excluding current liabilities owed  to an affiliate of  the Company (which  will
not  be an  obligation of the  Company), the Company's  working capital position
would have been  a deficit of  $1.4 million at  June 30, 1996  and $296,000  and
$14.6 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. At December 31, 1994,
the  Company's  working capital  position was  adversely  impacted by  the $15.0
million current portion  of long-term  debt. Such current  portion of  long-term
debt  was $246,000 at December 31, 1995. On  a pro forma basis, which reflects a
$6.0 million  payment  to partners  and  stockholders  and an  assumption  of  a
liability  currently  estimated  to  be  approximately  $250,000,  the Company's
working capital  deficit at  June 30,  1996, was  $10.6 million.  Following  the
Offering  and  the  application of  the  estimated net  proceeds  therefrom, the
Company will have pro forma working capital of $31.2 million.
    
 
    The various  facilities  owned  by  the  Company,  excluding  minority-owned
facilities,  were subject  to mortgage  indebtedness in  an aggregate  amount of
approximately $68.7 million at  June 30, 1996.  The mortgage indebtedness  bears
interest at market rates, currently ranging from 7.7% to 10.5%. In January 1995,
the  Predecessor  obtained a  $40.0 million  acquisition and  development credit
facility with  Health  Care REIT,  Inc.  ("HCR"), pursuant  to  which  temporary
construction  financing bears interest at 3.5%  above the base rate announced by
The National City  Bank of  Cleveland but not  less than  11.25%, and  permanent
financing bears interest at the rate of a ten-year U.S. Treasury Note plus 4.25%
per  annum. The permanent financing rate increases  by 30 basis points per year.
Approximately $31.2 million  of the HCR  credit facility has  been drawn  and/or
allocated  to  specific  projects  and is  secured  by  four  facilities (Senior
Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, Town Gate Manor, Town Gate East and Senior  Quarters
at  Briarcliff). Effective as of the date of the Offering, the Company will have
a $140.0 million acquisition and development credit facility with HCR,  pursuant
to  which temporary construction financing bears interest at 3.5% above the base
rate announced by The  National City Bank of  Cleveland and permanent  financing
bears interest at the rate of a ten-year U.S. Treasury Note plus either 4.0% per
annum  for  mortgage indebtedness  or 3.75%  per  annum for  permanent operating
leases. The permanent financing rate increases by 25 basis points per annum. The
amounts drawn on the original $40.0 million HCR credit facility will be  applied
against  the new $140.0  million facility. Indebtedness  on two other properties
(Senior Quarters at Huntington Station and Senior Quarters at Stamford) having a
combined outstanding  balance of  $15.5 million,  matures in  February 1999,  at
which   time   all  unpaid   principal  balances,   if   any,  become   due  and
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
payable. While the  Company expects  to refinance  such debt  with the  existing
lender  or with  another financing  source, there can  be no  assurance that the
Company will  be able  to obtain  such refinancing  on terms  acceptable to  the
Company,  which could  result in  an adverse  effect on  the Company's operating
results and financial condition.
 
    With respect  to  current  indebtedness on  Senior  Quarters  at  Huntington
Station  and Senior  Quarters at Stamford,  which matures in  February 1999, the
lending arrangements contain an equity participation feature payable at maturity
in an amount which is the greater of (a) $480,000 or (b) 25% of appraised market
value over  $17.5 million.  The  Company is  negotiating  to remove  the  equity
participation  features of these loans, but there  can be no assurance that such
negotiations will be successful.
 
   
    The net proceeds to  the Company from the  Offering, at an assumed  offering
price  of $13.00 per share, after  deducting estimated underwriting discount and
offering expenses payable by the Company, are approximately $38.8 million ($42.0
million if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is  exercised  in  full).
Approximately  $20.0  million of  the  net proceeds  will  be used  to  fund the
Company's equity investment in  identified development and acquisition  projects
for  seven assisted living  facilities having in  the aggregate 948  units and a
capacity for 1,146  residents. The  Company expects to  use approximately  $12.0
million  of the net  proceeds for all or  a portion of  the cost of unidentified
assisting living development and acquisition projects. Accordingly, the  Company
estimates  that this  portion of  the proceeds  will be  sufficient to  fund its
development and acquisition activities for the next 18 months. The Company  will
use a portion of the net proceeds to fund: (i) payment to the Kaplans of the sum
of  $6.0  million (representing  the approximate  tax  liability expected  to be
incurred by  the  Kaplans in  connection  with transactions  pertaining  to  the
transfer by the Predecessor of its facilities to the Company); and (ii) all real
estate  transfer taxes  arising out  of the transfer  by the  Predecessor of its
facilities to the Company (estimated to be approximately $250,000). The  Company
also  expects to  use approximately  $1.95 million  (together with  newly issued
stock with an approximate value of $650,000) to acquire the 50% interest that it
does not already own in the entity which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport.
The Company  will  use  the balance  of  the  net proceeds  to  fund  additional
currently unspecified development and acquisitions and for working capital to be
used  primarily  for  pre-development  and  pre-acquisition  costs  the  Company
anticipates incurring in connection with its development and acquisition program
and  general   corporate  purposes.   See  "Use   of  Proceeds"   and   "Certain
Transactions."  Pending  the  uses outlined  above,  funds will  be  placed into
short-term investment  such as  governmental obligations,  bank certificates  of
deposit,   banker's   acceptances,   repurchase   agreements,   short-term  debt
obligations, money market funds, and interest bearing accounts.
    
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  contemplates  developing  and/or  acquiring
approximately  30  facilities  containing in  the  aggregate 3,500  units  and a
capacity for 4,100 residents by the end  of 1999. The Company intends to  either
develop  facilities  by  constructing  new  facilities  or  converting  existing
buildings into new facilities, or  acquiring existing facilities. Over the  past
three  years,  the average  cost for  the  development or  acquisition of  a new
facility has ranged from $8.0 million to $22.0 million, with an average of $13.5
million. Based on this average, the 30 facilities that the Company  contemplates
developing  through 1999 will  cost an aggregate of  $405 million. The Company's
primary focus is the northeastern United  States, which is traditionally one  of
the  most  expensive areas  for  development because  of  a variety  of factors,
including, but  not limited  to,  the cost  of  land, construction,  zoning  and
regulatory compliance.
 
   
    The  Company intends to  finance its growth  strategy for the  next three to
five years through a variety of sources, including the proceeds of the Offering,
bank and other financing, long-term operating leases with REITs, future debt  or
equity  offerings, joint  ventures and other  sources. To a  limited extent, the
Company may also  use other  forms of financing  such as  taxable or  tax-exempt
long-term  debt, including publicly issued debt.  Because the Company intends to
use such  financing for  its  properties, the  amount  of its  indebtedness  may
increase as the Company pursues its growth strategy. As a result of existing and
future  indebtedness, a substantial  portion of the Company's  cash flow will be
devoted to  debt  service. There  can  be no  assurance  that the  Company  will
generate  sufficient cash  flow from operations  to cover  required interest and
principal payments. If the  Company were unable to  meet interest and  principal
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
payments,  it could be required to seek  renegotiation of such payments with its
lenders or  obtain  additional  equity  or  debt  financing.  There  can  be  no
assurance,  however, that such efforts will be  successful or timely or that the
terms of any such financing or  refinancing would be acceptable to the  Company.
Further,  in  the  event of  future  financings and  refinancings,  increases in
prevailing interest rates could increase the Company's debt service obligations.
 
IMPACT OF CERTAIN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of  Financial Standard No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS
No.  123),  which  prescribes  a  new  method  of  accounting  for   stock-based
compensation  that determined compensation expense  based on fair value measured
at the grant  date. SFAS No.  123 gives  companies that grant  stock options  or
other  equity instruments  to employees  the option  of either  adopting the new
rules or continuing current accounting; however, disclosure would be required of
the pro forma  amounts as if  the new rules  had been adopted.  SFAS No. 123  is
effective  for  transactions  entered  into in  fiscal  years  that  begin after
December 15, 1995.  The Company has  not yet  decided whether to  adopt the  new
method of accounting.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
    Assisted  living revenue and management fees from assisted living facilities
are the primary sources of revenue  earned by the Company. These properties  are
affected  by rental rates which are  highly dependent upon market conditions and
the  competitive  environments  where  the  facilities  are  located.   Employee
compensation  is  the principal  cost element  of property  operations. Although
there can be no assurance it will continue  to do so, the Company has been  able
historically  to offset the effects of inflation on salaries and other operating
expenses by increasing rental rates.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
   
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States. The
Company has  owned, managed  and/or operated  assisted living  facilities  since
1972.  Assisted living facilities provide  a residential alternative for elderly
senior citizens who  need or desire  assistance with their  activities of  daily
living   and  certain  home   health  care  services,   in  a  non-institutional
environment. A majority of the Company's assisted living facilities are operated
under the "Senior Quarters" trademark.
    
 
    The Company's operating  philosophy is  to provide services  and care  which
meet  the individual needs of  its residents, and to  enhance their physical and
mental well-being, thereby  allowing residents  to live  longer and  to "age  in
place."  The Company's facilities are designed to provide premium accommodations
and a comprehensive, bundled package of  standard services for a single  monthly
fee.  These facilities offer, on a  24-hour basis, personal, supportive and home
health care services  appropriate for  their residents in  a home-like  setting,
which  allow  residents  to maintain  their  independence and  quality  of life.
Furthermore, many  of  the  Company's  facilities,  through  its  Extended  Care
Program, also offer additional specialized care and services to residents in the
beginning   stages  of   Alzheimer's  disease,  dementia   and  other  cognitive
impairments. At June 30, 1996, the average monthly fee for standard services  at
the Company's facilities was approximately $2,980 per unit. The Company believes
that its facilities are generally larger than typical assisted living facilities
in  terms of  units and  resident capacity.  Its prototype  development facility
consists of 125 units with  capacity for up to 200  residents. Over 50 years  of
combined  experience in the  assisted living industry have  led the three senior
executives  of  the  Company,  Glenn  Kaplan,  Wayne  Kaplan  and  Evan   Kaplan
(collectively,  the "Kaplans"),  to develop  and implement  this prototype which
enhances operating margins by capitalizing on economies of scale.
 
   
    The Company owns, manages and/or operates 15 assisted living facilities with
an aggregate of 1,623 units and a  capacity for 2,392 residents, located in  New
York, New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. Of these facilities, the Company
owns  all or a  portion of eleven  facilities (six entirely  and five partially,
with partial ownership interests ranging from 10.0% to 50.1%) with an  aggregate
of  1,145 units and  a capacity for  1,749 residents. Revenue  from these eleven
facilities constituted 96.7% of  the Company's 1995  revenues, with the  balance
provided by management fees from the four facilities owned by unaffiliated third
parties.   In  addition,  the  Company   currently  has  under  pre-construction
development seven assisted living  facilities in these  states with an  expected
aggregate  of 948 units and  a capacity for 1,146  residents. The average age of
residents at  the Company's  facilities  is approximately  85, and  the  average
length  of stay is  24 months. At  June 30, 1996,  the Company's facilities that
were stabilized (I.E., in operation for  at least twelve months) had a  weighted
average  occupancy rate of  99.0%, with many of  them maintaining waiting lists.
Furthermore, such facilities  have operated at  a 98.0% occupancy  rate for  the
past  five calendar years. Management attributes its success in maintaining high
monthly fees and occupancy levels  to a number of  factors, such as the  premium
nature  of its  facilities; the comprehensive  bundling of  standard services as
part of  a single  package and  the quality  of those  services; referrals  from
former  residents, their  families and health  care professionals;  and the long
tenure and low turnover of its  staff, which produces strong relationships  with
the residents and their families.
    
 
   
    Under  applicable New York law and regulations, a publicly traded for-profit
corporation is not permitted to be the licensed operator of a licensed facility,
although legislation  recently  enacted  in New  York  permits  privately  owned
for-profit corporations to operate certain types of licensed facilities. See "--
Government  Regulation." The Kaplans individually  are the licensed operators of
all the  Company's licensed  facilities in  New York  (except for  one which  is
operated  by its not-for-profit owner),  and the Kaplans may  in the future form
one or  more corporations  to  operate these  facilities. These  facilities  are
operated  pursuant to either an operating  agreement between the Company and the
licensed operators or the pre-existing agreement with the applicable third party
owner of the facility that  has been assigned to  the licensed operators by  the
Company. The licensed operators have, in turn, engaged a wholly owned subsidiary
of  the Company  to provide certain  management services to  each such facility.
This
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
basic structure,  and  substantially  similar agreements,  are  also  used  with
respect  to one New York facility that  is an independent living facility which,
as such, is not a licensed  facility. See "Certain Transactions --  Arrangements
Regarding Operation of Certain Facilities."
 
    The  Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the assisted
living facility business of The Kapson Group, a New York general partnership  of
which  the sole equal partners are the  Kaplans, who are brothers. In connection
with the Offering, a series of  transactions designed to consolidate The  Kapson
Group's assisted living facility business in the Company are being entered into.
See  "Business -- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions." The address
of the Company's  headquarters is 242  Crossways Park West,  Woodbury, New  York
11797.  Its telephone number is (516) 921-8900 and its facsimile number is (516)
921-8998. The Company is a Delaware corporation incorporated on June 7, 1996.
 
THE ASSISTED LIVING INDUSTRY
 
    THE ASSISTED LIVING MARKET.  The long-term care industry encompasses a  wide
continuum  of services and residential arrangements for elderly senior citizens.
Skilled nursing facilities provide  the highest level of  care and are  designed
for  elderly senior citizens who need  chronic nursing and medical attention and
are not able to live on their  own. Further, skilled nursing facilities tend  to
be  one  of  the  most expensive  alternatives  while  providing  elderly senior
citizens with limited  independence and  a diminished  quality of  life. On  the
other end of the continuum is home-based care, which typically is provided in an
individual's  private  residence.  While  this  alternative  allows  the elderly
individual to "age in place" in his  or her home and, in certain instances,  can
provide  most of the services  available at a skilled  nursing facility, it does
not foster  any  sense of  community  or the  ability  to participate  in  group
activities.
 
    Assisted  living facilities  generally are designed  to fill the  gap in the
middle of this continuum. Assisted living facilities have been described by  the
Assisted  Living  Facilities Association  of  America ("ALFAA")  as  providing a
special combination of  housing and  personal, supportive and  home health  care
services designed to respond to the individual needs of those who need or desire
help  with  their  activities  of  daily  living,  including  personal  care and
household  management.  According  to   ALFAA,  residents  of  assisted   living
facilities  are  generally in  their eighties.  Services  in an  assisted living
facility are  generally available  24 hours  a  day to  meet the  scheduled  and
unscheduled   needs  of   residents,  thereby  promoting   maximum  dignity  and
independence.
 
   
    The assisted living industry  is highly-fragmented, with only  approximately
5%  of the industry's beds represented by the top 30 industry participants based
on 1995  studies.  However,  the  Company  believes  that  substantial  industry
consolidation  is  underway.  At  present,  the  industry  is  characterized  by
participants who operate only a limited number of facilities and who  frequently
can  offer only basic  assistance with a  limited number of  activities of daily
living. The Company believes that it is characterized by the following: (i)  the
ability  to offer premium accommodations and  a comprehensive bundle of standard
services for a  single inclusive monthly  fee; (ii) sophisticated,  professional
management  structures  and  highly-trained employees;  (iii)  a cost-efficient,
user-specific prototype facility; (iv) experience in providing home health  care
services;  and  (v)  the  proven  ability  to  operate  in  a  highly  regulated
environment such as that in the State of New York.
    
 
    TRENDS AFFECTING THE  INDUSTRY.   The Company believes  its assisted  living
business  benefits  from  the  following  demographic  trends,  cost-containment
initiatives, long-term care facility supply and demand imbalances and quality of
life advantages affecting the long-term care industry:
 
    AGING POPULATION.   The  continued  aging of  the United  States  population
results  in increased  demand for  care of  elderly senior  citizens. This group
represents one of the fastest growing segments of the population, and requires a
disproportionately high percentage  of health care  services. According to  U.S.
Bureau of the Census data, the number of people in the United States aged 75 and
older  increased  by approximately  47%  from 1981  to  1995, growing  from 10.1
million to 14.8 million.  The segment of  the population over  85 years of  age,
which  comprises the largest group of  residents at the Company's facilities, is
projected, according  to U.S.  Census  data, to  increase by  approximately  42%
between the
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
years  1990 and 2000 in the United States. Furthermore, according to projections
by the U.S. Bureau of the Census, by  the year 2010, six million members of  the
United  States population will be  aged 85 years or  over, and, according to the
Agency for Health  and Policy Research,  an estimated 57%  of these  individuals
will need help with one or more activities of daily living. The Company believes
that  the aforementioned  statistics and the  significant growth  of the elderly
population in comparison  to the general  population, as depicted  in the  graph
below, will contribute to continued strong demand for assisted living services.
 
   PROJECTED PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE ELDERLY POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              85+       75-84     GENERAL POPULATION
<S>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1980            0.0%       0.0%                  0.0%
1990           34.9%      29.5%                  9.8%
2000           93.4%      59.8%                 19.4%
2010          166.0%      69.0%                 23.9%
2020          210.6%      98.4%                 26.8%
</TABLE>
 
                                              Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census.
 
     CHANGING FAMILY DYNAMICS.  Changing family dynamics increase the likelihood
that  families  will utilize  the assisted  living  alternative. Because  of the
growing number of two-income  households as well  as the increased  geographical
separation of elderly family members from their children and grandchildren, many
families (especially those with children at home) are not able to care for their
elderly   relatives  in  their  homes.  Historically,  unpaid  women  (typically
daughters  or  daughters-in-law)  have  represented  a  large  portion  of   the
care-givers  of  the  non-institutionalized elderly.  Consequently,  due  to the
increased number of women in the labor force, there has been a reduction in  the
supply  of in-home family care-givers. Other  factors, including the increase in
single-parent households, as  well as wider  geographic dispersion of  families,
have  contributed to the growing inability of families to care for their elderly
relatives in the home.
 
    INCREASED AFFLUENCE  OF  THE ELDERLY.    The  net worth  of  elderly  senior
citizens  has increased  and, consequently,  many can  better afford  to pay for
third-party care. Many seniors have accumulated equity through savings plans  as
well  as home ownership. According to U.S. Bureau of the Census data, the median
net worth of householders aged 75 or more has increased from $55,178 in 1984 and
$61,491 in 1988 and $76,541 in 1991 to $77,654 in 1993 in the United States.
 
    LIMITATION ON THE SUPPLY OF LONG-TERM CARE FACILITIES.  State regulation and
the growing number of persons over the age  of 75 may, in some areas, create  an
imbalance  between  the  supply and  demand  for assisted  living  services. The
majority of  states in  the  United States  (including  New York)  have  enacted
certificate   of  need  or  similar   legislation  which  generally  limits  the
construction of  new skilled  nursing facilities  and the  addition of  beds  or
services  in  existing  skilled  nursing  facilities.  High  construction costs,
limitations on government reimbursement for  the full cost of construction,  and
start-up  time and expenses also  act to constrain growth  in the supply of such
facilities. Such legislation benefits the  assisted living industry by  limiting
the  supply  of  skilled nursing  beds  available for  elderly  senior citizens.
Certificates of need  are not required  for assisted living  facilities in  most
states, although some states do require
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
assisted living providers to obtain a license to operate their facilities and to
comply  with various  regulations regarding building  requirements and operating
procedures. Furthermore, states often impose additional requirements on specific
types of  assisted living  facilities over  and above  standard congregate  care
requirements,   making   it  increasingly   difficult  for   potential  industry
participants who are  not familiar  with applicable  regulatory requirements  to
open  new  facilities. New  York  requires both  a  public needs  assessment and
licensure for certain types of assisting living facilities. Further, the limited
pool of experienced assisted living staff  and management, as well as the  costs
and  start-up  expenses to  construct an  assisted  living facility,  provide an
additional entry barrier for the assisted living business. However, the  Company
competes with numerous local, regional and national companies providing assisted
living services and other long-term care alternatives. The Company expects that,
as  assisted living receives increased attention, competition will grow. See "--
Competition."
 
    COST-CONTAINMENT PRESSURES; PUSH-DOWN EFFECT.  In response to rapidly rising
health care  costs,  both  government  and  private  pay  sources  have  adopted
cost-containment  measures  that  have  encouraged reduced  lengths  of  stay in
hospitals and skilled  nursing facilities.  Moreover, cost  factors are  placing
pressure  on skilled nursing facilities to shift their focus toward more intense
levels of  care  which enables  them  to charge  higher  fees, thus  creating  a
shortage  of facilities where skilled but  less intensive care is available. The
result of these forces is that  patients are being "pushed down" from  hospitals
and  skilled nursing facilities to assisted  living facilities. For example, the
State of  New York  enacted  its Assisted  Living  Program as  a  cost-effective
long-term  care alternative mainly  for Medicaid beneficiaries  who are eligible
for placement in a skilled nursing facility.  The rate paid by Medicaid for  the
home  care services for Medicaid beneficiaries  in an Assisted Living Program is
50% of the rate that  would be paid for the  same services in a skilled  nursing
facility in the same geographical area.
 
    QUALITY  OF LIFE ADVANTAGES.   The Company believes  that assisted living is
becoming a  preferred  choice over  skilled  nursing homes  for  elderly  senior
citizens and their families. This preference can be attributed to the ability of
residents  of  assisted living  facilities to  "age in  place" in  a residential
group-setting, thereby promoting independence,  dignity and an improved  quality
of life.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
   
    OVERVIEW.   The Company's growth  strategy for the next  three to five years
will focus on the  expansion of its existing  portfolio through the  development
and  acquisition of additional assisted living  facilities, the expansion of its
ancillary services,  such  as  home  health  care  services,  in-house  pharmacy
services   and  its  Extended  Care  Program,   and  maintaining  its  focus  on
cost-efficient facilities management.  The Company also  intends to continue  to
capitalize   on  public  recognition  of  the  "Senior  Quarters"  trademark  to
distinguish itself from competitors.
    
 
    The Company's  primary focus  is  the northeastern  United States  where  it
intends  to maintain  its position  as a  leading assisted  living provider. The
Company also will seek to  develop or acquire facilities  in other areas of  the
United States in which it believes it will be able to create a sizable presence.
The  Company believes  that by concentrating  or "clustering"  its facilities in
target areas with desirable demographics, it can increase the efficiency of  its
management resources and achieve broad economies of scale.
 
    Three  generations of the  Kaplan family have shaped  the growth strategy of
the  Company.  Since  1985,  the  Company  has  developed  ten  assisted  living
facilities  and acquired all or an interest  in three others, formed home health
care service  agencies  in  order  to  offer  such  services  in  the  Company's
facilities,  and developed its prototype facility for cost-effective management.
Most of these facilities have been located  in New York State, which has one  of
the  most  extensive  regulatory frameworks  with  respect to  the  provision of
assisted living services. Accordingly, the Company believes that it not only has
the requisite experience but also the systems, procedures and infrastructure  to
support  its  growth strategy  and to  adapt to  regulatory change.  The Company
intends to continue to finance its development and acquisition of new facilities
through a variety of sources, including  the proceeds of the Offering, bank  and
other  financing, long-term operating  leases with REITs,  future debt or equity
offerings, joint ventures and other sources.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    DEVELOPMENT AND  ACQUISITION.   Since 1985,  the Company  has developed  ten
assisted  living facilities having in the  aggregate 1,069 units with a capacity
for 1,599 residents and has acquired the  entire or a partial interest in  three
facilities  having in the aggregate 270 units with a capacity for 311 residents.
The Company presently intends to  develop and acquire approximately 30  assisted
living  facilities with an  aggregate of 3,500  units with a  capacity for 4,100
residents by  the end  of 1999,  thereby increasing  by approximately  175%  the
resident  capacity  in all  of  the facilities  that  it owns,  manages  and/ or
operates. The Company  will seek to  realize this growth  primarily through  the
construction   of  new  facilities  and  through  the  acquisition  of  existing
facilities. The Company intends to  pursue the conversion of buildings  employed
for  other  uses  on  a  selective basis,  thereby  increasing  its  universe of
potential development  activities. Additionally,  the Company  will  selectively
enter  into management contracts with not-for-profit and for-profit institutions
and developers inexperienced in operating an assisted living facility.
 
    The Company's experience with real estate developers and lenders has led  it
to  believe that the  "Senior Quarters" trademark  and the Company's established
reputation in  the  assisted  living  industry  increases  its  development  and
acquisition  opportunities  and that  its participation  in a  project generally
lends that  project  credibility with  the  potential financing  sources,  local
governing  bodies and communities and  potential residents. Further, through its
activities as a leading developer and operator of assisted living facilities  in
the  northeastern United States and management's activities in numerous industry
associations, the Company has  generated numerous contacts  through which it  is
able to identify possible development and acquisition opportunities.
 
DEVELOPMENT OF NEW FACILITIES
 
    PROTOTYPE   FACILITY.    Through  its  quarter  of  a  century  of  industry
experience, the Company has developed a prototype facility floor plan with  more
efficient  and flexible multi-purpose common  areas and residential unit layout.
The design  of this  prototype has  enabled  the Company  to reduce  the  square
footage  required by 25% without adversely impacting the quality of its services
and facilities. The prototype facility contains 125 units with a capacity for up
to 200 residents, includes studios, one-bedroom and two-bedroom units, and spans
82,000 square feet.
    DEVELOPMENT PROCESS.  The development of  a facility begins with the  zoning
process,  which the Company has significant experience at managing. Local zoning
board members are strongly encouraged to visit the Company's existing facilities
on both an  escorted and a  "drop-in" basis  and to discuss  with the  Company's
senior management any concerns that may arise so that they may be addressed well
in advance of zoning board meetings. While the Company has developed a prototype
for its facilities, this plan is extremely flexible with respect to the exterior
facade,  which  can be  tailored to  blend into  the surrounding  community. The
construction of the Company's new facilities is typically undertaken by a select
group of general contractors with whom the Company works or intends to work on a
continuing basis. All contractors are required to submit performance and payment
bonds in favor of the Company. Several  bids are solicited for each project  and
the  winning bidder is brought into the  planning process in its initial stages.
The intensive involvement of the general  contractor at such an early stage  has
resulted  in most of the Company's existing projects being completed on time and
within budget. There can be no assurance, however, that future projects will  be
completed on time and within budget.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    DEVELOPMENT  IN  PROGRESS.   The Company  is  currently involved  in various
stages of pre-construction development with respect to the seven assisted living
facilities listed  in the  chart  below, which  the  Company will  have,  unless
otherwise indicated, a majority interest in, manage and/or operate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ANTICIPATED                             ANTICIPATED
                                                                NUMBER OF UNITS/     COMMENCEMENT OF      COMPLETION OF
              FACILITY                        LOCATION          RESIDENT CAPACITY     CONSTRUCTION         CONSTRUCTION
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                <C>                  <C>
Senior Quarters                        Briarcliff Manor, NY           102/130         3d Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters (1)                    Patterson, NY                  100/120         3d Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Albany, NY                     125/200        4th Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Riverdale, NY                  221/221        4th Quarter 1996     4th Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Tinton Falls, NJ               125/150        1st Quarter 1997     1st Quarter 1998
Senior Quarters                        Northampton County, PA         125/125        1st Quarter 1997     1st Quarter 1998
Senior Quarters                        Westchester County, NY         150/200         2d Quarter 1997      2d Quarter 1998
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) The  Company owns a minority interest in  the entity owning the fee interest
    in  the  land   and  building   underlying  this   facility.  See   "Certain
    Transactions."
 
     PRELIMINARY  NEGOTIATIONS FOR  FUTURE DEVELOPMENT.   The Company  is in the
preliminary stage of discussions to develop or acquire an additional 20 sites in
five states.  In considering  a prospective  site for  development, the  Company
generally  considers  such factors  as  a potential  market's  demographics, the
number of existing long-term care  facilities (including those owned or  managed
by  the Company)  in the area,  and the  income level of  the target population.
Preliminary development activities include  due diligence activities  (including
the  evaluation of environmental and  geo-technical matters), the preparation of
architectural and engineering plans and the negotiation of definitive agreements
regarding the acquisition of the site and the financing of the development.  The
Company  currently has no binding commitment  or other agreement, arrangement or
understanding to acquire  or to  proceed with the  development of  any of  these
sites, and there can be no assurance that the Company will ultimately be able to
or elect to acquire and develop any of these sites.
 
    ACQUISITION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
 
    ACQUISITION  CRITERIA.   Driven  by the  assisted living  industry's current
fragmentation and ongoing consolidation, the  Company believes that there are  a
large   number  of  acquisition  opportunities   available  for  well  financed,
experienced operators. Through its extensive  experience in the assisted  living
industry and its development and acquisition team, the Company continually seeks
to   acquire  facilities  in  its  targeted  markets.  In  evaluating  potential
acquisitions, the Company reviews  and considers: (i)  the location, ability  to
cluster with existing facilities, and demographics of the area; (ii) the current
and  projected revenues and cash  flow of the facility;  and (iii) the Company's
ability  to  increase  bottom  line  profitability  through  enhanced   services
(including home health care), operational efficiencies and capital improvements.
 
    ACQUISITION  PROCESS.   Through its  experience in  developing and operating
assisted  living   facilities  and   management's  participation   in   industry
associations,  the Company has  generated numerous contacts  through which it is
able to identify possible  acquisitions. The Company  is regularly contacted  by
other  operators, industry participants and groups, as well as lenders and banks
associated and unassociated with  the Company. The Company  believes that it  is
chosen  over others due  to its recognition  as an experienced  operator and its
ability to operate effectively in highly regulated states. Management intends to
pursue single and portfolio acquisitions of assisted living facilities where the
Company believes it can add increased value to the existing operations. Further,
the Company will seek to acquire independent living facilities where there is an
opportunity to reposition the existing operation into a Senior Quarters assisted
living facility.
 
   
    EXISTING MANAGED OR PARTIALLY OWNED FACILITIES.  The Company intends, in the
future, to  discuss with  one or  more third-party  owners of  interests in  the
Company's  existing facilities, the potential for purchase by the Company of all
or a part of their interests. The Company would use the same analysis that would
be applied to new acquisitions  when reviewing these opportunities. The  Company
recently entered into
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
an  agreement to acquire  the 50% interest that  it does not  already own in the
entity which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport. With the exception of  such
agreement,  the Company currently  has no firm  commitments or other agreements,
arrangements or understandings with respect to any such acquisition.
    
 
    CONVERSIONS OF EXISTING FACILITIES USED FOR OTHER PURPOSES.  The Company has
extensive experience with  the conversion  of existing  buildings into  assisted
living   facilities  which  it  believes   expands  its  universe  of  potential
development opportunities. In certain instances,  the conversion of an  existing
facility  may have compelling economic advantages compared to the development of
a new facility,  including: (i) lower  total development costs;  (ii) less  time
required  for preparation of the facility;  and (iii) an expedited zoning permit
process. While  the Company  believes that  the majority  of the  facilities  it
develops in the future will be newly constructed, the Company also believes that
its  extensive experience  with conversions  enlarges its  universe of potential
development projects  and  will enable  it  to take  advantage  of  economically
lucrative conversion opportunities that do arise.
 
                  CONVERSION OF EXISTING BUILDINGS SINCE 1985
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              FACILITY                                                 CONVERSION
- -------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>
Senior Quarters at Huntington Station  In 1986, the Company purchased a vacant school building and developed an
                                       assisted living facility by adding a new wing and implementing extensive
                                       renovation and rehabilitation.
Senior Quarters at Stamford            This assisted living facility was formerly a luxury hotel that was
                                       purchased by the Company in 1988 and thereafter converted into a managed
                                       residential facility with its own Assisted Living Services Agency.
The Regency at Glen Cove               This assisted living facility was formerly an unfinished condominium
                                       project that was converted, designed and built in 1993 by its owner with
                                       the Company's assistance.
Senior Quarters at Cranford            The Company assisted the owner of this former hotel in converting it to an
                                       assisted living facility in 1993.
Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge      This assisted living facility was formerly a hotel that, in 1995, was
                                       converted by doing extensive renovation and adding a new building which
                                       incorporated many of the common areas.
Senior Quarters at East Northport      The Company converted this former school building into an ALP facility in
                                       1995-96 by performing extensive renovation and adding two residential
                                       wings.
</TABLE>
 
    ADDITION  OF  MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS  WITH  UNAFFILIATED THIRD  PARTIES.   The
Company currently  has  four  facilities which  it  manages  for  not-for-profit
institutions  and other  unaffiliated third-parties.  The Company  believes that
management contracts are not only generally profitable but also allow management
a close  look  at a  facility  which may  lead  to its  acquisition.  Management
believes  that it is chosen  due to its experience  in operating assisted living
facilities.
 
    EXPANSION OF  COMPANY-PROVIDED  ANCILLARY SERVICES.    The Kaplans  own  and
operate  a New York licensed  home care services agency,  which offers home care
services in most of  the Company's New York  facilities, and an Assisted  Living
Services  Agency as  part of  its Connecticut  facility. The  Company intends to
provide such services (which have not produced significant revenues to date)  in
all of its facilities, where permitted under applicable law, and has applied for
such licensure to provide such services in New York and Connecticut. The Company
expects  to apply in the next year for registration as a pharmacy in New York in
order to offer and provide in-house pharmacy services in its New York facilities
and, where permissible, at its other facilities. See "-- Government Regulation."
In addition,  the  Company  intends  to offer  its  Extended  Care  Program  for
residents   suffering  from  cognitive  impairments  at  many  of  its  existing
facilities and all  of its new  facilities. The Company  believes not only  that
these
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
ancillary  services will enable the Company  to attract additional residents and
enable residents to  stay at  the Company's assisted  living facilities  longer,
rather than having to transfer to more expensive skilled nursing facilities, but
also that its provision of such services will increase as its growth strategy is
implemented.
 
    The  Company also seeks to enhance and  increase the amount and diversity of
assisted living services it provides through: (i) the continued education of the
senior community, and particularly the residents and their families,  concerning
the  cost effectiveness of  receiving additional services  in an assisted living
facility; (ii)  the  continued development  and  refinement of  assisted  living
programs designed to meet the needs of its residents as they "age in place"; and
(iii) the consistent delivery of quality services for residents.
 
    COST-EFFICIENT  FACILITIES MANAGEMENT.   The Company's  growth strategy also
emphasizes  continued   cost-efficient  management   at  its   assisted   living
facilities.  This includes the use of  the Company's new facility prototype, the
balancing of increases in costs with increases in assisted living fees, and  the
maximization  of  occupancy  rates.  In  addition,  because  its  facilities are
relatively close to one another, the Company is able to take advantage of volume
purchases of supplies from vendors with whom it has an established relationship,
thereby reducing operating expenses. Lastly, the Company maintains an aggressive
facility maintenance  program  which  helps  not  only  to  attract  and  retain
residents but also to avoid costly replacements and repairs.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY'S ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES
 
    The  Company  currently owns,  manages  and/or operates  15  assisted living
facilities containing  1,623 units  with  a capacity  for 2,392  residents.  The
following   chart  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  Company's  existing
facilities.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NUMBER OF                                     YEAR OF
                                                                    UNITS/                      YEAR          COMMENCEMENT
                                                                   RESIDENT     OWNED OR     CONSTRUCTED        OF KAPSON
FACILITY                                               CITY        CAPACITY      MANAGED    OR CONVERTED       OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
CONNECTICUT
  Senior Quarters at Stamford (1)...............  Stamford          94/188           100%       1988                 1988
NEW JERSEY
  Senior Quarters at Cranford (1)...............  Cranford          173/254       Managed       1993                 1993
  Change Bridge Inn (1).........................  Montville         103/112        23.75%       1988                 1995
  Senior Quarters at Jamesburg (1)..............  Jamesburg         125/156           10%       1996                 1996
NEW YORK
  Senior Quarters at Centereach I (2)...........  Centereach        101/200          100%       1979                 1978
  Senior Quarters at Huntington Station (2).....  Huntington        99/198           100%       1987                 1987
  Senior Quarters at Centereach II (3)..........  Centereach        99/198           100%       1989                 1989
  The Regency at Glen Cove (4)..................  Glen Cove         95/105        Managed       1993                 1993
  Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge (2).........  Chestnut Ridge    98/148          50.1%       1995                 1995
  Castle Gardens (5)............................  Vestal             84/84        Managed     1990/1993              1996
  Senior Quarters at East Northport (2)(6)......  East Northport    139/200           50%       1996                 1996
  Senior Quarters at Lynbrook (2)...............  Lynbrook          126/200       Managed       1996                 1996
  Town Gate East (2)............................  Penfield          100/120          100%       1972                 1996
  Town Gate Manor (2)...........................  Rochester          67/79           100%       1970                 1996
PENNSYLVANIA
  Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle (1)............  Glen Riddle       120/150           11%       1996                 1996
                                                                  -----------
TOTAL...........................................                  1,623/2,392
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1)   This facility is  directly managed  by a  wholly owned  subsidiary of  the
      Company. See "-- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(2)   In  order to  comply with  applicable New  York law  and regulations, this
      facility is operated by the Kaplans individually pursuant to an  operating
      agreement.  The  Kaplans have  engaged a  wholly  owned subsidiary  of the
      Company to provide  certain management services  pursuant to a  management
      agreement. See "-- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(3)   This  facility  is operated  by the  Kaplans  individually pursuant  to an
      operating agreement with the  Company. The Kaplans  have engaged a  wholly
      owned  subsidiary of  the Company  to provide  certain management services
      pursuant to a management agreement. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(4)   This facility  is  operated  by  its  owner,  a  New  York  not-for-profit
      corporation that is unaffiliated with the Company. The owner has engaged a
      wholly  owned  subsidiary of  the Company  to provide  management services
      pursuant to a  management agreement.  See "--  Government Regulation"  and
      "Certain Transactions."
 
(5)   The  portion of  this facility that  is operated as  an independent living
      facility (84 beds) is managed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the  Company
      pursuant  to a  management agreement. The  portion that is  operated as an
      Enriched Housing Program  facility (27  beds) is  operated by  a New  York
      not-for-profit corporation.
 
   
(6)   The Company has entered into an agreement to acquire the 50% interest that
      it does not already own in the entity that owns this facility.
    
 
    The Company's facilities are generally located near or in a major population
center  and close  to shopping malls  and social and  cultural activity centers.
Management believes  that, among  other factors,  residents generally  choose  a
facility  that is located close  to their homes or  the homes of their families.
Room configurations  consist  of  studios and  variously  sized  one-bedroom  or
two-bedroom apartments.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Communal   areas  usually  include  a  variety  of  activity  rooms,  a  medical
examination room,  beauty  salon/  barbershop,  library,  chapel,  media  rooms,
billiard room, a crafts room and a 24-hour per day country kitchen.
 
    The  Company believes that its facilities  are generally larger than typical
assisted living facilities in terms  of units and resident capacity.  Management
believes  that economies of scale enhance  operating margins at large facilities
and that "rent-up" risk is  minimized through management's extensive  experience
in   marketing  and  developing,  acquiring,  managing  and/or  operating  large
facilities, and the proximity of the Company's facilities to population  centers
that  can sustain  such facilities. At  June 30, 1996,  the Company's facilities
that were  stabilized (I.E.,  in operation  for at  least twelve  months) had  a
weighted  average occupancy rate of 99.0%, with many of them maintaining waiting
lists. Furthermore, such facilities have operated at a 98.0% occupancy rate  for
the  past five calendar years. Management  attributes its success in maintaining
high monthly fees and occupancy rates to a number of factors such as the premium
nature of its  facilities; the  comprehensive bundling of  standard services  as
part  of a  single package  and the  quality of  those services;  referrals from
former residents and  health care  professionals; and  the long  tenure and  low
turnover  of its  staff which produces  strong relationships  with residents and
their families.
 
THE COMPANY'S ASSISTED LIVING SERVICES
 
    The Company's facilities  provide services  and care which  are designed  to
meet  the individual needs  of its residents, enhance  their physical and mental
well-being and to promote a supportive, independent and home-like setting.  Most
of  the Company's  facilities are  primarily designed  as premium  facilities at
which residents receive  a comprehensive, bundled  package of standard  services
for a single monthly fee.
 
    TAILORED  CARE PLAN.   A  primary element of  the Company's  strategy is the
concept  of  "tailored"  care  to  meet  each  resident's  specific  needs.  The
customizing of services to meet a resident's needs commences with the admissions
process,  during which the  resident, his or  her family and  physician, and the
facility's medical director  and management staff  discuss the resident's  needs
and  develop  a plan  for  his or  her care.  If  recommended by  the resident's
physician, additional home health  care or medical services  may be provided  at
the  facility by a home  health care services agency.  The care plan is reviewed
and modified on a regular basis.
 
    EXTENDED CARE  PROGRAM.   The  Company  has implemented  its  Extended  Care
Program  at  certain  of  its  facilities. The  program  is  designed  to accept
residents with the beginning stages  of Alzheimer's Disease, dementia and  other
cognitive  impairments and to enhance their  opportunity to "age in place." This
program, which is provided  at additional cost,  includes special services  such
as:  personal care  aides specifically  trained to  help seniors  with declining
cognitive functioning; separate activity areas; special activities for cognitive
and behavioral  problems, including  ones that  encourage artistic  outlets  for
creative  expression; additional  assistance with bathing,  personal hygiene and
dressing; a  high staff-to-resident  ratio;  either a  separate dining  room  or
separate  dining times; and special living  arrangements. The Company intends to
expand its Extended Care Program to many of its current facilities and to  offer
it at all new facilities.
 
    NEW  YORK STATE  ASSISTED LIVING  PROGRAM.   In June  1993, the  Company was
awarded 400 of  the 698 beds  (approximately 57%) allocated  to the Long  Island
Region  under the State of  New York's Assisted Living  Program. This program is
geared to  residents who  are eligible  for Medicaid  and who  require a  higher
acuity of care than is typically provided in assisted living facilities. As part
of  this program, the Company has committed  to accept 380 Medicaid residents at
two facilities.  The remaining  number  of beds  may  be filled  by  private-pay
residents.  The  Assisted Living  Program is  closed to  new applicants  and the
Company is not aware of any proposals pending in the New York State  Legislature
to  enact  similar  programs or  to  award  additional beds  under  the existing
program. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    The Company's  ALP facilities  offer,  in addition  to the  residential  and
assisted living services provided at its other licensed facilities, certain home
care services which are provided by the licensed home care services agency owned
by  the Kaplans or other home care  services agencies, as appropriate. Under the
Assisted Living Program, residential fees are generally paid in accordance  with
SSI  residential rates and the home care  services provided to residents who are
Medicaid beneficiaries are reimbursed by Medicaid on a per day capitated  basis.
The  reimbursement rate is equal to 50% of the amount that would be paid for the
anticipated services  at each  resident's level  of care  (based on  social  and
nursing  assessments) to  nursing facilities in  the same geographic  area for a
Medicaid resident's home care services. As a result, there is a cost savings  to
the  State, and yet the Company's revenues  are comparable to those derived from
private-pay residents in  non-ALP facilities. The  Company's two ALP  facilities
(Senior  Quarters at Centereach  I and Senior Quarters  at East Northport) began
operation in March and  April 1996, respectively. The  Company operates its  ALP
facilities  with the same number of staff  as its other facilities, although the
professional training of  the staff is  higher (I.E., home  health aides  rather
than  personal  care aides  and  the medical  director  is a  registered nurse).
Although ALP  facilities  are, in  general,  highly regulated,  the  Company  is
confident  that its  experience in  operating under  New York's  Assisted Living
Program will better enable it to obtain future awards under similar programs  in
New York or other states and manage increased regulatory requirements.
 
    SERVICE  AND  CARE PACKAGE.   The  Company's  facilities typically  charge a
single monthly fee which includes a large package of services and amenities. The
Company believes  that this  fee is  larger than  that of  typical providers  of
assisted  living  services, and  that  such a  fee  is viable  because:  (i) the
Company's facilities  are designed  as premium  facilities; (ii)  the  Company's
basic  package includes services  that typical assisted  living providers charge
for on an "as-needed" basis; (iii) the overall quality of its services; and (iv)
the long tenure of its  staff which, because of  its low turnover, becomes  well
known  and trusted by the  facility's residents and their  families. At June 30,
1996, the average monthly fee for standard services at the Company's  facilities
was approximately $2,980 per unit. Among other things, the Company believes that
this  fee  structure  distinguishes  the  Company  from  other  assisted  living
providers and enhances  the home-like  environment of its  facilities, makes  it
easier  for the Company to predict operating expenses at any given facility and,
therefore, increases profitability at its facilities.
 
    The Company's  monthly  fee  generally covers  the  following  services  and
amenities:
 
RESIDENTIAL SERVICES & AMENITIES
 
    - Three daily meals served by waiters/ waitresses
 
    - 24-hour staff on hand
 
    - Housekeeping, laundry and linen services
 
    - Daily afternoon socials
 
    - A full social activities calendar
 
    - Exercise room
 
    - Library
 
    - Bingo room, billiard room, card room and other recreational areas
 
    - On-site convenience store
 
    - Private dining room
 
    - Cocktail bar/Country kitchen
 
    - Shuffleboard, bocce and barbecue areas
 
    - Full-time concierge services
 
    - Security staff on duty at all hours
 
    - Safety and security systems
 
    - Daily transportation to local events, shopping and attractions
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
HEALTH SERVICES
 
    PERSONAL CARE ASSISTANCE
    - Assistance  with  activities of  daily living,  such as  bathing, personal
      hygiene and dressing
 
    - Monitoring of prescribed medication
 
    HEALTH CARE MONITORING
    - Evaluation of present condition and setting of goals for improvement
 
    - Maintenance of comprehensive medical records
 
    A MEDICAL EXAMINING ROOM
    - Private exam room  for use of  visiting physicians and  other health  care
      professionals who charge separately for their services
 
    - All  visits  are  coordinated  and reviewed  by  the  facility's full-time
      Medical Director
 
    SKILLED NURSING AND HOSPITAL CARE
    - Relationships with each area's providers of quality medical care
 
    - Referral and admission assistance with skilled nursing facilities
 
    - Medical Director  who  maintains  current  referral  list  of  specialized
      physicians
 
    - If allowed by law, nursing services are provided by on-site staff.
 
    AN EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM
    - Immediate  contact with the reception area  at all hours by emergency call
      cord in every room and bathroom and a direct link intercom in living  area
      of each apartment
 
    - Personnel trained in emergency procedures on premises 24 hours a day
 
    WELLNESS MONITORING.  The staff at the Company's facilities closely monitors
the physical and mental health of its residents in order to identify and respond
to  changes and then, together  with the resident and  the resident's family and
physician, as appropriate, designs a solution to fit that resident's  particular
needs.  This  monitoring  activity  takes place  at  meals  and  other scheduled
activities, and  informally  as  the  staff performs  its  services  around  the
facility.  In addition, the staff works  with home health care services agencies
to provide services  that the facilities  cannot provide, such  as physical  and
occupational therapy.
 
    SOCIAL  AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.  The Company believes that an essential
part of enjoying an assisted living environment as well as maintaining a healthy
lifestyle is participation in social and recreational activities. Residents  are
encouraged  to participate in facility activities, and numerous activities rooms
(such as bingo rooms, card rooms,  cocktail lounges) are included in the  design
of  each of its facilities. At a  typical Company facility there will be between
eight and 14  scheduled activities per  day, seven days  a week. The  activities
vary  facility by  facility in accordance  with the particular  interests of the
facility's residents.
 
    RESIDENT PARTICIPATION.  Each facility has  a Residents' Council and a  Food
Service  Committee  comprised  of several  residents  who are  elected  by their
co-residents. The  Residents'  Council  meets  with  the  Administrator  of  the
facility  on  a  regular  basis  to  discuss  concerns  and  suggestions  of the
residents. The Food Service Committee meets with the Administrator and the  Chef
on a frequent basis to discuss possible changes and variations to the menu. Both
of  these  groups help  to involve  residents in  the community  while providing
day-to-day quality control.
 
OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY'S FACILITIES
 
    CORPORATE.  Over  the past  24 years  the Company  has provided  centralized
management  services to  each of  its facilities,  including the  development of
operating procedures, recruiting and training, financial accounting services,  a
licensing  facilitator  and  legal support  systems.  As part  of  the Company's
training procedures, new staff train  at existing facilities to observe  methods
of administration, cash
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
management,  personal  care  assistance,  housekeeping,  maintenance,  security,
medication management,  food  preparation, nutrition  planning,  supervision  of
recreational  activities and  other operational  elements. For  a description of
management arrangements  regarding  the  operation of  certain  facilities,  see
"Certain Transactions."
 
    FACILITY.   The operational  staff at each of  the Company's assisted living
facilities  generally   consists   of   an  administrator,   who   has   overall
responsibility  for  the operation  of the  facility  (subject, however,  to the
control of  the licensed  operator,  where applicable),  a medical  director,  a
recreation   director,  a  case  manager  or  social  worker  and  an  assistant
administrator. At least one personal  care aide is on duty  24 hours per day  to
respond  to  emergencies, and  scheduled  24-hour assisted  living  services are
available to residents. Each facility has a kitchen staff, a housekeeping  staff
and  a small maintenance staff. The Company's assisted living facilities have on
average 70 to 80 full-time or part-time  employees depending on the size of  the
facility and the extent of assisted living services provided in that facility.
 
    The  Company's facilities place  emphasis on diet and  nutrition, as well as
preparing attractively  presented healthy  meals  which can  be enjoyed  by  the
residents.  The Company's  food service  program is  led by  a nutritionist, who
prepares all menus  and recipes  for each facility.  The menus  and recipes  are
reviewed  and changed based on consultation with nutritional experts, input from
the residents, and applicable law and regulations. Under certain  circumstances,
the Company also provides special meals for residents who require special diets.
 
    EMPLOYEES.    The Company  emphasizes  maximizing each  employee's potential
through support and training. The Company experiences low turnover in the  staff
at  both its central office and its  facilities and, consequently, it is able to
promote from within. Management personnel is trained in the areas of supervision
and management  skills.  At  the  facility  level,  key  personnel  such  as  an
administrator  or  an  assistant  administrator  will  generally  have  received
approximately eight months training at the  Company's central office and one  of
the  Company's  facilities  prior to  the  opening  of the  facility.  Other key
personnel, such as  medical directors, case  managers or recreational  directors
will  generally  have received  approximately four  months  training at  one the
Company's facilities prior to  assuming duties at a  new facility. In  addition,
the administrators of each facility conduct monthly in-service training sessions
relating  to  various  practical areas  of  care-giving at  the  facility. These
monthly training  sessions  cover  policies  and procedures  of  all  facets  of
facility  operations, including special  areas such as  state and social service
regulations, quality assurance, fire,  safety disaster procedures, and  resident
care.  In addition, hourly employees are  trained in the Company's philosophy of
assisted living, motivational  sessions and  practical how-to  areas of  dealing
with  residents. The  Company believes that  the long tenure  of its operational
staff is due to  the advancement opportunities that  arise out of the  Company's
rapid growth.
 
    TRANSITION  TEAM.   In  order  to manage  its  growth more  effectively, the
Company dispatches  a transition  team  to each  new  facility that  offers  its
permanent  staff back-up assistance and technical  and other advice with respect
to all aspects of the operation of the new facility, such as budgets,  policies,
procedures and systems, activities for the elderly, administration and provision
of  specific  assisted  living  services,  food  service,  wellness  monitoring,
maintenance, and other operational  areas. Depending on the  size and nature  of
the  new facility, a transition team generally  consists of two to eight persons
who are department  heads of  other facilities. The  team is  typically on  site
prior  to and through the  new facility's opening date,  and remains there for a
week at a time during the new facility's first two months of operation.
 
    QUALITY CONTROL.  The  Company ensures the quality  of its services  through
frequent,  thorough  reviews.  The  administrator of  each  facility  conducts a
"walk-through" inspection every day and the department heads hold frequent staff
meetings to discuss  issues concerning  the operation  of the  facility. A  Vice
President  of Operations conducts a regular site review on an unannounced basis.
The Company  also uses  outside  inspectors to  examine  the facility  from  the
viewpoint  of the family  member of a  prospective resident and  to report their
impressions to Company management.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
    The long-term care industry  is highly competitive  and the Company  expects
that  the assisted living  industry will become more  competitive in the future.
The Company  competes  with  numerous local,  regional  and  national  companies
providing  long-term care alternatives such as home care services agencies, life
care communities, skilled nursing facilities, community-based service  programs,
retirement  communities and  convalescent centers.  The Company  expects that as
assisted living receives  increased attention, competition  will grow, and  that
new  market  entrants  will  include companies  focusing  primarily  on assisted
living. Assisted living providers compete  for residents primarily on the  basis
of  quality of service,  price, reputation, physical  appearance and location of
the living  environment,  services  offered, family  preferences  and  physician
referrals. Moreover, the Company expects to face competition for the development
or   acquisition  of  assisted  living  facilities  during  the  course  of  its
implementation of its growth strategy.  Competition may be increased by  changes
in  the regulatory environment, especially in  New York where assisted living is
highly regulated and a majority of the Company's facilities is located. Some  of
the  Company's present  and potential  competitors are  significantly larger and
have, or may obtain, greater financial resources than those of the Company.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The Company's facilities  are and  will continue  to be  subject to  certain
federal,  state and local  regulations and licensing  requirements. In addition,
the facilities are also subject to various local building codes and  ordinances.
These requirements vary from state to state and are monitored to varying degrees
by  state agencies.  Specific categories and  names of  licensed facilities also
vary from  state to  state. Most  states  in which  the Company  currently  does
business  require that assisted living facilities  and home health care services
agencies be licensed. New York requires  state registration in order to own  and
operate  a  pharmacy;  other states  in  which  the Company  intends  to provide
pharmacy services also regulate such services.
 
    REIMBURSEMENT.  Assisted  living residents or  their families generally  pay
the  cost of their care from their own financial resources. In certain instances
private long-term care insurance may provide funds for assisted living services.
The purchase  of  private long-term  care  insurance appears  to  be  increasing
dramatically as more variety in types of insurance has become available.
 
    Government  payments for assisted  living facilities have  been limited, and
there is no assurance that the proposed federal and state legislation  involving
Medicaid, in whatever form such legislation may take, will not reduce government
support.  The Company's facilities currently do  not accept SSI-based rates from
their residents as  full payment of  their residential fee  except for  Medicaid
beneficiaries who are residents in the Company's two New York ALP facilities and
for  a small number of residents in  the Company's other facilities. Federal SSI
payments are available to certain low-income individuals who are aged, blind  or
disabled.  Some states, such as New  York, supplement federal SSI payments. With
respect to "private-pay" residents, the single monthly fee paid to the Company's
facilities may include a resident's SSI income but the balance is made up either
by that  resident's  family or  other  available  funds. The  Company  does  not
anticipate  that changes in SSI residential rates will have a material effect on
the Company's current facilities, except with  respect to its ALP facilities  in
New York.
 
    The Medicaid program provides payment for certain financially needy persons,
regardless   of  age,  and  is  funded  jointly  by  federal,  state  and  local
governments. States may  only use federal  Medicaid funds to  pay for  long-term
care  in nursing facilities or for certain home care services. Because under New
York's Assisted  Living  Program  an  ALP  facility  is  considered  to  be  the
resident's  home,  federal Medicaid  funds may  be used  for home  care services
provided to Medicaid-eligible residents at ALP facilities. Although the New York
Assisted Living Program is not solely for the benefit of Medicaid beneficiaries,
the state has, in the past, given preference to facilities that include Medicaid
residents, and the Company's two ALP facilities are intended to serve  primarily
Medicaid residents. The residential fee for Medicaid residents, whether eligible
for  SSI  or  not,  is based  on  the  SSI residential  rate  applicable  to ALP
facilities. Home care services provided to residents of the ALP facility who are
Medicaid beneficiaries are reimbursed by Medicaid  on a per day basis, which  is
equal    to   50%    of   the    amount   that    would   be    paid   for   the
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
anticipated services  at each  resident's level  of care  (based on  social  and
nursing  assessments) to nursing facilities in  the same geographical area for a
Medicaid resident's home care services. Because the ALP facility only receives a
fixed amount  from  Medicaid  for a  range  of  home care  services  within  the
resident's  level of  care, the  ALP facility  is at  financial risk  should its
Medicaid eligible residents require a level of services within the range for the
specified level of  care that  exceeds the  amount reimbursed  by Medicaid.  The
combined  payments for Medicaid-eligible residents are approximately the same as
the overall  monthly  fee  for  a private  paying  resident  in  a  semi-private
accommodation.
 
    OTHER.    The  significant  aspects of  both  the  licensing  and regulatory
environments in  states  where the  Company  currently operates  and  applicable
federal law include the following:
 
    NEW  YORK.  The State of New York  has a variety of levels of senior housing
ranging from those for residents requiring limited or no services to those aimed
at residents whose health  needs are substantial. Certain  of the lower  levels,
such as independent living facilities, are subject to little or no regulation as
residential  facilities. The Company owns  and/or manages two independent living
facilities. However, residential  facilities in  which personal  care and  other
services are provided, are licensed and regulated by New York State's Department
of  Social Services, and,  with regard to  ALP facilities, by  the Department of
Health, as well.  The Company's New  York licensed facilities  consist of  Adult
Homes  and ALP facilities. Adult Homes are a class of residential facilities for
adults needing levels of care that are  more moderate than the higher levels  of
care  required  for a  resident in  order to  qualify for  an ALP  facility. The
licensure  application  process  for  licensed  facilities,  which  includes  an
assessment of public need, is complex and may take one year or more.
 
   
    Current  New York law and regulations  prohibit a publicly traded for-profit
corporation from operating  a licensed  facility. Legislation  has been  enacted
recently  in New  York State which  allows for-profit  corporations, whose stock
(and whose  parent entity's  stock) is  not  traded on  a national  exchange  or
over-the-counter  market, to operate  Adult Homes, ALP  facilities, and Enriched
Housing Programs. Natural persons individually  or in partnership and  privately
held  corporations  may operate  Adult Homes  and  ALP facilities.  The licensed
operator(s) of an Adult Home may  enter into management contracts which  provide
that  the  licensed  operator(s)  shall  maintain  ultimate  responsibility  and
liability for the licensed entity and the power to discharge persons working  at
the  licensed  facility. Licensed  operators of  ALP  facilities may  enter into
management contracts that provide additionally that the licensed operator  shall
retain  control and responsibility for the day-to-day operations by the licensed
operators, the authority and power to hire and discharge persons working at  the
licensed  entity, maintain  and control  the books  and records  of the licensed
entity, retain ultimate authority to dispose of assets used in the operation  of
the  licensed entity, to incur  any liability on behalf  of the licensed entity,
and to adopt or enforce policies regarding the operation of the licensed entity.
Any change  in the  operator of  any type  of licensed  facility requires  prior
notification  and approval of the state. New York's licensed facilities are also
subject to periodic inspection and license renewal every four years.
    
 
    Applicable regulations also include admission standards with respect to  the
needs of each individual, and require that assessments be made by a professional
health  care provider prior  to the provision  of home care  services. Home care
services may only be provided to residents of a licensed facility by a licensed,
certified  or  otherwise  approved  home  care  services  agency.  Licensed  and
certified  agencies may be  owned and operated  by the operator  of the licensed
facility or by  a for-profit corporation  but are subject  to regulation by  the
Department of Health. The Kaplans operate the Kapson Licensed Home Care Services
Agency,  a home  care services  agency licensed by  the state  to arrange and/or
provide, directly  or through  sub-contracting,  nursing services,  home  health
aides, physical, occupational and speech therapy, nutritional services, personal
care  services, and housekeeper or chore services. The Kapson Licensed Home Care
Services Agency has applied to the New York State Department of Health to extend
its license to additional counties so as to provide such services to all of  the
New  York facilities serviced by the Company.  A significant portion of the home
care services  provided  in  the  Company's ALP  facilities  are  already  being
provided  by the  Kapson Licensed  Home Care  Services Agency.  If and  when its
license is extended to  other counties by the  Department of Health, the  Kapson
Licensed  Home Care Services Agency intends  to maintain on-site office space at
the Company's facilities. In addition,
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
the Company has applied for licensure as a home care services agency so that  it
may provide all such services in all its New York facilities (other than its ALP
facilities). See "-- Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws and Regulations."
 
    The  Company  expects  to apply  within  the  next year  to  New  York state
authorities for registration as a pharmacy in order to provide in-house pharmacy
services in  all of  its facilities.  A  New York  pharmacy may  be owned  by  a
for-profit  corporation provided that the corporation obtains a registration and
that the actual practice of pharmacy  is conducted by licensed pharmacists.  New
York  pharmacies are  subject to  inspections, notice  requirements relating to,
among other  things, changes  of  ownership, and  extensive regulations  on  all
aspects  of  pharmacy  business  practices, including  but  not  limited  to the
labeling and  dispensing of  drugs,  the preparation  of sterile  products,  and
recordkeeping. The sale of pharmaceutical products by a pharmacy in other states
is subject to regulation by such states.
 
    Licensed  facilities in New York are not  required to provide a specific mix
of SSI-eligible and private-pay residents, but preference has, in the past, been
given with respect to applicants for  licenses under New York's Assisted  Living
Program  to those who will  commit beds to Medicaid  residents. Once approved to
provide a designated  number or  percentage of  Medicaid beds,  an ALP  facility
operator  cannot reduce that amount without further state approval, which may or
may not be granted.
 
    In addition to its Adult Homes,  the Company operates two ALP facilities  in
New  York. Pursuant to  state law, ALP  facilities combine an  Adult Home with a
type of  home care  services agency,  which  in the  Company's facilities  is  a
licensed  home care  services agency.  The New  York State  Department of Social
Services and Department of Health have  joint oversight over ALP facilities.  To
qualify  as an ALP resident,  an individual must require  more care and services
than can be  directly provided by  a typical  Adult Home and  must be  medically
eligible  for placement  in a nursing  facility. The Assisted  Living Program is
available  to   residents  who   pay  privately   but  priority   is  given   to
Medicaid-eligible  individuals.  Payment  for  such  residents  is  based  on  a
combination of  residential fees  based on  SSI-established rates,  and a  daily
capitated  Medicaid  payment. See  "--  Reimbursement." The  Program,  which was
enacted in  1991  but  has  only  recently been  in  operation,  is  subject  to
reevaluation in the near future.
 
   
    In  1995,  the New  York  State legislature  set up  a  task force  to study
long-term  care  financing,  which  recently  issued  its  report.  Changes   in
applicable  law or  regulations may soon  result from this  report, which, among
other  things,  encourages  development   of  assisted  living  facilities   and
consideration  of assisted living and other long-term care services and programs
that could be attractive to for-profit entities.
    
 
    NEW JERSEY.  The State  of New Jersey has  four levels of supportive  senior
housing, all of which are licensed, regulated and subject to inspection. The two
lowest  levels, Class C  Boarding Homes and  Residential Health Care Facilities,
are not considered assisted  living facilities by the  State of New Jersey  even
though  they provide  some of  the same services  as New  Jersey assisted living
facilities. The Company  owns part  of and  manages one  New Jersey  Residential
Health  Care  Facility.  The  two  highest  levels,  Assisted  Living Residences
("ALRs") and  Comprehensive  Personal  Care Homes  ("CPCHs"),  were  created  to
promote  "aging in place" by providing  supportive health and social services as
needed to  enable  residents  to  maintain  their  independence  in  a  familiar
environment.  ALRs  are subject  to more  extensive  regulation than  CPCHs. The
Company will be managing one ALR and one CPCH in New Jersey.
 
    The state  generally requires  a certificate  of  need for  an ALR  or  CPCH
facility   under  an  expedited  review  process.  The  state  also  requires  a
certificate of need for Residential Health Care Facilities, but not for Class  C
Boarding  Homes. The New Jersey legislature has considered legislation exempting
such facilities from  any certificate-of-need-type review  but such  legislation
has  not  yet passed.  The  state mandates  that  five percent  of  all ALR/CPCH
residents  be  SSI-eligible  and  twenty  percent  of  ALR  residents  must   be
nursing-home  eligible within 36  months of licensure.  Prior state notification
and/or approval is required for changes in ownership, including transfer of  ten
percent  or more of  the corporation's stock. New  Jersey prohibits any facility
that is not licensed  as an ALR  or CPCH from advertising  that it is  providing
assisted living services and care or other similar services.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    CONNECTICUT.   Assisted  living facilities  (designated "managed residential
communities" in the State of  Connecticut) are facilities consisting of  private
residential  units that  provide a  managed group  living environment, including
housing and services primarily for persons aged 55 or older. Managed residential
communities may be  owned and operated  by a for-profit  corporation and do  not
themselves  need to  be licensed  but they  are regulated  and subject  to state
inspection. The  Company currently  owns and  operates one  managed  residential
community  in Connecticut. A managed residential community generally may provide
home health care  services only  through an  outside licensed  home health  care
services  agency  or  by  contract with  an  "Assisted  Living  Services Agency"
("ALSA"). However, if  the managed residential  community provides certain  core
activities  as defined by state  regulations, that managed residential community
may itself  become a  licensed ALSA.  Assisted living  services are  defined  by
regulation  as nursing services  and assistance with  activities of daily living
provided to clients living within a managed residential community. A Certificate
of Need is a prerequisite to licensure as an ALSA.
 
    Under the recently enacted ALSA  legislation and regulations, the owner  and
operator  of a managed  residential community that owns  and operates a licensed
ALSA may also own and operate a  licensed home health care services agency  but,
unless  it  is licensed  as  a home  health  care services  agency,  the managed
residential community must  otherwise contract  with one or  more licensed  home
health  care services agencies for services that cannot be provided by the ALSA.
Once licensed  as an  ALSA, the  managed residential  community is  required  to
provide  assisted living  services to  its residents.  Any change  in ownership,
including beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the stock of a corporation that
owns or operates such agency,  is subject to prior  state approval. A change  in
ownership  of a managed residential community requires notification to the state
and any ALSA providing services to  its residents. The Company has been  advised
that  Medicaid reimbursement  is not currently  available or  projected for ALSA
services. A  corporation owned  by the  Kaplans currently  owns and  operates  a
licensed  ALSA  offering  such  services in  the  Company's  Connecticut managed
residential community; however, the Company has applied for licensure to own and
operate its own ALSA in order to provide all such services in this facility.
 
    PENNSYLVANIA.  Assisted living facilities  in the State of Pennsylvania  are
designated "personal care homes" ("PCHs"). PCHs must receive a state license and
are  subject to regulation  and inspection but  there is no  certificate of need
procedure and for-profit corporations may own and operate such facilities. There
are no state requirements as to the mix of SSI/private-pay residents in PCHs.  A
change  of  ownership such  that there  is  a change  in the  approved operators
(principal individuals) would require a new license.
 
    FEDERAL AND STATE FRAUD AND ABUSE  LAWS AND REGULATIONS.  The Kaplans  offer
home  care services through their ownership and operation of the Kapson Licensed
Home Care Services Agency. A portion  of the services currently provided by  the
Kapson  Licensed Home  Care Services  Agency to  ALP residents  is reimbursed by
Medicaid. The Kapson  Licensed Home  Care Services  Agency is  not certified  to
provide  Medicare-reimbursable services  and is  not a  Medicare provider.  As a
Medicaid provider, the Kapson Licensed Home  Care Services Agency is subject  to
federal  and state Medicaid fraud and abuse laws to the extent such services are
reimbursed by Medicaid.
 
    In addition, the Federal "Stark Law" provides that where certain health care
professionals   have   a   "financial   relationship"   with   a   provider   of
Medicaid-reimbursable  "designated  health  services"  (including,  among  other
things, home health care  and pharmacy services),  the health care  professional
may  be prohibited from making a referral  to the health care provider, and such
health care  professionals may  be prohibited  from billing  for the  designated
health  service.  Although the  Company  believes that  ownership  in it  is not
subject to the Stark Law, a  "financial relationship" may be interpreted by  the
government  to  include ownership  of  stock of  the  Company as  a  provider of
management services  to  the  home health  care  services  agency.  Accordingly,
referrals  by  certain health  care professionals  who  are stockholders  of the
Company to  the Kapson  Licensed  Home Care  Services  Agency or  the  Company's
pharmacy  for residents whose services are reimbursable by Medicaid, and billing
Medicaid by the ALP for  such services, may be  prohibited under the Stark  Law.
Certain  exceptions  available  under  the  Stark  Law  to  certain  health care
professionals who are investors would not be applicable as the Company does  not
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
currently  meet  the qualifying  test of  stockholder equity  of at  least $75.0
million. Submission of  a claim  for services  for which  payment is  prohibited
under  the Stark Law could result in substantial civil penalties. New York State
imposes similar  prohibitions against  health care  professionals referring  any
patients  to a company that provides pharmacy  services in which the health care
professional has an ownership or financial  interest such as stock ownership  in
the  Company. Laws  imposing various  restrictions applicable  to such referrals
exist in many other states. The Company reviews and will continue to review  all
aspects  of its  operations to assure  compliance with federal  and state health
care fraud and abuse laws, and will monitor developments under such laws.
 
COMPANY HISTORY
 
    The Kaplan family has  an extensive background in  real estate and  assisted
living.  In  1932,  the  grandfather  of  the  Kaplans  founded  a  family-owned
commercial real estate  enterprise with  a number of  subsequent investments  in
hotel  and hospitality properties.  This enterprise entered  the assisted living
business in  1972  by opening  its  first  facility. A  second  assisted  living
facility  was opened two years later.  Thereafter the family's existing assisted
living facilities were expanded, another was opened and land for future assisted
living projects was purchased.  In 1985, The  Kapson Group was  formed as a  New
York general partnership between Glenn Kaplan, Wayne Kaplan and Evan Kaplan. The
Kapson  Group retained one of these assisted living facilities. Since that time,
The Kapson Group has phased out  its commercial real estate operations,  focused
strictly on its assisted living business, and built an executive management team
and  assisted living operation  with experience and  expertise in the financing,
acquisition,  development,   management  and   operation  of   assisted   living
facilities.
 
    The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 7, 1996 in order to
consolidate  and  expand the  assisted living  facility  business of  The Kapson
Group. The Kapson  Group operated  its business  in the form  of a  series of  S
corporations,  partnerships and limited liability  companies. In anticipation of
the Offering, the Company entered into a number of transactions with The  Kapson
Group  and its affiliates. For a description of these transactions, see "Certain
Transactions."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of the date hereof, the  Company and its facilities employ  approximately
900  persons, including 26 in the  Company's corporate headquarters. The Company
believes its employee relations are good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is involved in various lawsuits and other matters arising in the
normal course of business. In the opinion of management of the Company, although
the outcomes of  these claims  and suits are  uncertain, in  the aggregate  they
should not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers
and directors of the Company as of August   , 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                        AGE                           POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Glenn Kaplan (2)                                 43   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
                                                       Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan                                  40   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors; Senior
                                                       Executive Vice President and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan (1)                               37   President and Chief Operating Officer; Director
John M. Sharpe, Jr.                              43   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                       Treasurer
Joseph G. Beck (2)                               42   Director
Bernard J. Korman (1)(3)                         64   Director
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D. (1)(3)                 41   Director
Gerald Schuster (2)(3)                           66   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of Stock Option Committee.
 
    GLENN KAPLAN is the Chairman of  the Board of Directors and Chief  Executive
Officer  of the Company. Prior  to June 1996 he was  a partner and co-founder of
The Kapson Group. Glenn received a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University
of Bridgeport.
 
    WAYNE L.  KAPLAN is  the Vice  Chairman of  the Board  of Directors,  Senior
Executive  Vice President, and Secretary  of the Company. Prior  to June 1996 he
was a partner and co-founder of The Kapson  Group. Wayne is a member of the  New
York State Bar, was appointed by Governor Mario Cuomo to the New York State Life
Care  Community Council, sits on  the Board of Directors  of the Assisted Living
Facilities Association  of  America  (ALFAA), the  Connecticut  Assisted  Living
Association (CALA), the Empire State Association of Adult Homes (assisted living
facilities  in New York State), and  the New Jersey Assisted Living Association.
Wayne received a B.S. degree in business from the University of Rhode Island and
a J.D. degree from the George Washington University School of Law.
 
    EVAN A. KAPLAN is a director  and the President and Chief Operating  Officer
of the Company. Prior to June 1996 he was a partner and co-founder of The Kapson
Group. Evan received a B.A. degree in Psychology from Syracuse University.
 
    JOHN M. SHARPE, JR. has been the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer  of the Company since July 8, 1996. From June 1994 to June 1996 he was
the Chief Financial  Officer of Executive  Plan Design, Inc.,  a privately  held
full  brokerage company,  where he  was responsible  for the  administrative and
operational functions  of  the Company  and,  among other  things,  oversaw  the
establishment  of a  financial consulting  division. From  January 1984  to June
1994, he was the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Medical Sterilization,
Inc., a publicly traded medical products manufacturer and service company  where
he  eventually was involved in arranging financing, and supervised all financial
personnel. Prior to 1984,  he was a  Senior Associate at  Coopers & Lybrand.  He
received a B.B.A. degree in accounting at Iona College.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    JOSEPH  G. BECK, director,  is a founding  principal and executive committee
member of  Shattuck  Hammond Partners  Inc.  ("Shattuck Hammond"),  a  specialty
health  care  investment banking  firm based  in New  York. He  directs Shattuck
Hammond's activities in the area of long-term care and related companies.  Prior
to   Shattuck  Hammond,  he  was  a  Vice-President  (1987-1990)  and  Principal
(1990-1993) at  Cain Brothers,  Shattuck &  Company, a  predecessor to  Shattuck
Hammond.  From 1985 to 1987,  he was a Vice-President  at Chemical Bank where he
eventually directed the investment banking work with hospitals and other  health
care  companies.  Prior  thereto, he  was  a  senior credit  analyst  at Moody's
Investors Services, Inc.,  a financial service  company. From 1978  to 1982,  he
held several positions in health care regulation and policy analysis for various
departments  of the New York State Government and for the New York State Senate.
Mr.  Beck  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  Lighthouse,   a
not-for-profit  vision rehabilitation, research and training agency. He received
a B.A. degree from  LeMoyne College and  a Masters degree  in Health Policy  and
Management from the Harvard University School of Public Health.
 
   
    BERNARD  J. KORMAN, director, has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of
The Graduate Health  System, a Philadelphia  based not-for-profit health  system
with hospitals in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, since December 1995. From 1983 to
1996,  Mr. Korman was Chairman of PCI Services, Inc., a publicly traded company.
Since 1986, Mr. Korman  has been Chairman and  a director of NutraMax  Products,
Inc.,  a publicly traded  consumer healthcare products  company. From 1983 until
1996, Mr. Korman  was President, CEO  and a director  of MEDIQ, Incorporated,  a
publicly  traded healthcare services company. Mr. Korman is currently a director
of: The New America High Income Fund; The Pep Boys -- Manny, Moe & Jack; Today's
Man, Inc.; Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.; and InnoServ Technologies, Inc. PCI
Services, Inc. and NutraMax Products are affiliates of MEDIQ, Incorporated.  Mr.
Korman  received a B.S. degree from the University of Pennsylvania and an L.L.B.
degree from the University of Pennsylvania School of Law.
    
 
   
    DR. RISA LAVIZZO-MOUREY,  director, has  been Director of  the Institute  of
Aging,  Chief of the Division of Geriatric Medicine and Associate Executive Vice
President for  Health Policy  at the  University of  Pennsylvania,  Ralston-Penn
Center, since 1994. From 1992 to 1994, Dr. Lavizzo-Mourey served with the Agency
for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research,  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  of the
Department of Health  and Human  Services. Dr.  Lavizzo-Mourey has  been on  the
faculty  of the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine since 1986, and is
currently the Sylvan Eisman Associate Professor of Medicine. Dr.  Lavizzo-Mourey
is  a director of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., Medicus Systems Corp., Managed Care
Solutions, Inc., and Nellco Puritan Bennett Inc. Dr. Lavizzo-Mourey received  an
M.D.  degree from the Harvard Medical School and an M.B.A. degree in Health Care
Administration from The Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.
    
 
    GERALD SCHUSTER, director, has been President and Chief Executive Officer of
Continental Wingate  Company, Inc.,  a real  estate, health  care and  financial
services  company which is engaged in commercial mortgage lending and servicing,
development and syndication of  multifamily housing, and  has developed and  has
operated  eight long-term care and rehabilitation  facilities with 1,100 beds in
New York and Massachusetts, since 1971.  Mr. Schuster serves as Chairman of  the
Advisory  Committee  for  the  Massachusetts  Housing  Finance  Agency,  a state
authority for the issuance of multifamily housing debt. Mr. Schuster received  a
B.B.A. degree from Clark University.
 
    See  "Certain  Transactions" and  "Principal  and Selling  Stockholders" for
certain information concerning the  Company's Directors and executive  officers.
Glenn  Kaplan, Wayne  L. Kaplan and  Evan A.  Kaplan are brothers.  There are no
other family relationships among any directors or officers of the Company.
 
    Prior to the first  annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Company,  the
Company's  Board of Directors  will be divided into  three classes. Directors of
the Company hold  office until the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in  the
year  in which  the term for  such class  expires and will  serve thereafter for
three
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
years, and until  their successors  are elected  and qualified,  or until  their
earlier  resignation or removal. All officers are  appointed by and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. See "-- Election of Directors."
 
KEY EMPLOYEES
 
    MARYELLEN K. POKOWITZ has been Vice  President of Operations of the  Company
since  May 1996. Ms. Pokowitz was Head  Administrator for the Company from April
1989 to  May  1996.  Prior  to  that,  Ms.  Pokowitz  was  employed  in  various
operational  positions by the  Company since 1977. Ms.  Pokowitz was awarded the
"Administrator of the Year" award by the Empire State Association of Adult Homes
in 1990.
 
    PAUL M. HANNAN has been Vice  President of Development of the Company  since
July  1994. From May 1991  to June 1994, Mr. Hannan  was Director of Finance for
Genesis Health Ventures, Inc., a publicly traded long-term health care  company,
where he analyzed prospective acquisitions, managed the financial activities and
supervised  the  development and  expansion of  existing facilities.  Mr. Hannan
received an M.B.A. degree  in Finance from Drexel  University and a B.S.  degree
Business Administration from Delaware Valley College.
 
    ROBERT  C. ROSENBERG has  been Vice President of  Development of the Company
since March  1996. From  January 1995  to  March 1996,  Mr. Rosenberg  was  Vice
President  - Development for the  Economic Development Corp. of  the City of New
York, where he was  responsible for financial analysis  and due diligence for  a
broad  range of  real estate  projects. From December  1992 to  August 1994, Mr.
Rosenberg was  Deputy  Director of  Real  Estate for  the  Metropolitan  Transit
Authority.  From August 1987  to November 1992, Mr.  Rosenberg worked in various
development management  positions  for  Olympia  &  York  Companies  (USA).  Mr.
Rosenberg  received a  B.A. in  Urban Planning  from Stanford  University and an
M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.
 
    WILLIAM D. BURSON has been Vice President of Marketing for the Company since
March 1996.  From September  1991 to  March  1996, Mr.  Burson was  director  of
independent  living operations for Church Homes, Inc., a 500-bed congregate care
community where  he directed  general  operations and  marketing. From  1986  to
September  1991, Mr. Burson was Executive  Vice President -- Marketing and Sales
for Retirement Management Group, Inc., a manager of nursing homes and retirement
communities.
 
    DENNIS R. CREGAN  has been  Project Manager  for the  Company since  October
1994.  From January 1994 to June 1994,  Mr. Cregan worked for Hunter Real Estate
Management where he was  Project Manager for a  $12 million capital  improvement
project;  from  May 1990  to  December 1993,  Mr.  Cregan was  Manager  -- Plant
Engineering for Hazeltine Corporation, a subsidiary of ESCO Electronics Corp., a
publicly traded manufacturer of defense  and electronics equipment and  systems,
where   he  was  responsible  for  facilities  management,  construction  budget
administration, contractor  selection  and  compliance  with  local,  state  and
federal regulations. From 1982 to May 1990, Mr. Cregan served in several project
planning  and  administration positions  for  Hazeltine. Mr.  Cregan  received a
degree in Architectural  Engineering from the  State University of  New York  at
Farmingdale.  Mr. Cregan is certified by the International Facilities Management
Association and  is  a  professional  member of  the  National  Fire  Protection
Association and Construction Specifications Institute.
 
    JUNE  F. HECK has been  the Controller for the  Company since November 1994.
From December  1993 to  November 1994,  Ms. Heck  served as  General Manager  --
Corporate  Accounting for Synergy  Gas Corporation, a  utility gas company. From
April 1990  to November  1993, Ms.  Heck was  Accounting Manager  of the  Weight
Watchers  International, Inc.  division of H.J.  Heinz & Co.,  a publicly traded
food products  company. From  August 1984  to  April 1990,  Ms. Heck  served  as
Controller  for  F. Robbins  Corp., a  commercial  heating and  air conditioning
company. From July 1981 to February 1984,  Ms. Heck was an accountant for  Price
Waterhouse.  Ms. Heck received  a B.S. degree  and is pursuing  an M.B.A. degree
from the School  of Professional Accountancy  of the Long  Island University  --
C.W. Post Campus.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    MARLYNN  B. COHEN has been Director of Human Resources for the Company since
August 1995.  From September  1987 to  August 1995,  Ms. Cohen  was Director  of
Administration  and Human  Resources at Ernst  & Young LLP,  a public accounting
firm, in Melville, New  York. At Ernst  & Young, Ms.  Cohen was responsible  for
employee  recruiting,  benefit and  salary administration,  financial budgeting,
computer evaluation and support, and facilities management for a branch  office.
Ms. Cohen received a B.A. degree in Economics from New York University.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
    AUDIT  COMMITTEE.   The  Audit Committee,  which consists  of a  majority of
independent directors  who are  not affiliated  with the  Kaplans  ("Independent
Directors"),  makes  recommendations  concerning the  engagement  of independent
public accountants, reviews  with the independent  public accountants the  plans
and  results of the audit engagement, approves professional services provided by
the independent public accountants, reviews the independence of the  independent
public  accountants, considers the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviews
the adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls.
    
 
   
    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.   The Compensation  Committee, which  consists of  a
majority  of Independent Directors, approves the  salaries and other benefits of
the executive officers of the Company and administers any non-stock based  bonus
or  incentive  compensation  plans of  the  Company (excluding  any  cash awards
intended to qualify for the  exception for performance-based compensation  under
Section  162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended (the "Code")).
In addition, the Compensation Committee  consults with the Company's  management
regarding  pension  and  other  benefit  plans,  and  compensation  policies and
practices of the Company.
    
 
   
    STOCK OPTION COMMITTEE.   The Stock Option  Committee, consisting solely  of
directors  who, to the  extent legally required,  qualify as "Outside Directors"
under Section 162(m)  of the  Code and  as "Non-Employee  Directors" under  Rule
16b-3(c)  of the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as  amended, administers any
stock-based incentive plans of the  Company, including the 1996 Stock  Incentive
Plan.  In addition, the Stock Option  Committee will be responsible for granting
any cash  awards intended  to qualify  for the  exception for  performance-based
compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
    
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Prior  to the first annual  meeting of the stockholders  of the Company, the
Company's Board of Directors  will be divided into  three classes. Directors  of
each  class will be  elected at the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in the
year in which  the term for  such class  expires and will  serve thereafter  for
three  years.  No determination  has been  made  as to  which directors  will be
members  of  each  class.  See   "Description  of  Capital  Stock  --   Delaware
Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter Provisions."
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The  Company  intends to  pay its  directors  who are  not employees  of the
Company an annual compensation fee of $10,000 and a per meeting fee of $500  for
each directors' meeting and each committee meeting attended. Under the Company's
1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"), each non-employee director has
been granted, effective as of the date on which the offer price is determined, a
non-qualified  option to purchase  10,000 shares of Common  Stock at the initial
public offering price, and each new  non-employee director upon the date of  his
or  her  election  or appointment  will  be  granted a  non-qualified  option to
purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock at  the fair market value on the date  of
grant.  All options granted to  non-employee directors will vest  at the rate of
25% on each of the first four  anniversaries of the date of grant, assuming  the
non-employee  director  is  a director  on  those  dates, and  all  such options
generally will be exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of  grant.
Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Incentive Plan) all unvested options
(which  have not yet  expired) will automatically  become 100% vested. Directors
who are employees  of the  Company will  not be  compensated for  services as  a
director. See "Management--1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The   following  table   sets  forth   certain  information   regarding  the
compensation earned for services rendered in  all capacities to the Company  for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 by the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and each other executive officer whose salary and bonus for such fiscal year was
in excess of $100,000.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION (1)
                                              ----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                                         OTHER ANNUAL   RESTRICTED STOCK      SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                                       COMPENSATION       AWARD(S)          UNDERLYING
POSITION                             YEAR     SALARY ($)    BONUS ($)        ($)               ($)             OPTIONS #
- ---------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  --------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>                <C>
Glenn Kaplan(2) .................       1995      67,177            0       169,189(3)              0                  0
 Chairman of the Board and Chief
 Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan(2) ..............       1995      67,177            0       160,513(3)              0                  0
 Vice Chairman of the Board,
 Senior Executive Vice President
 and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan(2) ...............       1995      67,177            0       160,382(3)              0                  0
 President and Chief Operating
 Officer
 
<CAPTION>
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                   ALL OTHER
POSITION                            COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                <C>
Glenn Kaplan(2) .................      39,500(4)
 Chairman of the Board and Chief
 Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan(2) ..............      39,500(4)
 Vice Chairman of the Board,
 Senior Executive Vice President
 and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan(2) ...............      39,500(4)
 President and Chief Operating
 Officer
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Other  than the  salary, bonus and  other compensation  described above, the
    Company did not pay the persons named in the Summary Compensation Table  any
    compensation,  including incidental personal  benefits, in excess  of 10% of
    such executive officer's salary.
 
(2) Each of  the Kaplans  has  entered into  an  employment agreement  with  the
    Company  and  will  be compensated  in  accordance  with the  terms  of that
    employment agreement from the date of the consummation of the Offering.
 
(3) Represents distributions  ($158,400 in  each case),  the personal  use of  a
    Company-paid  automobile ($1,982, $2,113 and $1,982, respectively), and club
    membership dues paid in part for Glenn Kaplan ($8,807).
 
(4) Represents, in  each case,  the  Company's payment  of  premiums on  a  life
    insurance policy. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company has  entered into substantially  similar employment agreements,
effective upon  consummation of  the Offering,  with each  of Glenn  Kaplan  (as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Wayne L. Kaplan (as Vice-Chairman, Senior
Executive  Vice President  and Secretary) and  Evan A. Kaplan  (as President and
Chief Operating  Officer) (each  individually, an  "Executive"). Each  agreement
provides  for an  initial five-year  term which  is automatically  renewable for
successive one-year  terms (the  "Employment Term")  unless either  party  gives
written  notice to the other at least six  months prior to the expiration of the
then Employment  Term.  During  the  Employment  Term,  the  Executive  will  be
obligated  to  devote substantially  all his  business  time, energy,  skill and
efforts to  the  performance  of  his  duties  under  the  agreement  and  shall
faithfully serve the Company, subject to his right to perform his obligations as
operator of one or more of the Company's facilities in his individual capacity.
 
   
    The  agreement provides for  an annual base salary  of $213,000 (as adjusted
annually  for  cost  of  living  increases)  and  a  discretionary  bonus.   The
Compensation  Committee shall determine the amount of the bonus to be awarded to
the Kaplans, taking into account the operating results of the Company as well as
such subjective factors as the  Compensation Committee deems appropriate and  in
the  best interests of the Company and its stockholders, which bonus amount will
be shared equally by the Kaplans. In addition, under the agreement the Executive
will be entitled to long-term disability coverage, use of an automobile and club
membership, and benefits generally provided to executive employees.
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    The agreement also provides that during the Employment Term and  thereafter,
the  Company will indemnify Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law, in
connection with any claim, against Executive as a result of Executive serving as
an officer or director of the Company or  in any capacity at the request of  the
Company  in  or  with regard  to  any  other entity,  employee  benefit  plan or
enterprise. Following Executive's  termination of employment,  the Company  will
continue  to  cover the  Executive under  the  Company's directors  and officers
insurance for the  period during  which Executive  may be  subject to  potential
liability  for any claim, action or proceeding  (whether civil or criminal) as a
result of his service as  an officer or director of  the Company at the  highest
level then maintained for any then or former officer or director.
 
    Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or  in  connection  with this
Agreement (other  than  injunctive  relief)  shall  be  settled  exclusively  by
arbitration.  Each party shall bear its own legal fees except that, in the event
the Executive prevails  on any material  issue, the arbitrator  shall award  the
Executive his legal fees except those attributable to frivolous positions.
 
    The agreement may be terminated at any time by the Executive for Good Reason
(including a Change in Control of the Company) or by the Company with or without
Cause  (as each capitalized term is defined  in the agreement). Good Reason also
includes an event of default or  termination, other than in accordance with  its
terms,  by  the  Company or  its  subsidiaries  without cause  of  any operating
agreement between the  Company and the  Kaplans, as operators  of the  Company's
facilities,  or  any management  agreement  between the  Company's  wholly owned
subsidiary and the Kaplans. If the employment of the Executive is terminated for
any reason, he may withdraw as a  licensed operator of certain of the  Company's
facilities.  Likewise, if any Kaplan is terminated by the Company as an operator
of one of its  facilities, he may  resign his employment  with the Company.  See
"Risk  Factors  --  Operating Agreements;  Management  Agreements"  and "Certain
Transactions."
 
   
    If the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good  Reason
(including  the Company giving  notice of non-renewal)  or is terminated without
Cause, he will receive severance pay (i)  in an amount equal to two years'  Base
Salary  and  bonus, plus  (ii)  continued medical  benefits  for two  years. The
agreement provides  that  Executive will  have  no obligation  to  mitigate  the
Company's  financial obligations in the event of his termination for Good Reason
or without Cause  and there will  be no offset  against the Company's  financial
obligations  for other  amounts earned by  the Executive. If  termination is the
result of Executive's death or disability, the Company will pay to the Executive
(or his estate), an amount equal to six months' Base Salary at his then  current
rate  of pay  (reduced in  the case  of disability  by his  long-term disability
policy payments). If the  Executive's employment is terminated  by him for  Good
Reason  or by the Company without Cause, he  may also withdraw as an operator of
the Company's facilities; in such an event, he will be entitled to receive twice
his pro  rata  share of  the  operating fees  (net  of fees  payable  under  the
applicable  management  agreement) for  the preceding  twelve months.  See "Risk
Factors  --   Operating   Agreements;  Management   Agreements"   and   "Certain
Transactions."
    
 
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    BACKGROUND;  PURPOSE; ELIGIBILITY.  On June  7, 1996, the Board of Directors
and the stockholders of the Company  approved the Incentive Plan. The  Incentive
Plan  was subsquently  amended and  restated, effective as  of June  7, 1996, to
reflect certain changes in applicable securities laws and to make certain  other
changes.  The following description of the Incentive  Plan is intended only as a
summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Incentive Plan. The
purpose of the Incentive Plan is to  enhance the profitability and value of  the
Company and its affiliates for the benefit of their stockholders by enabling the
Company  (i) to offer employees of the  Company stock based incentives and other
equity interests in the Company, thereby creating a means to raise the level  of
stock  ownership  by  employees in  order  to  attract, retain  and  reward such
employees and strengthen the  mutuality of interests  between employees and  the
Company's  stockholders, and  (ii) to make  equity based  awards to non-employee
directors  thereby  attracting,  retaining   and  rewarding  such   non-employee
directors  and  strengthening the  mutuality  of interests  between non-employee
directors and the stockholders. All employees of the
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
Company and its  subsidiaries that  satisfy certain  ownership requirements  are
eligible   to  be  granted  awards  under   the  Incentive  Plan.  In  addition,
non-employee directors of the Company will receive awards of non-qualified stock
options under  the  Incentive  Plan,  but are  not  eligible  for  other  awards
thereunder.
 
   
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Incentive Plan will be administered by the Stock Option
Committee  of the Board of Directors of  the Company (the "Board") which, to the
extent legally  required, will  be comprised  solely of  two or  more  directors
qualifying  as "outside directors" under Section  162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as  amended (the "Code") and  satisfying any requirements of  Rule
16b-3  of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
The Stock Option Committee will have  full authority and discretion, subject  to
the  terms of  the Incentive  Plan, to  determine those  individuals eligible to
receive awards and the amount and type of awards. Terms and conditions of awards
will be  set forth  in written  grant agreements,  the terms  of which  will  be
consistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan. Awards under the Incentive Plan
may  not be made on or after the  tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption,
but awards granted prior to such date may extend beyond that date.
    
 
    Available Shares and  Other Units.  A maximum  of 600,000  shares of  Common
Stock  may be issued  or used for  reference purposes pursuant  to the Incentive
Plan. The maximum  number of shares  of Common  Stock subject to  each of  stock
options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted to any individual under
the Incentive Plan is 50,000 for each fiscal year of the Company during the term
of the Incentive Plan. If a stock appreciation right is granted in tandem with a
stock  option,  it shall  apply  against the  individual  limits for  both stock
options and stock appreciation rights, but only once against the maximum  number
of shares available under the Incentive Plan.
 
    In  general, upon the  cancellation or expiration of  an award, the unissued
shares of Common Stock subject to such awards will again be available for awards
under the Incentive Plan, but will still count against the individual  specified
limits.
 
   
    The Stock Option Committee may make appropriate adjustments to the number of
shares  available  for awards  and  the terms  of  outstanding awards  under the
Incentive Plan to reflect any change  in the Company's capital stock,  split-up,
stock   dividend,   special   distribution  to   stockholders,   combination  or
reclassification with respect  to any outstanding  series or class  of stock  or
consolidation,  or merger or sale  of all or substantially  all of the assets of
the Company.
    
 
   
    AMENDMENTS.  The Incentive Plan provides that it may be amended by the Board
of Directors, except that no such amendment, without stockholder approval to the
extent such  approval  is  required by  Rule  16b-3  of the  Exchange  Act,  the
exception  for performance-based compensation  under Section 162(m)  of the Code
or, to the extent  applicable to incentive stock  options, under Section 422  of
the  Code, may increase the aggregate number  of shares of Common Stock reserved
for awards or  the maximum  individual limits for  any fiscal  year, change  the
classification  of  employees  and non-employee  directors  eligible  to receive
awards, decrease the  minimum option  price of  any option,  extend the  maximum
option  period  under the  Incentive  Plan, change  any  rights with  respect to
non-employee directors or  to make  any other change  that requires  stockholder
approval  under, to the extent  applicable, Rule 16b-3 of  the Exchange Act, the
exception for performance-based  compensation under Section  162(m) of the  Code
or,  to the  extent applicable  to incentive stock  options, Section  422 of the
Code. The  Incentive  Plan  may not  be  amended  without the  approval  of  the
stockholders  of the  Company in  accordance with  the applicable  laws or other
requirements to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may
be issued under  the Incentive Plan,  decrease the minimum  option price of  any
option,  or to make any other  amendment that would require stockholder approval
under the rules of any exchange or system on which the Company's Securities  are
listed or traded at the request of the Company.
    
 
    TYPES OF AWARDS.  The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of any or all of
the  following  types  of  awards  to  eligible  employees:  (i)  stock options,
including incentive stock  options and non-qualified  stock options; (ii)  stock
appreciation  rights, in  tandem with stock  options or  freestanding; and (iii)
restricted stock.  In addition,  the Incentive  Plan provides  for the  one-time
non-discretionary award of
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
stock  options to non-employee directors of the  Company. Each of these types of
awards is  discussed in  more detail  below. Awards  may be  granted singly,  in
combination, or in tandem, as determined by the Stock Option Committee.
    
 
   
    STOCK  OPTIONS.   Under the Incentive  Plan, the Stock  Option Committee may
grant awards in the form of options  to purchase shares of the Company's  Common
Stock.  Options may be in  the form of incentive  stock options or non-qualified
stock options.  The Stock  Option  Committee will,  with  regard to  each  stock
option,  determine the number of  shares subject to the  option, the term of the
option (which shall not exceed ten years, provided, however, that the term of an
incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder of the Company shall
not exceed five years),  the exercise price  per share of  stock subject to  the
option,  the vesting  schedule (if  any), and  the other  material terms  of the
option. No option may have an exercise price less than the Fair Market Value  of
the  Common Stock at  the time of grant  (or, in the case  of an incentive stock
option granted to a ten percent stockholder of the Company, 110% of Fair  Market
Value),  except that, in the case of  certain modifications of the stock options
that are deemed  to be  new issuances  under the  Code, the  exercise price  may
continue to be the original exercise price.
    
 
   
    The  option price upon exercise  may, to the extent  determined by the Stock
Option Committee at  or after the  time of grant,  be paid by  a participant  in
cash,  in shares of Common Stock owned by the participant (free and clear of any
liens and encumbrances),  in shares of  restricted stock valued  at fair  market
value  on the payment date as determined  by the Stock Option Committee (without
regard to  any forfeiture  restrictions applicable  to restricted  stock), by  a
reduction  in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
option or by such other method as is approved by the Stock Option Committee.  If
an  option is exercised by delivery of shares of restricted stock, the shares of
Common Stock acquired pursuant to the  exercise of the option will generally  be
subject  to the same  restrictions as were applicable  to such restricted stock.
All options may be made exercisable  in installments, and the exercisability  of
options  may  be accelerated  by the  Stock Option  Committee. The  Stock Option
Committee may at  any time offer  to buy  an option previously  granted on  such
terms  and conditions as  the Stock Option Committee  shall establish. The Stock
Option Committee may  in its  discretion reprice options  or substitute  options
with  lower exercise  prices in  exchange for  outstanding options  that are not
incentive stock options, provided that the exercise price of substitute  options
or  repriced options shall not be less than the Fair Market Value at the time of
such repricing or substitution. Options may also, at the discretion of the Stock
Option Committee, provide for "reloads," whereby a new option is granted for the
same number of  shares as the  number of  shares of Common  Stock or  restricted
stock used by the participant to pay the option price upon exercise.
    
 
   
    RESTRICTED  STOCK.  The Incentive Plan authorizes the Stock Option Committee
to award shares  of restricted stock.  Upon the award  of restricted stock,  the
recipient  has all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including
the right  to receive  dividends currently,  unless so  specified by  the  Stock
Option   Committee  at  the  time  of  grant,  subject  to  the  conditions  and
restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set  forth
in the recipient's restricted stock award agreement. Unless otherwise determined
by the Committee at grant, payment of dividends, if any, shall be deferred until
the date that the relevant share of restricted stock vests.
    
 
   
    Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock
award  agreement with  the Company  which states  the restrictions  to which the
shares are subject and the date or dates or criteria on which such  restrictions
will  lapse. Within the limits of the Incentive Plan, the Stock Option Committee
may provide for the lapse  of such restrictions in  installments in whole or  in
part or may accelerate or waive such restrictions at any time.
    
 
   
    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ("SARS").  The Incentive Plan authorizes the Stock
Option  Committee to grant  SARs either with  a stock option  ("Tandem SARs") or
independent of a stock option ("Non-Tandem SARs"). A SAR is a right to receive a
payment either  in  cash or  Common  Stock as  the  Stock Option  Committee  may
determine,  equal in value to the excess of  the Fair Market Value of a share of
Common Stock on  the date  of exercise  over the  reference price  per share  of
Common  Stock established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The reference
price per share covered by an SAR will be the per
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
share exercise price of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and  will
be not less than the per share Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant (or any other date chosen by the Committee) in the case of a Non-Tandem
SAR subject to the same exception that applies to stock options.
 
    A  Tandem SAR may be granted  at the time of the  grant of the related stock
option or, if the related stock option  is a non-qualified stock option, at  any
time  thereafter during the term of the stock option. A Tandem SAR generally may
be exercised at and only at the times and to the extent the related stock option
is exercisable. A Tandem  SAR is exercised by  surrendering the same portion  of
the  related option. A  Tandem SAR expires  upon the termination  of the related
stock option.
 
   
    A Non-Tandem  SAR  will be  exercisable  as  provided by  the  Stock  Option
Committee  and will  have such  other terms and  conditions as  the Stock Option
Committee may determine. A  Non-Tandem SAR may  have a term  no longer than  ten
years  from its date  of grant. A  Non-Tandem SAR is  subject to acceleration of
vesting or  immediate  termination upon  termination  of employment  in  certain
circumstances.
    
 
   
    The  Stock  Option Committee  is also  authorized  to grant  "limited SARs,"
either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs. Limited SARs would become  exercisable
only  upon the occurrence  of a Change  in Control (as  defined in the Incentive
Plan) or such other  event as the  Stock Option Committee  may designate at  the
time of grant or thereafter.
    
 
   
    CHANGE  IN  CONTROL.    Subject  to  the  next  sentence,  unless determined
otherwise by the Stock Option Committee at  the time of grant, upon a Change  in
Control  (as  defined  in  the  Incentive  Plan),  all  vesting  and  forfeiture
conditions,  restrictions  and  limitations  in  effect  with  respect  to   any
outstanding   award  will  immediately  lapse   and  any  unvested  awards  will
automatically become 100%  vested. However, unless  otherwise determined by  the
Stock  Option Committee at the time  of grant, no acceleration of exercisability
shall occur  with regard  to certain  options that  the Stock  Option  Committee
reasonably determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control will be honored
or  assumed  or  new rights  substituted  therefor by  a  participant's employer
immediately following the Change in Control.
    
 
    AWARDS TO  NON-EMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS.    The Incentive  Plan  provides  for  a
one-time  nondiscretionary award of  10,000 options to  purchase Common Stock to
each non-employee director. See "Management -- Compensation of Directors."
 
401(K) PLAN
 
    The Predecessor  established  and  maintained  a  tax-qualified  plan  under
Section  401(a)  of the  Code including  a Section  401(k) feature  (the "401(k)
Plan"). The Company  has become the  sponsor and will  continue to maintain  the
401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan provides retirement and other benefits to employees
of the Company and provides employees with a means to save for their retirement.
 
    Employees  become eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after they have
attained age 21 and  have worked for at  least twelve consecutive months  during
which they complete at least 1,000 hours of service.
 
    Subject  to legal limitations, participants may elect, on a salary reduction
basis, to have one percent to 15% of their eligible compensation contributed  to
their accounts under the 401(k) Plan. The Company may make a discretionary match
of  participants'  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan  up  to  6%  of eligible
compensation ("Matching Contributions").  In addition,  the Company  may make  a
discretionary  contribution to the 401(k)  Plan ("Optional Contributions") which
will be allocable based  on relative eligible  compensation of participants  who
have  completed 1,000 hours of service during  the plan year and are employed on
the last day of the  plan year (or have retired,  died or incurred a  disability
during a plan year).
 
    Participants   are  always  fully  vested  in  the  value  of  their  401(k)
contributions and amounts "rolled over"  from other qualified retirement  plans.
Participants  become vested in the Company's Matching Contributions and Optional
Contributions based  on  a  graded  seven  year  vesting  schedule  (or  upon  a
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
participant's  attainment  of  age  65 while  still  employed,  retirement after
attaining age 65,  death, disability  or a termination  of the  401(k) Plan,  if
earlier).  Benefits under  the 401(k)  Plan may  be distributed  in a  number of
different  forms  to  be  elected  by  a  participant,  including  a  lump  sum,
installment  payments  and  various  annuity  forms.  In  certain circumstances,
participants may receive loans or make hardship withdrawals from their  accounts
in  the 401(k)  Plan. Participants may  direct the investment  of their accounts
under the 401(k) Plan  among the various investment  vehicles offered under  the
401(k) Plan.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Section  145 of the General Corporation Law  of the State of Delaware grants
each corporation organized thereunder  the power to  indemnify its officers  and
directors  against liability  for certain  of their  acts. Article  Ninth of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director of the  Company
shall be liable to the Company for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the
fullest  extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware. Article Tenth of
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  provides that the Company shall,  to
the  extent  permitted by  Delaware law,  indemnify  its officers  and directors
against liability for certain of their acts.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides  for reciprocal indemnification  between
the  Company, its controlling persons, on the  one hand, and the Underwriter and
its controlling  persons, on  the  other hand,  against certain  liabilities  in
connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
   
    Compensation  policies and  decisions, including  those relating  to salary,
bonuses and benefits of executive officers, have  been set or made by the  Board
of  Directors since the formation of  the Company. The Kaplans have participated
as members  of the  Board  of Directors  in deliberations  concerning  executive
officer  compensation. Upon consummation of the Offering, the Board of Directors
will create a  Compensation Committee  consisting of a  majority of  Independent
Directors  which will recommend to the Board the cash compensation to be paid to
the Company's executive officers.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    CONSOLIDATING  TRANSACTIONS.  The Company was formed in order to consolidate
and expand  the assisted  living business  of the  Predecessor. The  Predecessor
historically  operated its  business through  a number  of partnerships, limited
liability companies and  S corporations.  In connection with  the Offering,  the
Predecessor  and the Company are entering  into certain transactions pursuant to
which the Company shall  receive substantially all  of the Predecessor's  assets
associated  with  its  assisted  living  business.  In  addition,  a  number  of
transactions are being  entered into  in connection  with the  operation of  the
Company's  facilities,  largely  in  order to  comply  with  applicable  law and
regulations.
 
   
        CONVEYANCE OF ASSISTED LIVING BUSINESS TO  THE COMPANY.  At or prior  to
the  consummation of the Offering, the Predecessor shall have transferred to the
Company the following: (i) certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the  Predecessor
that own the entire fee in the land and building underlying six facilities (Town
Gate  East,  Town  Gate Manor,  Senior  Quarters at  Huntington  Station, Senior
Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters  at Centereach II and Senior  Quarters
at  Stamford); (ii)  certain wholly owned  subsidiaries of  the Predecessor that
own, directly or indirectly, less than the  entire fee in the land and  building
underlying  five  facilities  (23.75%  of Change  Bridge  Inn,  50.1%  of Senior
Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge, 50% of  Senior Quarters at  East Northport, 10%  of
Senior  Quarters at Jamesburg, and 11% of Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle); (iii)
two wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of the  Predecessor  that  provided  management
services  for all  the foregoing facilities,  in addition to  four facilities in
which the  Predecessor did  not have  an equity  interest (Castle  Gardens,  The
Regency  at  Glen Cove,  Senior  Quarters at  Lynbrook,  and Senior  Quarters at
Cranford); (iv)  the  Predecessor's  interest  in  pre-construction  development
projects  in seven facilities (Patterson, NY;  Albany, NY; Briarcliff Manor, NY;
Tinton Falls, NJ; Westchester County, NY; Riverdale, NY and Northhampton County,
PA); and (v) all of its other  assets relating to its assisted living  business.
In  consideration of the  foregoing, the Company  shall have at  or prior to the
consummation of the Offering: (i) issued to the Kaplans, as sole equal  partners
of  the Predecessor, 4,150,000 shares of Common  Stock, and paid to them the sum
of $6.0  million (representing  the  approximate tax  liability expected  to  be
incurred  by  the  Kaplans in  connection  with transactions  pertaining  to the
transfer by the Predecessor of its  facilities to the Company); and (ii)  agreed
to  pay all real estate transfer taxes arising out of the foregoing transactions
(estimated to be approximately $250,000). As a result of these transactions, the
Company  shall  have   assumed  all  indebtedness   encumbering  the   Company's
facilities.   The  Kaplans  guaranteed  certain  indebtedness  incurred  by  the
Predecessor with respect  to certain facilities,  and the Kaplans  expect to  be
released   from  such  guarantees  after   consummation  of  the  Offering.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
   
        ARRANGEMENTS  REGARDING OPERATION OF CERTAIN FACILITIES.  Because of New
York law  and  regulations,  the  Kaplans  individually  are  the  operators  of
substantially  all the Company's assisted living facilities located in New York.
Of these facilities, the Kaplans are or will be the operators of Town Gate East,
Town Gate  Manor, Senior  Quarters  at Huntington  Station, Senior  Quarters  at
Centereach  I, Senior  Quarters at  Centereach II,  Senior Quarters  at Chestnut
Ridge and Senior Quarters at Lynbrook,  either pursuant to a separate  operating
agreement  entered into by  the Company (each, an  "Operating Agreement") or the
pre-existing agreement with  the unaffiliated  owner of the  facility (that  has
been  assigned to the Kaplans). Each Operating  Agreement has a term of 25 years
and provides  for an  operating  fee equal  to 5%  of  gross revenues  from  the
facility.  The pre-existing agreements with third  party owners generally have a
term of  five years  and provide  for  an operating  fee equal  to 5%  of  gross
revenues  or the greater of 5% of gross revenues and a minimum fee (ranging from
$96,000 to  $150,000 per  annum). In  some instances,  the Company  may also  be
entitled to an incentive fee or may have an equity interest in the facility. The
Kaplans,  as operators of each of these  facilities, have engaged a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company to  provide certain management services in  connection
with  the  day-to-day operations  of  each facility  it  operates, in  each case
pursuant to a  separate management agreement  (each, a "Management  Agreement").
Each   Management  Agreement  is  co-terminous  with  the  underlying  Operating
Agreement or pre-existing agreement with the third-party owner. The fee  payable
to  the  Company's subsidiary  under  each Management  Agreement  is 30%  of the
operators' fee, increasing to 96% of all their fees generated by aggregate gross
revenues of all facilities operated under this fee
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
structure exceeding  $23.0 million.  The  Kaplans have  also agreed  that,  with
respect  to any other projects for which the Company may not act as the licensed
operator (such as Senior Quarters at East Northport), they will act as  licensed
operators  in exchange  for a  fee equal  to 5%  of gross  revenues and  pay the
Company's wholly  owned  subsidiary  a  servicing fee  equal  to  96%  of  their
operating  fee. The  Operating Agreements  may be  terminated (i)  by either the
Company or  the licensed  operators upon  the occurrence  of certain  events  of
default  (such as failure to timely pay the licensed operators' fees, failure to
perform any  material  term, provision  or  covenant, subject  to  certain  cure
periods,  or an event  of default under  the Management Agreement),  (ii) by the
Company upon the death or disability of all the licensed operators, or (iii)  by
the  licensed operators upon a  change of control in the  Company or at any time
after five years. If the operating agreement is terminated by the Company  other
than  for an event of default by  the licensed operators, the licensed operators
will be entitled to  liquidated damages equal to  twice the licensed  operators'
fees  under the  applicable Operating Agreement  (net of fees  payable under the
applicable Management Agreement) over the preceding twelve months. In  addition,
the employment agreement with each Kaplan provides that each Kaplan may withdraw
as  a licensed operator  if he ceases to  be an employee of  the Company for any
reason, and that if his  employment is terminated by him  for good reason or  by
the  Company without cause, he  will be entitled to  receive, in addition to the
severance  payments  provided  for  in  his  employment  agreement,  either  the
liquidated  damages provided for in the applicable Operating Agreement or a lump
sum equal  to twice  his share  of the  licensed operators'  fees (net  of  fees
payable  under  the applicable  Management Agreement)  for the  preceding twelve
months. Good reason  includes the  termination of  an Operating  Agreement or  a
Management  Agreement by the Company or its wholly owned subsidiary, as the case
may be,  other than  in accordance  with its  terms or  by a  licensed  operator
because  of an event of default. See "Management -- Employment Agreements". This
basic structure, and substantially similar agreements, are used with respect  to
one  New York facility (Senior Quarters at Centereach II) that is not a licensed
entity. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."
 
   
    Legislation has, however, has been recently enacted in New York State  which
allows  for-profit corporations whose stock (and whose parent entity's stock) is
not traded on a national exchange or over-the-counter market, to operate certain
types of licensed facilities, including ALP facilities. As a result, the Kaplans
may form one or more corporations  to operate these facilities. The Kaplans  are
entitled,  pursuant to the operating agreements, to assign such agreement to any
for-profit corporation that is wholly owned by them.
    
 
    CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS REGARDING SALES OF COMMON STOCK.
 
        RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.  Each Kaplan has agreed with the Company  that
he  shall not, for so  long as he shall  be the licensed operator  of any of the
Company's facilities, transfer any shares of Common Stock if it would result  in
his  personally owning fewer  than 500,000 shares of  Common Stock initially, or
250,000 shares of Common Stock after  the fifth anniversary of the  consummation
of  the Offering, in  each case, subject  to certain exceptions.  In addition, a
stockholders' agreement between the Kaplans  and the Company, provides (i)  each
Kaplan with a right of first refusal with respect to a transfer of the shares of
Common Stock of the other Kaplans, except for a limited exception in the case of
his death, and (ii) that the Kaplans shall vote all their shares of Common Stock
as a unit.
 
        REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  After the Offering, each of the Kaplans along with
Herbert Kaplan, who beneficially own in the aggregate 4,150,000 shares of Common
Stock  (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) will be
entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under
the Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement between the Company and the
Kaplans, if the  Company proposes to  register any of  its securities under  the
Securities  Act, either for its own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising  registration rights,  each of  the Kaplans  are entitled  to
notice  of such registration and  are entitled to include  shares of such Common
Stock therein.  The  stockholders  benefiting  from  these  rights  may,  acting
jointly,  also  require  the  Company  on  two  separate  occasions  to  file  a
registration statement under the  Securities Act at  the Company's expense  with
respect to shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by then, and the Company is
required  to use  its diligent reasonable  efforts to  effect such registration.
These rights are subject to
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
certain restrictions, conditions and  limitations, among them  (i) the right  of
the  underwriters of an offering to limit  the number of shares included in such
registration, and (ii) the lock-up agreement whereby the Company and the Kaplans
have agreed with the  Underwriters, except in connection  with the Offering  and
the Underwriters' over-allotment option, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of Common Stock or  other equity securities of  the Company for at least
180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent  of
the representatives of the Underwriters. See "Underwriting."
 
        SHATTUCK  HAMMOND  FEE.   The Company  will  pay its  financial advisor,
Shattuck  Hammond  Partners  Inc.,  approximately  $1.15  million  (assuming  no
exercise  of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment and  an initial  public offering
price of $13.00 per share), as  its fee for various investment banking  services
rendered.  Joseph G. Beck, a  director of the Company,  is a founding principal,
executive committee member and shareholder of Shattuck Hammond Partners Inc.
 
        FUTURE TRANSACTIONS.  The Board of Directors of the Company has  adopted
a  policy  that  future  transactions  between  the  Company  and  its officers,
directors, principal  stockholders  and  their affiliates  will  be  subject  to
approval  of a majority  of the Independent  Directors, and will  be on terms no
less favorable to  the Company than  could be obtained  from unaffiliated  third
parties.
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to
beneficial ownership  of the  Common Stock  as of  June 30,  1996, after  giving
effect  to the  conveyance of  the Company's facilities  and the  payment of the
consideration to the Kaplans as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Common Stock
offered hereby, by: (i) each  person known by the  Company to be the  beneficial
owner  of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's
directors; (iii) the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the Company's
other executive  officers;  and  (iv)  the  Company's  directors  and  executive
officers as a group:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   OWNERSHIP
                                                                                                                     AFTER
                                                                                                                   OFFERING
                                                                                                                      AND
                                                                                                       SHARES     OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                        OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO OFFERING      OWNERSHIP AFTER OFFERING    SUBJECT TO   OPTION (2)
                                      -------------------------------  ----------------------------     OVER-     -----------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF                      NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF                     ALLOTMENT    NUMBER OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                      SHARES         PERCENTAGE      SHARES       PERCENTAGE       OPTION       SHARES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Glenn Kaplan (3)....................           300           100.0%     4,150,000          53.9%        266,250    3,883,750
Wayne L. Kaplan (3).................           300           100.0      4,150,000          53.9         266,250    3,883,750
Evan A. Kaplan (3)..................           300           100.0      4,150,000          53.9         266,250    3,883,750
John M. Sharpe, Jr. ................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Joseph G. Beck......................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Bernard J. Korman...................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Gerald Schuster.....................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D............             0               0              0             0               0            0
Directors and officers as a group (8
 persons)...........................           300           100.0%     4,150,000          53.9%        266,250    3,883,750
 
<CAPTION>
 
NAME AND ADDRESS OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                    PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>
Glenn Kaplan (3)....................         48.8%
Wayne L. Kaplan (3).................         48.8
Evan A. Kaplan (3)..................         48.8
John M. Sharpe, Jr. ................            0
Joseph G. Beck......................            0
Bernard J. Korman...................            0
Gerald Schuster.....................            0
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D............            0
Directors and officers as a group (8
 persons)...........................         48.8%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  address  of  the  Company's  Directors,
     executive officers and Selling Stockholders  is c/o Kapson Senior  Quarters
     Corp., 242 Crossways Park West, Woodbury, New York 11797.
 
(2)  Assumes  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised  in  full. The
     Selling Stockholders will sell 50% of any shares with respect to which  the
     option is exercised.
 
(3)  Includes  shares owned  of record by  Glenn Kaplan, Wayne  Kaplan, and Evan
     Kaplan, each of whom share voting  and dispositive power over all of  these
     shares, and Herbert Kaplan, who has a pecuniary interest in, and has shared
     voting dispositive power over, 300,001 shares. Herbert Kaplan is the father
     of the Kaplans.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The following description of the Company's capital stock does not purport to
be  complete and  is qualified  in its entirety  by reference  to (i) applicable
provisions of Delaware law, and (ii) the provisions of the Company's Certificate
of Incorporation and By-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
   
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par  value $.01,  and 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred Stock,  par
value  $.01,  which may  be issued  in one  or  more classes  and series.  As of
           , 1996,  there  were 4,150,000  shares  of Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding.  Upon consummation  of the  Offering, assuming  no exercise  of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option,  there will be  7,700,000 shares of  Common
Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Each  holder of Common Stock is entitled to  one vote per share of record on
all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders do not have cumulative
voting rights. Stockholders  casting a  plurality of the  votes of  stockholders
entitled  to vote in  an election of  directors may elect  all of the directors.
Subject to the preferential rights of any  Preferred Stock that may at the  time
be  outstanding, each share of Common Stock will have an equal and ratable right
to receive dividends when, if and as declared from time to time by the Board  of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor. The Company may in the future
be  subject to certain  agreements which restrict the  payment of dividends. The
Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See
"Dividend Policy."
 
    In the  event of  liquidation, dissolution  or winding  up at  the  Company,
holders  of Common Stock are  entitled to share ratably  in all assets remaining
after  payments  to  creditors  and   after  satisfaction  of  the   liquidation
preference,  if any, of  any shares of Preferred  Stock that may  at the time be
outstanding.  Holders  of  Common   Stock  have  no  preemptive,   subscription,
conversion  or  redemption  rights  and  are not  subject  to  further  calls or
assessments by the Company. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and  the
shares  of Common  Stock offered by  the Company  in the Offering  will be, when
issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Company's  Certificate  of   Incorporation  authorizes  the  Board   of
Directors, without any vote or action by the stockholders (subject to applicable
law  or regulatory agencies or  by the rules of Nasdaq  or any stock exchange on
which the Company's Common Stock may then be listed), to issue up to  10,000,000
shares  of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, in one or more classes and
series  and  to  fix  the  designations,  preferences,  rights,  qualifications,
limitations  and  restrictions thereof,  including  the voting  rights, dividend
rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, terms of redemption (including sinking
fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and number
of shares constituting any series. Although it presently has no intention to  do
so,  the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, could issue Preferred
Stock with voting and conversion rights  that could adversely affect the  voting
powers  of the holders  of the Common Stock  and the market  price of the Common
Stock. Issuance  of  Preferred Stock  may  also  have the  effect  of  delaying,
deferring  or preventing  the change of  control of the  Company without further
action by the stockholders  and may discourage  bids for the  Common Stock at  a
premium over the market price.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    The  Company is subject  to Section 203 of  the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("Section 203") which, subject  to certain exceptions, prohibits a  Delaware
corporation  from  engaging  in  any business  combination  with  any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless: (i)  prior to such date, the board  of
directors  of the  corporation approved either  the business  combination or the
transaction  which   resulted  in   the  stockholder   becoming  an   interested
stockholder;  (ii) upon  consummation of the  transaction which  resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at least 85% of
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
the voting stock  of the  corporation outstanding  at the  time the  transaction
commenced  (for the  purposes of determining  the number  of shares outstanding,
under Delaware law, those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also
officers, and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do  not
have  the right to  determine confidentially whether shares  held subject to the
plan will  be tendered  in a  tender or  exchange offer  are excluded  from  the
calculation);  or (iii) on or subsequent  to such date, the business combination
is approved by the  board of directors  and authorized at  an annual or  special
meeting  of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of
at least 66  2/3% of  the outstanding  voting stock which  is not  owned by  the
interested stockholder.
 
    Section  203 defines  a business combination  to include: (i)  any merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of  the
corporation  involving  the  interested stockholder;  (iii)  subject  to certain
exceptions, any transaction  which results in  the issuance or  transfer by  the
corporation  of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share  of the  stock of  any class  or series  of the  corporation
beneficially  owned by  the interested  stockholder; or  (v) the  receipt by the
interested stockholder  of  the  benefit of  any  loans,  advances,  guarantees,
pledges  or other financial benefits provided  by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested  stockholder as any entity or  person
beneficially  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
corporation  and  any  entity  or  person  affiliated  with  or  controlling  or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
    Certain  provisions  of  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and
Delaware law may have a significant effect in delaying, deferring or  preventing
a change in control of the Company and may adversely affect the voting and other
rights of other holders of Common Stock. In particular, the ability of the Board
of  Directors to issue Preferred Stock  without further stockholder approval may
have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of  the
Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of other holders of
Common  Stock. In addition, the  Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides
for a classified Board  of Directors and the  inability of stockholders to  vote
cumulatively for directors.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
 
    The  Certificate of  Incorporation of  the Company  limits the  liability of
Directors and  officers to  the Company  or its  holders to  the fullest  extent
permitted by Delaware Law. The inclusion of this provision in the Certificate of
Incorporation  may  have the  effect of  reducing  the likelihood  of derivative
litigation against Directors or  officers of the Company  and may discourage  or
deter  stockholders or management  from bringing a  lawsuit against Directors of
the Company for breach  of their duty  of care, even though  such an action,  if
successful, might otherwise have benefited the Company and its stockholders.
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED STOCK
 
    Upon consummation of the Offering, there will be 22,300,000 shares (assuming
no  exercise of  the Underwriters' over-allotment  option) of  Common Stock, par
value $.01, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01,  available
for  future issuance without stockholder approval, except as may be required for
a particular  transaction  by the  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  by
applicable  law or regulatory  agencies or by  the rules of  Nasdaq or any stock
exchange on  which  the  Company's  Common  Stock  may  then  be  listed.  These
additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including
future  public offerings to raise additional  capital or to facilitate corporate
acquisitions. The  Company does  not currently  have plans  to issue  additional
shares of capital stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    The  Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar for  the Common Stock is The Bank of
New York.  Its address  and telephone  number is  The Bank  of New  York,  Attn:
Investor Relations, 101 Barclay St., 11W, New York, NY; (800) 524-4458.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior  to the Offering, there has not  been any public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. No prediction can be  made as to the effect, if any,  that
market  sales of shares of Common Stock  or the availability of shares of Common
Stock for sale  will have  on the  market price  prevailing from  time to  time.
Nevertheless,  sales of Common Stock or the perception that sales of substantial
amounts of Common Stock could occur in the public market after the  restrictions
described below could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Common
Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 7,700,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  (7,966,250 shares  if  the  over-allotment  option is
exercised in full). Of  these shares, 3,550,000 shares  of Common Stock sold  in
the  Offering (4,082,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will
be tradeable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act,  except
for  any  shares purchased  by  "affiliates" (as  that  term is  defined  in the
Securities Act) of the Company which  will be subject to the resale  limitations
under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The remaining 4,150,000 outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock  held  by  existing  stockholders  (3,883,750  shares  if  the
over-allotment option is exercised in  full) are "restricted securities"  within
the  meaning of Rule  144 (the "Restricted Shares").  The Restricted Shares were
issued and  sold  by  the  Company in  private  transactions  in  reliance  upon
exemptions  from registration under the Securities Act  and may not be sold in a
public distribution except in compliance  with the registration requirements  of
the  Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption, including that provided by Rule
144.
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as  currently in effect, beginning 90 days  after
the  Offering, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who owns shares
that were  purchased from  the Company  (or any  affiliate) at  least two  years
previously,  including persons who  may be deemed affiliates  of the Company, is
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does  not
exceed  the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the Company's Common
Stock (approximately 77,000  shares immediately after  the Offering assuming  no
exercise  of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option) or  the  average weekly
trading volume  of the  Company's Common  Stock in  the Nasdaq  National  Market
during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is
filed  with the  Commission. Sales  under Rule 144  are also  subject to certain
manner of sale provisions, notice  requirements and the availability of  current
public  information about the  Company. Any person (or  persons whose shares are
aggregated) who is not deemed  to have been an affiliate  of the Company at  any
time  during  the 90  days  preceding a  sale, and  who  owns shares  within the
definition of "restricted securities"  under Rule 144  under the Securities  Act
that  were purchased from  the Company (or  any affiliate) at  least three years
previously, would be  entitled to  sell such  shares under  Rule 144(k)  without
regard  to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information
requirements or notice requirements.
 
    The Commission has proposed to amend the holding period required by Rule 144
to permit sales of "restricted securities" after one year rather than two  years
(and  two years rather than three years  for "non-affiliates" who desire to sell
such shares under  Rule 144(k)). If  such proposed amendment  were enacted,  the
"restricted securities" would become freely tradeable (subject to any applicable
contractual restrictions) at correspondingly earlier dates.
 
   
    After  the Offering  (and upon  consummation of  the Company's  agreement to
acquire the 50% interest it does not already own in the entity that owns  Senior
Quarters  at East  Northport), the holders  of 4,200,000 shares  of Common Stock
(assuming no  exercise of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment option),  or  their
transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration
of such shares under the Securities Act, subject to the contractual restrictions
described below. See "Certain Transactions -- Registration Rights." Registration
of  such shares under  the Securities Act  would result in  such shares becoming
freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act (except for shares
purchased  by   affiliates)  immediately   upon   the  effectiveness   of   such
registration.
    
 
    The  Company, the Selling Stockholders, each director, executive officer and
affiliate of the Company has agreed with the Underwriters, except in  connection
with the Offering and the Underwriters' over-
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
allotment option, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock
or  other equity securities of the Company for  at least 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus without the prior  written consent of the representatives  of
the  Underwriters, except in  connection with the  Offering. See "Underwriting."
Each Kaplan has also agreed with the Company  that he shall not, for so long  as
he shall be the operator of any of the Company's facilities, transfer any shares
of  Common Stock if it would result  in his personally owning fewer than 500,000
shares of Common Stock  initially, or 250,000 shares  of Common Stock after  the
fifth  anniversary of the consummation of the Offering, in each case, subject to
certain exceptions. In addition, a stockholders' agreement among the Kaplans and
the Company, provides (i) each Kaplan with a right of first refusal with respect
to a transfer of  the shares of  Common Stock of the  other Kaplans, except  for
transfers to or for the benefit of family members and a limited exception in the
case  of his  death, and (ii)  that the Kaplans  shall vote all  their shares of
Common Stock as a unit.
 
   
    The Company intends to  file a registration  statement under the  Securities
Act covering approximately 600,000 shares of Common Stock issued or reserved for
issuance  under  the Incentive  Plan. See  "Management  -- 1996  Stock Incentive
Plan." Such registration statement is expected to  be filed prior to the end  of
the  1996  fiscal  year and  will  automatically become  effective  upon filing.
Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement pursuant to the
Plan will, subject to Rule 144  volume limitations applicable to affiliates,  be
available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that such shares are
subject  to vesting restrictions. At         , 1996,  options to purchase 88,462
shares were issued and outstanding under the Plan, none of which were vested.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting  Agreement
among   the  Company,  the  Selling   Stockholders  and  the  Underwriters  (the
"Underwriting Agreement"), the Company  has agreed to  sell to the  underwriters
named  below (the  "Underwriters"), for whom  Salomon Brothers Inc  is acting as
representative (the "Representative"), and  each such Underwriter has  severally
agreed  to purchase from the  Company, the aggregate number  of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite its name below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER
UNDERWRITERS                                                                       OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc ..........................................................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. ..............................................
Wheat, First Securities, Inc. .................................................
                                                                                 -------------
    Total......................................................................      3,550,000
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
    In the Underwriting Agreement, the several Underwriters have agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares  of
Common  Stock offered  hereby (other  than those  subject to  the over-allotment
option described below)  if any such  shares are  purchased. In the  event of  a
default  by an Underwriter, the Underwriting Agreement provides that, in certain
circumstances the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting Underwriters may be
increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 
    The Company  has  been  advised  by  the  Representative  that  the  several
Underwriters  propose to offer shares of Common  Stock directly to the public at
the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession  not in excess of $  per  share.
The  Underwriters may allow, and such dealers  may re-allow, a concession not in
excess of $  per share to certain other dealers. After the Offering, the initial
public offering price and such concessions may be changed.
 
    The Company and the Selling Stockholders have each granted the  Underwriters
an  option,  exercisable  during  the  30-day  period  after  the  date  of this
Prospectus, to purchase up  to 266,250 and 266,250  additional shares of  Common
Stock,  respectively (532,500  in the  aggregate), to  cover over-allotments, if
any, at the price to the public less the Underwriting Discount set forth on  the
cover page of this Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such
option,  each  Underwriter  will  have a  firm  commitment,  subject  to certain
conditions, to purchase the same proportion  of the option shares as the  number
of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by such Underwriter in the above table
bears  to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by the Underwriters
hereby. In  the  event  that  the  Underwriters  exercise  less  than  the  full
over-allotment option, the number of shares to be sold pursuant thereto shall be
allocated  equally  as  between  the Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders in
proportion to the  number of such  persons' or entity's  shares subject to  such
option.
 
    Shattuck  Hammond Partners Inc. which is not acting as an underwriter in the
Offering, will receive approximately $1.15 million (assuming no exercise of  the
Underwriters  over-allotment  option and  an  initial public  offering  price of
$13.00 per share) from the Company as its fee for various investment banking and
financial advisory  services rendered.  Joseph G.  Beck, a  founding  principal,
executive committee member and shareholder of Shattuck Hammond, Partners Inc. is
a director of the Company.
 
    The  Company, the Selling Stockholders, and each director, executive officer
and affiliate of the Company has agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract
to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  directly  or  indirectly,  with   certain
exceptions,  any shares of  Common Stock or any  securities convertible into, or
exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock for a period of at least 180 days  from
the date of this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Representative.
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that  the  Company  and  the Selling
Stockholders  will   indemnify   the  several   Underwriters   against   certain
liabilities,  including liabilities under  the Securities Act,  or contribute to
payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
    The Representative  has informed  the Company  that it  does not  intend  to
confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    Prior  to the Offering, there  has been no market  for the Common Stock. The
initial public  offering price  for  the Common  Stock  has been  determined  by
negotiation  between the  Company and  the Underwriters  and is  based on, among
other things, the Company's financial  and operating history and condition,  the
prospects  of the  Company and  its industry in  general, the  management of the
Company and the market prices of  securities of companies in businesses  similar
to those of the Company.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The combined financial statements of the Predecessor as of December 31, 1994
and  1995 and for each of the years  in the three year period ended December 31,
1995 and the Balance Sheet of the Company as of June 10, 1996, included in  this
registration  statement, have been included herein  in reliance upon the reports
of Coopers  &  Lybrand  L.L.P.,  independent  accountants,  appearing  elsewhere
herein,  given  on the  authority  of that  firm  as experts  in  accounting and
auditing.
 
    The financial statements  of Town Gate  East (a partnership)  and Town  Gate
Manor (a partnership) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each of the years
in  the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, included in this registration
statement, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Rotenberg  &
Company  LLP, independent accountants, appearing  elsewhere herein, given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby is being passed upon for the
Company by  Proskauer Rose  Goetz  & Mendelsohn  LLP,  New York.  Certain  legal
matters  in  connection  with  the  Offering  are  being  passed  upon  for  the
Underwriters by Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company  has filed  with  the Commission,  through the  Electronic  Data
Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval System ("EDGAR"), a Registration Statement on
Form S-1  under the  Securities Act  with respect  to the  Common Stock  offered
hereby.  This Prospectus, filed as part  of the Registration Statement, does not
contain all of the  information included in the  Registration Statement and  the
exhibits  and schedules thereto, certain portions  of which have been omitted in
accordance with  the  rules  and  regulations of  the  Commission.  For  further
information  with respect  to the Company  and the Common  Stock offered hereby,
reference is hereby  made to  the Registration  Statement and  the exhibits  and
schedules  filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus by reference
as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to  are
not  necessarily complete and  in each such  instance, reference is  made to the
copy of such contract, agreement  or other document filed  as an exhibit to  the
Registration  Statement for a more complete description of the matters involved,
and each  such statement  shall be  deemed  qualified in  its entirety  by  such
reference.  The  Registration Statement,  including  the exhibits  and schedules
thereto, may  be inspected  without charge  and  copied at  the offices  of  the
Commission  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and  at the Commission's  regional offices located  at 7 World  Trade
Center,  13th Floor,  New York,  New York 10048;  and Citicorp  Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of such  materials
may  be obtained at the prescribed  rates from the Commission's Public Reference
Section at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.  Electronic  registration  statements  filed through  EDGAR  may  also be
accessed electronically through the Commission's home page on the World Wide Web
at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    As  a  result  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  be  subject  to   the
informational  requirements  of the  Exchange  Act. So  long  as the  Company is
subject to the  periodic reporting  requirements of  the Exchange  Act, it  will
furnish  the reports, proxy statements and other information required thereby to
the Commission via EDGAR. The Company  intends to furnish holders of the  Common
Stock with annual reports containing, among other information, audited financial
statements  certified  by an  independent public  accounting firm  and quarterly
reports containing unaudited condensed financial information for the first three
quarters of each  fiscal year. The  Company also intends  to furnish such  other
reports  as  it may  determine or  as may  be  required by  law. Copies  of such
material may  be inspected  and copied  at  the offices  of the  Commission  and
accessed  electronically through  the Commission's home  page on  the World Wide
Web.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996.......................................          F-3
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995............          F-4
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996..........          F-5
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet..................................................          F-6
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations........................................          F-8
THE KAPSON GROUP (THE PREDECESSOR)
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-12
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995
 and (unaudited) as of June 30, 1996.................................................................         F-13
Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996............................         F-14
Combined Statements of Changes in Partners and Shareholders' (Deficit) for
 the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited)
 for the six months ended June 30, 1996..............................................................         F-15
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
 (unaudited) for the three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996.......................................         F-16
Notes to Combined Financial Statements...............................................................         F-17
KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP. (THE COMPANY)
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-28
Balance Sheet as of June 10, 1996....................................................................         F-29
Notes to Balance Sheet...............................................................................         F-30
TOWN GATE EAST
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-33
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.................         F-34
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the
 three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..........................................................         F-35
Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the years
 ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.........................         F-36
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............................         F-37
Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities.............................         F-38
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................................         F-39
TOWN GATE MANOR
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................................         F-43
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.................         F-44
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the
 three months ended March 31, 1996...................................................................         F-45
Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1996...............................................         F-46
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............................         F-47
Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activity...............................         F-48
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................................         F-49
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
    At  or prior to the  consummation of the Offering,  the Company will acquire
from the Kapson Group (the Predecessor) the following: (i) certain wholly  owned
entities  of the Predecessor  that own the  entire fee in  the land and building
underlying six entities  (Town Gate Manor  and Town Gate  East (acquired by  the
Predecessor  on  April 1,  1996 for  approximately $10,375,000  financed through
mortgage notes  with an  institution  at annual  interest  of 4.25%  above  U.S.
Treasury  notes),  Senior Quarters  at  Huntington Station,  Senior  Quarters at
Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II and Senior Quarters at Stamford);
(ii)  certain   wholly  owned   entities  of   the  Predecessor   that  have   a
controlling/majority  ownership  of the  fee in  the  land and  building (Senior
Quarters at East Northport and Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge; (iii)  certain
wholly owned entities that own a minority interest in certain facilities (Senior
Quarters  at Jamesburg,  Senior Quarters at  Glen Riddle and  Senior Quarters at
Montville). The  unaudited pro  forma  combined condensed  financial  statements
reflect  the following: 1)  adjustment for the allocation  of the purchase price
and the historical operations prior to  acquisition of Town Gate Manor and  Town
Gate  East  based on  the estimated  fair value  of the  assets assumed  and the
related financing  in accordance  with  the purchase  method of  accounting;  2)
additional  compensation  for senior  executives of  the Company  and additional
general and administrative costs of operating as a public company; 3)  operating
fees  to be paid to  the Kaplans to operate certain  New York facilities; 4) the
initial  capitalization  of  the  Company  and  the  issuance  of  approximately
4,150,000 shares of the Company's common stock to the Kaplans for the conveyance
of  their facilities and interests to the Company; and 5) the sale of a minority
interest in Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge in April 1996 and 6) the agreement
to purchase for $2,600,000 the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
Northport through  issuance of  50,000 shares  of common  stock, at  an  assumed
initial   public  offering  price  of   $13.00,  ($650,000)  and  the  remainder
($1,950,000) paid with  proceeds of  the initial public  offering. See  "Certain
Transactions" elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 1996
was  prepared as  if the  Certain Transactions  had occurred  at that  date. The
unaudited pro forma  statements of operations  for the year  ended December  31,
1995  and  for the  six  months ended  June  30, 1996  were  prepared as  if the
acquisition of  Town Gate  Manor  and Town  Gate East,  the  sale of  the  49.9%
minority  interest  in  Senior  Quarters  at  Chestnut  Ridge  and  the  pending
acquisition of the remaining 50% interest  in Senior Quarters at East  Northport
and the Certain Transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1995.
    
 
   
    In  the opinion of  management, all adjustments  necessary to present fairly
such pro forma financial statements have  been made based on the proposed  terms
and  structure  of  the  transactions. The  Company  anticipates,  however, that
changes in the composition of  the assets to be  acquired and liabilities to  be
assumed  will  occur due  to changes  in  the ordinary  course of  business. The
Company believes any related change in  adjustments will not be material to  the
pro  forma combined condensed  financial statements. In  addition, the pro forma
adjustments relating to the fair value  adjustments for the acquisition of  Town
Gate  Manor and Town Gate East and  the pending acquisition of the remaining 50%
interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport are subject to revision when final
analyses of such values are completed. In management's opinion, such adjustments
are not expected to materially differ from the final fair value adjustments.
    
 
    These unaudited pro  forma combined condensed  financial statements are  not
necessarily   indicative  of  what  actual  results  would  have  been  had  the
transactions occurred at  the beginning of  the respective periods  nor do  they
purport  to  indicate the  results of  future operations  of the  Company. These
unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with  the
accompanying   notes,  "Certain  Transactions",   "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and the audited  and
unaudited  historical financial statements and notes thereto of the Predecessor,
Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                         PREDECESSOR    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................   $     1,714      32,550(e)    $   34,264
  Accounts receivable.................................................            95                           95
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................           348                          348
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total current assets..............................................         2,157      32,550           34,707
Property and equipment, net...........................................        56,996                       56,996
Facility development costs............................................           187        --                187
Restricted cash.......................................................         2,384        --              2,384
Deferred financing costs, net.........................................         2,139                        2,139
Intangibles...........................................................         3,176       1,137(g)         4,313
Investment in joint ventures..........................................           503                          503
Other assets..........................................................           311                          311
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total assets......................................................   $    67,853   $  33,687       $  101,540
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
 
                           LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................   $       913        --         $      913
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses...............................         1,998                        1,998
  Accrued interest....................................................           301        --                301
  Due to affiliates...................................................         2,971      (2,971)(d)       --
  Deferred revenue....................................................           318        --                318
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities.........................................         6,501      (2,971)           3,530
Long-term debt........................................................        67,816                       67,816
Residential security deposits.........................................         1,573        --              1,573
Deferred interest payable.............................................           176        --                176
Other liabilities.....................................................           602                          602
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total liabilities.................................................        76,668      (2,971)          73,697
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Minority interest.....................................................         2,292      (1,463)(f)          829
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies.........................................       --             --             --
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit).................................       (11,107)     11,107(c)        --
Common stock..........................................................       --               78(a)            78
Paid in capital.......................................................       --           26,936(b)        26,936
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
  Total partners' and shareholders' equity (deficit)..................       (11,107)     38,121           27,014
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and partners' and shareholders' equity
     (deficit)........................................................   $    67,853   $  33,687       $  101,540
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            TOWN GATE    TOWN GATE                PRO FORMA
                                            PREDECESSOR       MANOR        EAST      SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $   14,275        $   1,407    $   2,146   $  17,828  $    --        $    17,828
  Management fees.......................         443           --           --             443       --                443
  Other -- affiliate....................          45           --           --              45         (45)(a)        --
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Total revenues......................      14,763            1,407        2,146      18,316         (45)         18,271
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Assisted living operating expenses....       8,314              854        1,258      10,426         487(b)       10,913
  Management fees.......................        --                  8           11          19         (19)(c)        --
  General and administrative............       1,658               73           96       1,827       1,269(d)        3,096
  Depreciation..........................       1,234               75          136       1,445          (5)(e)       1,440
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Total operating expenses............      11,206            1,010        1,501      13,717       1,732          15,449
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Operating income (loss)...............       3,557              397          645       4,599      (1,777)          2,822
  Interest income.......................          44           --                4          48       --                 48
  Interest expense......................      (3,732)            (127)        (191)     (4,050)       (778)(f)      (4,828)
  Interest expense -- affiliates........        (204)          --           --            (204)        204(g)         --
  Other income (expense), net...........         (34)               8           (4)        (30)      --                (30)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Income (loss) before minority
     interest...........................        (369)             278          454         363      (2,351)         (1,988)
  Minority interest in net loss of
   combined partnership.................          16           --           --              16         344(i)          360
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Net income (loss).....................  $     (353)       $     278    $     454   $     379  $   (2,007)    $    (1,628)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
  Pro forma benefit for income taxes....        --             --           --          --             651(h)          651
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)...........  $     (353)       $     278    $     454   $     379  $   (1,301)    $      (977)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Pro forma net loss per common share...  $     (.08)                                                          $      (.20)
                                          ---------------                                                      ----------------
                                          ---------------                                                      ----------------
  Pro forma weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding............       4,631(j)                                                200(k)        4,831(k)
                                          ---------------                                       -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------                                       -------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                             ----------------------------
                                                               TOWN GATE      TOWN GATE                 PRO FORMA
                                              PREDECESSOR        MANOR          EAST       SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                             --------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
  Assisted living revenues.................   $   9,529        $     357      $     554    $  10,440  $       --     $     10,440
  Management fees..........................         432           --             --              432       --                 432
  Other -- affiliates......................          23           --             --               23         (23)(a)       --
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Total revenues.........................       9,984              357            554       10,895         (23)          10,872
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
Operating expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses.......       6,252              264            310        6,826         244(b)         7,070
  Management fees..........................        --                  2              3            5          (5)(c)       --
  General and administrative...............       1,275                9             20        1,304         528(d)         1,832
  Depreciation.............................         912               20             35          967          (3)(e)          964
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Total operating expenses...............       8,439              295            368        9,102         764            9,866
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Operating income (loss)..................       1,545               62            186        1,793        (787)           1,006
  Equity in income from joint ventures.....          28           --             --               28       --                  28
  Interest income..........................         104           --                  1          105       --                 105
  Interest expense.........................      (2,844)             (20)           (30)      (2,894)       (224)(f)       (3,118)
  Interest expense -- affiliates...........        (121)          --             --             (121)        121(g)        --
  Other income (expense), net..............          (8)          --             --               (8)      --                  (8)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Income (loss) before minority
     interest..............................      (1,296)              42            157       (1,097)       (890)          (1,987)
  Minority interest in net loss of combined
   partnerships............................         371           --             --              371        (100) (i)          271
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Net income (loss)........................   $    (925)       $      42      $     157    $    (726) $     (990)    $     (1,716)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA:
  Pro forma benefit for income taxes.......        --             --             --           --             686(h)           686
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)..............   $    (925)       $      42      $     157    $    (726) $     (304)    $     (1,030)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Pro forma net loss per common share......   $    (.20)                                                             $       (.21)
                                                -------                                                              ---------------
                                                -------                                                              ---------------
  Pro forma weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding...............       4,631(j)                                                   200(k)         4,831(k)
                                                -------                                               -------------  ---------------
                                                -------                                               -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(a) COMMON STOCK:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
    Issuance of 3,550,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     initial public offering......................................................         36
    Issuance of 4,150,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value to the Kaplans in
     consideration for their contribution of facilities and interests therein.....         41
    Issuance of 50,000 shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
     Northport....................................................................          1
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    $      78
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
(b) PAID IN CAPITAL:
    Issuance of 3,550,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     initial public offering at an assumed offering price of $13 per share........  $  46,114
    Issuance of 4,150,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value to the Kaplans in
     consideration for their contribution of facilities, and interests therein....        (41)
    Issuance of 50,000 shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
     Northport at an assumed offering price of $13 per share......................        649
    Carry over of historical cost basis of the net assets of the facilities of the
     Predecessor..................................................................    (11,107)
    Estimated costs of the offering ($2,200) and underwriters discount ($3,200)...     (5,400)
    Assumption by the Kaplans of amounts due to affiliates of the Predecessor that
     will not be obligations of the Company.......................................      2,971
    Distributions payable to the Kaplans to be paid from the proceeds of the
     Offering which will be used primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of
     the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the transfer of the
     Predecessor interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and (ii) real
     estate transfer taxes arising out of the transaction estimated to be
     approximately ($250).........................................................     (6,250)
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    $  26,936
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(c) PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Elimination of historical partners' and shareholders' (deficit) of the
 facilities of the Predecessor................................................  $  11,107
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) DUE TO AFFILIATES:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Assumption by the Kaplans of amounts due to affiliates of the Predecessor that
 will not be obligations of the Company.......................................  $  (2,971)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
(e) CASH:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Gross proceeds from offering..................................................  $  46,150
Less: estimated cost of the offering ($2,200) and Underwriters Discount
 ($3,200).....................................................................     (5,400)
Distributions payable to the Kaplans to be paid from the proceeds of the
 Offering which will be used primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of
 the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the transfer of the
 Predecessor interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and (ii) real
 estate transfer taxes arising out of the transaction estimated to be
 approximately ($250).........................................................     (6,250)
Payment to be made under the terms of the agreement to purchase the remaining
 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport ($2,600) from proceeds of
 the Offering, net of purchase price payable in common stock ($650)...........     (1,950)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                $  32,550
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(f)  MINORITY INTEREST:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Elimination of the historical minority interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company to
 purchase the remaining 50% interest..........................................  $  (1,463)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(g) INTANGIBLES:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
To record the excess of the purchase price pursuant to the acquisition
 agreement price of the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport ($2,600) over the historical minority interest in the facility
 ($1,463) (goodwill) to be amortized over fifteen years.......................  $   1,137
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(a) Other -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Elimination of revenue from affiliates for services performed by the
 Predecessor which will not be continued by the Company........................  $     (45)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Assisted living operating expenses:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Reduction in historical owners'/administrators' salary and consulting fees of
 Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East ($133) offset by compensation to be
 incurred under new employment contracts ($120)................................  $     (13)
Operating fees to be incurred by the Company under new operating agreements
 (3.5%, of respective revenues, net), (Senior Quarters at Huntington Station,
 Senior Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior
 Quarters at Chesnut Ridge, Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East)................        500
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 $     487
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(c) Management fee expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Elimination of historical management fees paid by Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East which will not be incurred by the Company................................  $     (19)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) General and administrative:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Incremental increase in salaries and related benefits associated with new
 employment contracts entered into with the former owners/partners of the
 Predecessor who will become the senior officers of the Company....................  $     413
Estimated additional administrative and financial reporting expenses which would
 have been incurred by the Company had it been operating as a public company during
 the period:
  Salaries and wages....................................................  $     250
  Directors' and officer's insurance and fees...........................        100
  Legal and accounting..................................................        140
  Other.................................................................         50        540
                                                                          ---------
Amortization of goodwill ($2,903) associated with the acquisition of Town Gate
 Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over fifteen years..............        194
Amortization of non-compete agreements ($322) associated with the acquisition of
 Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over seven years, the
 life of the agreements............................................................         46
Amortization of goodwill ($1,137) associated with the agreement to
 purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport on a straight line basis over fifteen years..................                    76
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     $   1,269
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
(e) Depreciation and amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Adjustment to historical depreciation of buildings and furniture and fixtures
 associated with Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East, based upon fair value of
 the acquired assets and increase in depreciable lives.........................  $      (5)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 (CONTINUED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(f)  Interest expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Interest expense associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor and Town
 Gate East ($10,375 of debt incurred at 4.25% above the 10 year Treasury rate,
 10.56% at date of acquisition) ($1,096), net of elimination of historical
 interest expense incurred on debt not assumed by the Predecessor nor the
 Company ($318).................................................................  $    (778)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(g) Interest income -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Elimination of interest expense on amounts due ($3,206) to affiliates not being
 assumed by the Company.........................................................  $     204
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(h) Benefit for income taxes:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
The Predecessor and the entities that operated Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East prior to acquisition were not taxable entities. This adjustment provides
 pro forma benefit for income taxes at a 40% effective rate. The pro forma
 effect of recognizing the deferred tax liability resulting from the change in
 tax status effective January 1, 1995 is $2,750.................................  $     651
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(i)  Minority interest:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
To record the 49.9% minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters at Chestnut
 Ridge..........................................................................  $     360
Elimination of the historical minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters
 at East Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company
 to purchase the remaining 50% interest in the facility.........................        (16)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  $     344
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                       <C>
(j)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,631Shares
            average number of common shares issued in the exchange (4,150) plus the
            number of shares issued at the assumed offering price of $13 necesary
            to pay the $6,250 distribution to the Kaplans (481)....................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
(k)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,831Shares
            average number of common shares in (j) above plus the $650 of actual
            shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the agreement to
            purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
            Northport at an assumed offering price of $13 per share (50) and the
            assumed number of shares of common stock to be issued in connection
            with the agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior
            Quarters at East Northport, at an assumed offering price of $13 per
            share, to satisfy the remainder of the purchase price of $1,950 in cash
            (150)..................................................................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(a) Other -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Elimination of revenue from affiliates for services performed by the Predecessor
 which will not be continued by the Company......................................  $     (23)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Assisted living operating expenses:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Reduction in historical owners'/administrators' salary and consulting fees of
 Town Gate East Town Gate Manor ($34) offset by compensation to be incurred the
 period prior to its acquisition ($30)...........................................  $      (4)
Operating fees to be incurred by the Company under new operating agreements (3.5%
 of the respective revenues, net) (Senior Quarters at Huntington Station, Senior
 Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior Quarters at
 Chestnut Ridge, Senior Quarters at East Northport Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East)...........................................................................  $     248
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   $     244
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
(c)  Elimination of historical management fees paid by Town Gate East and Town Gate
     Manor which will not be included by the Company.................................         (5)
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) General and administrative:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Incremental increase in salaries and related benefits associated with new employment
 contracts entered into with the former owners/partners of the Predecessor, who will
 become the senior officers of the Company...........................................  $     161
Estimated additional administrative and financial reporting expenses which would have
 been incurred by the Company had it been operating as a public company during the
 period:
  Salaries and wages......................................................  $     125
  Directors' and officer's insurance and fees.............................         50
  Legal and accounting....................................................         70
  Other...................................................................         25        270
                                                                            ---------
Amortization of goodwill ($2,903) associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor
 and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over fifteen years for the period prior
 to its acquisition..................................................................         48
Amortization of non-compete agreements ($322) associated with the acquisition of Town
 Gate Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over seven years, the life of
 the agreements for the period prior to its acquisition..............................         11
Amortization of goodwill ($1,137) associated with the acquisition
 agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at
 East Northport on a straight line basis over fifteen years...............                    38
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       $     528
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
(e) Depreciation and amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Depreciation of buildings and furniture and fixtures associated with Town Gate
 Manor and Town Gate East, based upon fair value of the acquired assets for the
 period prior to its acquisition.................................................  $      (3)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (CONTINUED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(f)  Interest expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Interest expense associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor and Town
 Gate East ($10,375 of debt incurred at 4.25% above the 10 year Treasury rate,
 10.56% at date of acquisition) for the period prior to its acquisition ($274),
 net of elimination of historical interest expense incurred on debt of these
 entities not assumed by the Predecessor nor the Company ($50)..................  $    (224)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(g) Interest income -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Elimination of interest expense on amounts due to affiliates ($2,971) not being
 assumed by the Company.........................................................  $     121
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(h) Benefit for income taxes:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
The Predecessor was not a taxable entity. This adjustment provides pro forma
 benefit for income taxes at a 40% effective rate...............................  $     686
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(i)  Minority interest:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
To record the 49.9% minority interest on the net loss of Senior Quarters at
 Chestnut Ridge for the period prior to the sale of such interest in April
 1996..........................................................................  $     169
Elimination of the historical minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters
 at East Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company
 to purchase the remaining 50% interest in the facility........................       (269)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 $    (100)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                       <C>
(j)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,631Shares
            average number of common shares issued in the exchange (4,150) plus the
            number of shares issued at the assumed offering price of $13 necessary
            to pay the $6,250 distribution to the Kaplans (481)....................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
(k)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,831Shares
            average number of common shares in (j) above plus the $650 of actual
            shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the agreement to
            purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
            Northport at an assumed offering price of $13 per share (50) and the
            assumed number of shares of common stock to be issued in connection
            with the agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior
            Quarters at East Northport, at an assumed offering price of $13 per
            share, to satisfy the remainder of the purchase price of $1,950 in cash
            (150)..................................................................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders and Partners of
 The Kapson Group:
 
    We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of The Kapson Group
(the  Predecessor) as of  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and  the related combined
statements of operations, changes in  partners' and shareholders' (deficit)  and
cash  flows for each  of the years in  the three year  period ended December 31,
1995. These financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Predecessor's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of The Kapson Group as
of  December 31, 1994 and  1995, and the combined  results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31,
1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
JUNE 7, 1996
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------
                                                     1994            1995
                                                --------------  --------------   JUNE 30, 1996    PROFORMA JUNE
                                                                                ---------------     30, 1996
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)    ---------------
                                                                                                    (NOTE 2)
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $    1,886,634  $    3,392,318  $     1,714,172  $     1,714,172
  Accounts receivable.........................          28,441          77,837           95,000           95,000
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...         219,895         270,317          348,365          348,365
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total current assets......................       2,134,970       3,740,472        2,157,537        2,157,537
Property and equipment, net...................      23,563,033      29,445,121       56,995,793       56,995,793
Facility development costs....................       5,627,426      16,374,566          186,558          186,558
Restricted cash...............................       1,503,834       2,592,185        2,383,680        2,383,680
Deferred financing costs, net.................       1,421,073       2,082,285        2,139,091        2,139,091
Intangibles...................................        --              --              3,175,662        3,175,662
Investment in joint ventures..................                                          502,938          502,938
Other assets..................................          44,019         172,163          311,654          311,654
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total assets..............................  $   34,294,355  $   54,406,792  $    67,852,913  $    67,852,913
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt...........  $   15,000,000  $      245,867  $       913,047  $       913,047
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......       1,257,548       3,219,472        1,997,775        1,997,775
  Accrued interest............................         261,873         363,198          300,842          300,842
  Due to affiliates...........................       3,149,802       3,300,450        2,971,114        2,971,114
  Deferred revenue............................         177,713         207,564          318,535          318,535
  Pro forma distribution to partners and
   shareholders...............................        --              --              --               6,250,000
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total current liabilities.................      19,846,936       7,336,551        6,501,313       12,751,313
Long-term debt................................      20,461,411      53,807,880       67,815,513       67,815,513
Resident security deposits....................       1,199,032       1,278,147        1,573,192        1,573,192
Deferred interest payable.....................          47,500         105,200          175,500          175,500
Construction retainage payable................        --               227,200          602,322          602,322
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total liabilities.........................      41,554,879      62,754,978       76,667,840       82,917,840
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
Minority interest.............................       1,479,116       1,463,271        2,292,575        2,292,575
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit).........      (8,739,640)     (9,811,457)     (11,107,502)     (17,357,502)
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total liabilities and partners' and
     shareholders' (deficit)..................  $   34,294,355  $   54,406,792  $    67,852,913  $    67,852,913
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ----------------------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                               1993            1994            1995           1995            1996
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $   12,628,697  $   13,349,033  $   14,275,484  $   7,024,189  $    9,528,925
  Management fees.......................         247,750         347,839         442,825        209,061         432,135
  Other -- affiliates...................         111,701          57,530          45,065         22,533          22,500
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Total revenues......................      12,988,148      13,754,402      14,763,374      7,255,783       9,983,560
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Operating expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses....       7,591,122       7,836,765       8,314,372      3,931,327       6,251,739
  General and administrative............         727,009       1,141,735       1,658,658        730,009       1,275,647
  Depreciation..........................       1,188,134       1,180,418       1,233,843        575,689         911,703
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Total operating expenses............       9,506,265      10,158,918      11,206,873      5,237,025       8,439,089
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Operating income........................       3,481,883       3,595,484       3,556,501      2,018,758       1,544,471
Equity in income from joint ventures....        --              --              --             --                27,938
Interest income.........................          12,555           8,693          44,234         21,328         104,061
Interest expense........................      (3,417,046)     (3,288,107)     (3,732,309)    (1,655,283)     (2,844,142)
Interest expense -- affiliates..........        (136,726)       (207,956)       (203,487)      (104,620)       (120,698)
Other income (expense), net.............          (9,610)         (1,070)        (34,065)         1,071          (7,822)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Income (loss) before minority interest
   and extraordinary item...............         (68,944)        107,044        (369,126)       281,254      (1,296,192)
  Minority interest in net loss of
   combined partnerships................        --              --                15,845       --               370,696
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item.................................         (68,944)        107,044        (353,281)       281,254        (925,496)
  Extraordinary item -- forgiveness of
   debt.................................        --             4,398,672        --             --              --
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Net income (loss).....................  $      (68,944) $    4,505,716  $     (353,281) $     281,254  $     (925,496)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Unaudited pro forma data (2):
  Net income (loss).....................  $      (68,944) $    4,505,716  $     (353,281) $     281,254  $     (925,496)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes.........................          27,578      (1,802,286)        141,312       (112,502)        370,198
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma net income (loss).............  $      (41,366) $    2,703,430  $     (211,969) $     168,752  $     (555,298)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma net income (loss) per share
 (2)....................................            (.01)            .58  $         (.05)           .04  $         (.12)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma weighted average number of
 common shares outstanding (2)..........       4,630,769       4,630,769       4,630,769      4,630,769       4,630,769
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
    COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1992......................  $(11,704,039)
  Distributions...............................................................      (551,974)
  Net loss....................................................................       (68,944)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1993......................   (12,324,957)
  Distributions...............................................................      (920,399)
  Net income..................................................................     4,505,716
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1994......................    (8,739,640)
  Distributions...............................................................      (718,536)
  Net income..................................................................      (353,281)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1995......................    (9,811,457)
  Distributions (unaudited)...................................................      (370,549)
  Net loss (unaudited)........................................................      (925,496)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), June 30, 1996 (unaudited)..............  $(11,107,502)
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                        COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                   1993        1994          1995         1995         1996
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)...........................  $  (68,944) $ 4,505,716  $   (353,281) $   281,254  $  (925,496)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
   to net cash provided by (used in) operating
   activities:
    Depreciation..............................   1,188,134    1,180,418     1,233,843      575,689      911,703
    Amortization of deferred financing costs
     and intangibles..........................     104,581      216,867       226,456       73,444      218,131
    Extraordinary item........................      --       (4,398,672)      --                --      --
    Minority interest in income of
     partnership, net.........................      --          --            (15,845)          --     (370,696)
    Equity in income from investment in joint
     ventures.................................      --          --            --                --      (27,938)
    Changes in other assets and liabilities
     (Excluding the effect of acquired
     facilities):
      Accounts receivable.....................      16,695      (10,729)      (49,396)     (36,240)     (17,163)
      Prepaid expenses and other current
       assets.................................      33,312      (29,297)      (50,422)    (751,415)      17,453
      Restricted cash -- resident security
       deposits...............................      --         (249,637)      (19,336)     (29,426)     (20,161)
      Other assets............................      78,811      (23,620)     (128,144)     (61,965)     (55,495)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses...    (805,503)     230,555     1,961,924      320,526   (1,221,697)
      Accrued interest........................     811,787      155,937       101,325      102,734      (62,356)
      Resident security deposits..............     520,620      122,845        79,115      (81,903)     295,045
      Deferred interest payable...............      --           47,500        57,700       25,000       70,300
      Deferred revenue........................     (28,602)     (50,364)       29,851       95,072      110,971
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
         operating activities.................   1,850,891    1,697,519     3,073,790      512,770   (1,077,399)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of facilities (net of cash
   assumed of $518,000) (Note 5)..............      --          --            --                --   (9,856,250)
  (Increase) decrease in restricted mortgage
   escrow funds...............................     (32,269)  (1,221,928)   (1,069,015)    (332,759)     228,666
  Investment in joint venture (Note 5)........      --          --            --                --     (475,000)
  Purchases and development of property and
   equipment..................................    (472,324)    (724,971)  (16,530,708)  (7,855,017)  (5,477,242)
  Sale of minority interests in combined
   partnerships (Note 5)......................      --        1,479,116       --           --         1,200,000
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used in investing
         activities...........................    (504,593)    (467,783)  (17,599,723)  (8,187,776) (14,379,826)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt....      --        1,907,136    17,565,212    8,004,886   15,120,073
  Principal payments on long-term debt........    (309,377)    (370,939)      (78,039)     (29,855)    (445,260)
  Deferred financing costs....................     (89,875)  (1,481,980)     (887,668)     (34,164)    (120,849)
  Due to affiliates...........................     (11,956)     204,920       150,648      (98,260)    (404,336)
  Distributions to partners and
   shareholders...............................    (551,974)    (920,399)     (718,536)    (384,381)    (370,549)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
         financing activities.................    (963,182)    (661,262)   16,031,617    7,458,226   13,779,079
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and
         cash equivalents.....................     383,116      568,474     1,505,684     (216,780)  (1,678,146)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 period.......................................     935,044    1,318,160     1,886,634    1,886,634    3,392,318
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period......  $1,318,160  $ 1,886,634  $  3,392,318  $ 1,669,854  $ 1,714,172
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash, paid for interest.......................  $2,499,433  $ 3,036,255  $  3,400,592  $ 1,454,103  $ 2,647,067
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  OPERATIONS:
 
    The  Kapson  Group (the  Predecessor)  represents a  combination  of the
    businesses of  Sub  Chapter  S  corporations,  Partnerships  or  Limited
    Liability  Companies which own,  as of December  31, 1995, five assisted
    living facilities,  additional facilities  under development  (including
    joint  venture interests),  an entity that  provides facility management
    services  to   unrelated   entities   and  an   entity   that   provides
    administrative  support to  the Predecessor  entities and  Kapson Senior
    Quarters Corp. (the "Company") a non operating entity formed on June  7,
    1996 to acquire the interest in the Predecessor.
 
    The  Predecessor develops,  owns, operates, and  manages assisted living
    facilities for senior citizens. As  discussed in Note 8, the  businesses
    of  the Predecessor will be  acquired by the Company  at or prior to the
    consummation of  an  initial public  offering  (the "Offering")  by  the
    Company.
 
    The assisted living facilities owned and operated by the Predecessor are
    as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               FACILITY                                  ENTITY                          FORM             %
- ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ------------------  ---------
<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>                 <C>
WHOLLY AND MAJORITY OWNED
Senior Quarters at Stamford              Kapson Stamford Corp.                    Sub Chapter S             100
Senior Quarters at Huntington Station    Commco Management Associates, Inc.       Sub Chapter S             100
Senior Quarters at Centereach I          HK Associates                            General
                                                                                   Partnership              100
Senior Quarters at Centereach II         KapShore Development Corp.               Sub Chapter S             100
*Town Gate East                          Kapson Rochester East, LLC               Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                  100
*Town Gate Manor                         Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC              Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                  100
*Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge       Chestnut Ridge Development LLC           Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                   50
+Senior Quarters at East Northport       Larkfield Garden Associates L.P.         Limited
                                                                                   Partnership               50
MINORITY OWNED JOINT VENTURES
(under development)
Senior Quarters at Jamesburg             Kapson Jamesburg Development LLC         Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                   11
Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle           Kapson Glen Riddle Development LLC       Limited
                                                                                   Partnership               10
*Senior Quarters at Montville            Kapson Montville                         Limited
                                          Development LLC                          Partnership            23.75
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
*Ownership percentages were acquired or sold in April 1996 (See Note 5)
 
   
+See Note 14
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  accompanying  combined  financial  statements  include  the assets,
    liabilities and operations associated with the wholly and majority owned
    entities  listed  above.  Since   the  facilities  have  ownership   and
    management interests in common, the assets and liabilities are reflected
    at  historical cost.  Investments in  minority owned  joint ventures are
    accounted  for  on  the  equity  method.  All  significant  intercompany
    accounts  and transactions have been eliminated in combination. Minority
    interest  represents  the  net  equity  attributable  to  non-affiliated
    investors that is not owned by the Predecessor.
 
    ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation of  financial statements  in conformity  with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
    assumptions that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities
    and  disclosure of contingent assets and  liabilities at the date of the
    financial statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses
    during  the  reporting period.  Actual results  could differ  from those
    estimates.
 
    REVENUES
 
    Assisted living revenues  are recorded  when services  are rendered  and
    consist  of resident fees  for basic housing,  support services and fees
    associated with  additional services  such  as personalized  health  and
    support  services. Additionally,  the Predecessor  performs services for
    other assisted living facilities and real estate investments. Such  fees
    are recorded when the respective services are rendered.
 
    CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
 
    All  expenses incurred by the Predecessor (except interest, depreciation
    and general and administrative costs) are classified as assisted  living
    operating  expenses.  All expenses  (except interest,  depreciation, and
    assisted living operating expenses) associated with corporate or support
    functions are classified as general and administrative expense.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and  equipment  are  stated at  cost  with  depreciation  being
    provided over the assets' estimated useful lives using the straight-line
    method as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Buildings and improvements......................................         35      years
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
Furniture and equipment.........................................       7-10      years
</TABLE>
 
    Interest  incurred during construction periods is capitalized as part of
    the building costs.  Maintenance and repairs  are expensed as  incurred;
    renewals and improvements are capitalized. Upon disposal of property and
    equipment  subject to  depreciation, the  related costs  and accumulated
    depreciation are removed and resulting gains and losses are reflected in
    operations.
 
    If there is an  event or a change  in circumstances that indicates  that
    the basis of the Predecessor's long-lived assets may not be recoverable,
    the  Predecessor's policy is to assess any impairment in value by making
    a comparison of the  current and projected operating  cash flows of  the
    asset  over its remaining useful life,  on an undiscounted basis, to the
    carrying amount of the asset.  Such carrying amounts would be  adjusted,
    if necessary, to reflect an impairment in the value of the assets.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    FACILITY DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Facility  development costs include direct  costs related to development
    and construction  of facilities.  When  a project  is completed,  it  is
    transferred  to property and  equipment. If a  project is abandoned, any
    costs previously capitalized would be expensed.
 
    DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
 
    Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the term
    of the related debt using the interest method. Accumulated  amortization
    was  $403,400, $74,400  and $263,500 at  December 31, 1994  and 1995 and
    June 30, 1996, respectively.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The businesses comprising the  Predecessor have elected  to be taxed  as
    either  S  Corporations,  Partnerships  or  Limited  Liability Companies
    pursuant to the provisions  of the Internal Revenue  Code and, as  such,
    are  not subject to federal or  state income taxes because their taxable
    income or loss accrues to  individual shareholders, partners or  members
    respectively.
 
    RESTRICTED CASH
 
    Included  in restricted cash are  certain resident security deposits and
    escrowed funds in  connection with mortgage  notes that the  Predecessor
    cannot use in operating activities.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The  Predecessor  considers  all  investments  purchased  with  original
    maturities of  three  months  or  less  at  acquisition  to  be  a  cash
    equivalent.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible assets consists of goodwill ($2,883,000 net at June 30, 1996)
    which  is  the excess  of  the purchase  price  over the  net  assets of
    acquired facilities which is being amortized on the straight-line method
    over 15 years, and a covenant not  to compete ($293,000 net at June  30,
    1996) which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 years.
 
    If  there is an event or change in circumstances that indicates that the
    basis  of   the  Predecessor's   long-lived  intangibles   may  not   be
    recoverable,  the Predecessor's  policy is  to assess  any impairment in
    value by  making a  comparison of  the current  and projected  operating
    costs  flows of the  facility for which the  intangible relates over its
    remaining useful life, on an undiscounted basis, to the carrying  amount
    of   the  intangible.  Such  carrying  amounts  would  be  adjusted,  if
    necessary, to reflect an impairment in value of the intangible.
 
    PRE-OPENING COSTS
 
    Costs incurred in connection with  preparing facility units for  initial
    rental are expensed as incurred.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  interim financial data as  of June 30, 1996  and for the six months
    ended June 30, 1995 and 1996  are unaudited; however, in the opinion  of
    management, such interim data includes all
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
    for a  fair presentation  of  the combined  financial position  and  the
    combined results of operations and cash flows for the periods.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The  Predecessor is not  aware of any  current accounting pronouncements
    that require future  adoption that will  materially affect the  combined
    financial   condition  or   combined  results   of  operations   of  the
    Predecessor.
 
    PRO FORMA PRESENTATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    Certain entities that comprise the Predecessor intend on declaring, upon
    successful  completion   of  the   Offering   by  the   Company,   final
    distributions  to  their  respective shareholders  and  partners  in the
    aggregate of  $6,250,000. These  distributions  will be  funded  through
    proceeds  of the Offering and will be  used primarily to satisfy (i) the
    tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the
    transfer of the Predecessor interests  in the facilities to the  Company
    ($6,000,000)  and (ii)  real estate  transfer taxes  arising out  of the
    transaction expected to be approximately $(250,000).
 
   
    The pro forma net income (loss) per share for all periods presented were
    determined based upon the number of shares of common stock assumed to be
    issued by  the  Company in  the  initial  public offering  to  fund  the
    $6,250,000  distribution based on  an assumed offering  price of $13 per
    share (480,769) plus,  the issuance  of the 4,150,000  shares of  common
    stock to the Kaplans in the exchange.
    
 
    The  pro forma benefit (provision) for  income taxes for the Predecessor
    is based on the historical combined financial data of the Predecessor as
    if the  entities  comprising the  Predecessor  had operated  as  taxable
    corporations  for all periods presented and is recorded at the statutory
    rate in effect during the period (40%).
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
    Property and equipment are stated at cost and consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                   1994            1995
                                              --------------  --------------     JUNE 30
                                                                              --------------
                                                                                   1996
                                                                              --------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Land........................................  $    1,419,119  $    1,959,514  $    2,450,644
Buildings and improvements..................      23,756,891      29,728,334      56,432,449
Furniture and equipment.....................       5,927,952       6,396,074       7,628,983
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                  31,103,962      38,083,922      66,512,076
Less, accumulated depreciation..............       7,540,929       8,638,801       9,516,283
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
Property and equipment, net.................  $   23,563,033  $   29,445,121  $   56,995,793
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Predecessor's land and buildings and certain furniture and equipment
    serve as collateral for long-term debt.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: (CONTINUED)
    Interest costs  capitalized  during development  approximated  $634,000,
    $--,  $--, $263,000, and  $1,105,000, for the six  months ended June 30,
    1995 and 1996  and the  years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and  1995,
    respectively.
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES:
 
    At  December 31,  1995, the Predecessor  had an  11% general partnership
    interest in a limited partnership (Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle) and a
    10%  interest  in  a  limited  liability  company  (Senior  Quarters  at
    Jamesburg).  The Predecessor did not  have operational control of either
    facility. The joint venture  agreements provide the Predecessor's  joint
    venture  partners with preference distributions on their initial capital
    contributions  and  provisions  for  a  return  of  capital  before  any
    distribution  can be  made to the  Predecessor. Senior  Quarters at Glen
    Riddle and Senior Quarters at Jamesburg, which will commence  operations
    during  1996,  are  currently  under  development.  Summarized financial
    information for these joint ventures is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                                --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
Assets
  Land........................................................................  $    1,511,423
  Construction in progress....................................................       6,340,604
  Restricted investments......................................................      20,884,931
  Other assets................................................................       1,344,308
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                $   30,081,266
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
Liabilities and partners' capital:
  Bonds payable...............................................................  $   25,585,142
  Other liabilities...........................................................       1,267,067
  Partners'/members' capital..................................................       3,229,057
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                $   30,081,266
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective April 1, 1996 the Predecessor purchased for $475,000 a  23.75%
    interest  in a limited partnership  (Senior Quarters at Montville) (Note
    5)
 
5.  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
    ACQUISITIONS:
 
    On  April  1,  1996  the  Predecessor  purchased  two  assisted   living
    facilities  (Town  Gate  Manor  and Town  Gate  East)  for approximately
    $10,375,020 which  it  fully funded  through  mortgage notes  under  the
    Credit  Facility (Notes 6 and 7). The Predecessor has accounted for this
    acquisition under the  purchase method.  Under the  purchase method  the
    purchase  price  is allocated  to  the assets  acquired  and liabilities
    assumed based  upon  their  relative  fair  value  with  the  excess  of
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    the  purchase  price over  the  fair value  of  the net  assets acquired
    recorded as goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase  price,
    which  in management's opinion is not expected to materially differ from
    the final fair value  valuation adjustments of  the net assets  acquired
    is:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Cash..........................................................  $   518,000
Property and equipment........................................    6,422,000
Goodwill......................................................    2,903,000
Covenant not to compete.......................................      323,000
Other assets..................................................      290,000
Other liabilities.............................................      (81,000)
                                                                -----------
Purchase price................................................  $10,375,000
                                                                -----------
                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
    The  Predecessor  also purchased  subsequent  to December  31,  1995 for
    $475,000 in cash, a 23.75% interest in an assisted living facility joint
    venture. The  Predecessor is  accounting for  this investment  in  joint
    venture under the equity method of accounting. (See Note 14)
    
 
    DISPOSITIONS:
 
    Subsequent  to year  end, the Predecessor  sold a 49.9%  interest in its
    Senior Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge  facility to an  unrelated party  for
    $1,200,000.  Since the  Predecessor has  retained operational  and 50.1%
    voting control of  the facility  the results  of the  operations of  the
    facility  are combined in the accompanying financial statements with the
    49.9% investment reflected as a component of minority interest.
 
    PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
 
    The Predecessor acquired and disposed of interests in facilities  during
    the  six months ended June 30, 1996. The pro forma financial information
    set forth  below is  based upon  the Predecessor's  historical  Combined
    Statements  of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and the
    year  ended  December  31,  1995,  adjusted  to  give  effect  to  these
    transactions as of January 1, 1995.
 
    The  pro  forma  financial information  is  presented  for informational
    purposes only  and may  not  be indicative  of  what actual  results  of
    operations  would have been had the  acquisitions occurred on January 1,
    1995, nor does  it purport to  represent the results  of operations  for
    future periods.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SIX MONTHS        YEAR ENDED
                                                                         ENDED        DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                     JUNE 30, 1996   -------------------
                                                                     --------------      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
Total revenue......................................................    $   10,895        $    18,316
Net loss...........................................................           835                242
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                            1994            1995
                                                       --------------  --------------     JUNE 30
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                            1996
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 7.605% per annum due in monthly
 principal and interest installments of $119,333
 through December 1, 2005 when unpaid balance of
 $12,954,978 is due. (B).............................  $     --        $   16,000,000  $   15,872,053
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 4% above the financial
 institution's lending rate (9.40% at June 30, 1996).
 Note matures on February 28, 1999. (A)(B)(C)(E).....       6,907,290       6,931,282       6,850,850
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 4% above the financial
 institution's lending rate (9.40% at June 30, 1996).
 Note matures on February 28, 1999. (A)(B)(C)(E).....       8,774,147       8,759,298       8,657,653
Mortgage note payable to an institution with interest
 only payments through December 1996 at 4.25% above
 U.S. Treasury Notes (10.7%) beginning January 1997
 monthly payments of principal and interest are due.
 The note matures December 2006. (B)(D)(See Note
 7)..................................................        --             8,000,000       8,000,000
Construction note payable to a financial institution,
 maturing June 1, 2036 and providing up to
 $20,599,900 in funding, bearing interest at 9.325%
 per annum, interest accrued through June 1, 1996 and
 thereafter monthly payments of principal and
 interest of $164,072 through maturity. (F)..........  $    4,779,974  $   14,363,167  $   18,973,004
Mortgage note payable bearing interest at prime plus
 2% (10.5% at December 31, 1994). The note provided
 for monthly interest only payments and matured in
 1995. The Company refinanced this mortgage with a
 $16,000,000 facility in 1995........................      15,000,000        --              --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                            1994            1995
                                                       --------------  --------------
                                                                                          JUNE 30
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                            1996
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution with
 interest only payments through March 1997 at 4.25%
 above U.S. Treasury Notes (10.56%). Beginning April
 1997 monthly payments of principal and interest are
 due. The note matures April 2006 (B)(F)(G) (Note
 7)..................................................        --              --             6,484,375
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution with
 interest only payments through March 1997 at 4.25%
 above U.S. Treasury Notes (10.56%). Beginning April
 1997 monthly payments of principal and interest are
 due. The note matures April 2006 (B)(F)(G) (Note
 7)..................................................        --              --             3,890,625
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                           35,461,411      54,053,747      68,728,560
Less, current portion................................      15,000,000         245,867         913,047
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
Long-term portion....................................  $   20,461,411  $   53,807,880  $   67,815,513
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
    (A)  Effective  February 1996,  the Predecessor  will make  monthly payments
       equal to the outstanding mortgage principal balance multiplied by  12.0%.
       The  difference between this payment and  the interest expense is applied
       as a reduction of principal.
 
    (B) The  mortgage notes  are  collaterized by  the facilities  property  and
       equipment.
 
    (C)  The mortgage  notes include an  equity participation  provision for the
       lender. The Predecessor is obligated to pay the lender at either (i)  the
       maturity  of the loan; (ii) refinancing of the loan; or (iii) sale of the
       facility, the greater of $480,000 or 25% of the appraised market value of
       the facility in excess  of $17,500,000. The  Predecessor has treated  the
       $480,000  as  deferred  interest and  has  reflected this  amount  in the
       accompanying financial statements  under the  effective interest  method.
       The  difference between the  effective interest rate and  the pay rate is
       reflected as deferred  interest payable. The  effective interest rate  on
       this  note was 10.1%, 9.9% and 10.4%  at June 30, 1996, December 31, 1994
       and 1995, respectively.
 
    (D) Monthly  principal  and interest  payments  are  based upon  a  25  year
       amortization  period. At maturity, the Predecessor has an option to renew
       the note for  ten years  at a  rate of  6.25% above  U.S. Treasury  Notes
       increased  annually by  30 basis  points. Monthly  principal and interest
       payments will be based upon a 16-year amortization period. The note  also
       includes  an  equity participation  for  the lender.  The  Predecessor is
       obligated to  pay the  lender  at the  expiration  of the  initial  term,
       prepayment  or  upon  default, the  greater  of  $800,000 or  50%  of the
       difference between the fair market value of the facility and  $8,000,000.
       The  Predecessor has  treated the $800,000  as deferred  interest and has
       reflected this amount in the accompanying financial
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)
       statements under the  effective interest method.  The difference  between
       the  effective interest  rate and the  pay rate is  reflected as deferred
       interest payable. The effective interest rate  on this note was 11.6%  at
       June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995.
 
    (E)  These  notes  are partially  or  totally guaranteed  by  the respective
       partners and shareholders of the Predecessor.
 
    (F) Various prepayment penalties exist.
 
   
    (G) Monthly  principal  and interest  payments  are  based upon  a  25  year
       amortization  period. At maturity, the Predecessor has an option to renew
       the note for  ten years  at a  rate of  6.25% above  U.S. Treasury  Notes
       increased  annually by  30 basis  points. Monthly  principal and interest
       payments will be based upon a 16 year-amortization period. The note  also
       includes  an  equity participation  for  the lender.  The  Predecessor is
       obligated to  pay the  lender  at the  expiration  of the  initial  term,
       prepayment,  default or  termination of the  note, 50%  of the difference
       between the fair market value of the facility and $10,375,000 if the fair
       market value of the property exceeds  the loan amount by more than  125%,
       otherwise  the Predecessor will pay  10% of the fair  market value of the
       facility subject  to a  cap of  50% of  the difference  between the  fair
       market value of the facility and the loan amount.
    
 
    Principal  payments on  long-term debt  as of  December 31,  1995 are as
    follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEARS ENDED
                       DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>
 1996.....................................................  $      245,867
  1997....................................................         360,889
  1998....................................................         391,506
  1999....................................................      16,116,514
  2000....................................................         463,458
  Thereafter..............................................      36,475,513
                                                            --------------
      Total...............................................  $   54,053,747
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------
</TABLE>
 
7.  CREDIT FACILITY
 
    The Predecessor has available a $40 million recourse line of credit (the
    "Credit Facility")  from  Health  Care REIT  Inc.  The  Credit  Facility
    provides both construction and permanent financing.
 
    Construction  financings,  which  can  also  be  used  for acquisitions,
    generally expire  in  twelve  months  or the  date  the  certificate  of
    occupancy  is received. Interest on construction financing is 3.5% above
    the base  rate announced  by National  City Bank  of Cleveland.  Monthly
    payments  of interest  only are  required. At  this expiration  date the
    construction  financing  is  automatically  converted  to  a   permanent
    financing.
 
    Permanent  financings  ("Mortgage Notes")  are for  initial terms  of 10
    years, with a  10 year  renewal at the  Predecessor's option.  Interest,
    which  is fixed on  the date of  the permanent financing,  is charged at
    4.25% above comparable U.S. Treasury Notes during the initial  financing
    term  and 6.25% above comparable U.S.  Treasury Notes during any renewal
    term. Monthly payments of interest only  are due during the first  year,
    after  which monthly payments of principal and interest are due based on
    a 25 year amortization period.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  CREDIT FACILITY (CONTINUED)
    The Credit Facility is collateralized by the Predecessor's real  estate,
    equipment and accounts receivable. At June 30, 1996, the Predecessor has
    available under the $40 million Credit Facility $21,625,000.
 
    SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
    Subsequent  to June 30, 1996 and effective as of the date of the initial
    public offering of the  Company, the Company  will obtain an  additional
    $100 million recourse line of credit from Health Care REIT, Inc.
 
    In  addition,  subsequent  to  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  received a
    commitment for an additional draw  down of $12,810,000 under the  Credit
    Facility of which $3,744,458 has been drawn.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
    MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Predecessor has agreements with unaffiliated parties to manage their
    facilities.  These agreements, which range from  three to ten years with
    five year renewal  options, expire  at various dates  from 1997  through
    2006. The fees received under these agreements are generally 5% of gross
    rental  revenue of the  facility and incentive  fees related to facility
    operating results.
 
    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Predecessor is named as a defendant in various lawsuits which  arise
    in the normal course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these
    proceedings  cannot  be  determined,  management  believes  that  in  no
    instance will  the  outcome  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
    Predecessor's financial position, result of operations or cash flows.
 
    OPERATING LEASES
 
    The  Predecessor is  obligated under  certain long  term non-cancellable
    operating leases for its corporate office and office equipment  expiring
    at  various dates through  2007. Future minimum  lease payments required
    under these leases as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
    1996.....................................................  $   119,700
   1997......................................................      153,400
   1998......................................................      159,660
   1999......................................................      139,918
   2000......................................................      138,746
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense was  approximately $64,000,  $75,000 and  $90,000 in  1993,
    1994  and 1995, respectively and $44,000  and $60,000 for the six months
    ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
    The  Company  intends  to  file  a  Registration  Statement  under   the
    Securities  Act of 1933  to effect the Offering.  The businesses' of the
    Predecessor will be  contributed to  the Company  concurrently with  the
    Offering  (see  Note  1).  In  addition  to  its  owned  facilities, the
    Predecessor will contribute  its management agreements  with respect  to
    unaffiliated facilities.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
9.  EXTRAORDINARY ITEM:
    During  1994,  the  Predecessor  negotiated  a  settlement  with various
    lenders to  satisfy  certain  outstanding  mortgage  notes  payable  and
    accrued  interest  payable  at a  $4,398,672  discount.  The Predecessor
    simultaneously refinanced  this  debt with  other  lenders at  the  then
    prevailing  market rates.  This amount  has been  reflected in  the 1994
    combined statement of operations as an extraordinary item.
 
10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    DUE TO AFFILIATES
 
    This represents advances  from uncombined affiliated  entities that  are
    not  presented as a component of  the Predecessor. These advances, which
    are due  on demand  and bear  interest at  rates ranging  from 6.53%  to
    6.92%,  were made to assist in the funding of certain of the Predecessor
    entities start-up operations.
 
    OTHER -- AFFILIATES
 
    The Predecessor  has arrangements  with affiliated  entities to  provide
    real  estate advisory services. The fees received by the Predecessor are
    based on a percentage of the affiliate's annual rental revenue.
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    In August  1995,  the Predecessor  established  a 401(k)  plan  for  all
    employees  that meet minimum employment criteria. The plan provides that
    the Predecessor may, at its option, contribute  to the plan up to 6%  of
    an  employee's salary.  Employees are  always 100%  vested in  their own
    contributions and vested in Predecessor contributions over seven  years.
    The  Predecessor made no  contributions for the  year ended December 31,
    1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996.
 
12. CONCENTRATION OF RISK:
 
    BUSINESS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATION
 
    Concentration of credit  risk with  respect to  resident receivables  is
    limited  due to  the large number  of residents  comprising the resident
    roster and the policy of the Predecessor to obtain security deposits and
    personal guarantees from third parties in many instances.
 
    FINANCIAL RISK
 
    The  Predecessor  maintains   its  cash  primarily   at  two   financial
    institutions which management believes are of high credit quality.
 
    GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
    The  Predecessor's  facilities are  located primarily  in New  York, New
    Jersey and Connecticut.  This concentration imposes  on the  Predecessor
    certain  risks, which  include local  economic conditions,  that are not
    within management's control.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
    Cash and cash equivalents, restricted  cash and variable rate and  fixed
    rate  mortgage notes payable  are reflected in  the accompanying balance
    sheet at amounts considered by management to reasonably approximate fair
    value. Management estimates the fair  value of its long-term fixed  rate
    notes  payable generally using discounted  cash flow analysis based upon
    the  Predecessor's  current  borrowing   rate  for  debt  with   similar
    maturities.
 
   
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
    
 
   
    In  August 1996, the  Company entered into an  agreement to purchase for
    $2,600,000 the  remaining  50%  interest  in  Senior  Quarters  at  East
    Northport.  The $2,600,000 purchase price  will be satisfied through (i)
    the lesser  of 50,000  shares  of common  stock  at the  initial  public
    offering  price or $750,000 worth of common stock based upon the initial
    public offering price and (ii) the remainder of the purchase price  will
    be paid in cash.
    
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Board of Directors of
 Kapson Senior Quarters Corp.
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying balance  sheet of  Kapson Senior Quarters
Corp. as of  June 10,  1996. This  balance sheet  is the  responsibility of  the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the balance
sheet based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the balance  sheet  is  free  of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures in  the  balance  sheet. An  audit  also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well  as evaluating the  overall balance  sheet presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in  all
material  respects, the financial position of Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. as of
June 10, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
New York, New York
June 11, 1996
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 10, 1996
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Cash.................................................................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
    Total Assets.....................................................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
 
                              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)
Shareholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock; $.01; par value 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or
   outstanding
  Common Stock; $.01; par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized, 300 shares issued and
   outstanding.......................................................................  $       3
  Additional Paid in Capital.........................................................        297
                                                                                       ---------
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity.......................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                             NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(1) FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
    Kapson  Senior  Quarters Corp.  (the "Company")  was incorporated  under the
    General Corporation Law  of Delaware  on June  7, 1996  by three  individual
    equal owners (the "Kaplans"). There have been no operations since formation.
    The  Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the assisted
    living facility business of  the Kapson Group  (the "Predecessor") of  which
    the  Kaplans are owners. In connection  with a proposed public offering (see
    Note 2), the Prececessor will contribute their interests in six wholly owned
    facilities (Senior  Quarters  at  Huntington  Station,  Senior  Quarters  at
    Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior Quarters at Stamford,
    Town   Gate  Manor  and  Town  Gate  East);  two  majority  controlled/owned
    facilities (Senior Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge and  Senior Quarters at  East
    Northport),  three  minority  owned facilities  (Change  Bridge  Inn, Senior
    Quarters at Jamesburg and Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle) (two of which  are
    under  development) and  management agreements  for four  facilities -- (The
    Regency at Glen Cove, Senior Quarters at Cranford, Castle Gardens and Senior
    Quarters at Lynbrook( (one of which is under development) owned by unrelated
    third parties for an aggregate  of approximately 4,150,000 shares of  common
    stock the Company, See Note 2 -- The Initial Public Offering.
 
(2) STOCKHOLDER EQUITY
 
    COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Company is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of common stock with a
    $.01 par value. On June  10, 1996, the Company  issued 300 shares of  common
    stock to the Kaplans for $1 per share.
 
    THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
    In connection with the Company's plan to expand the assisted living business
    of  the Predecessor,  the Company intends  to file  a Registration Statement
    under the Securities Act of 1933  to effect an initial public offering  (the
    "Offering").  The proceeds of the  Offering are intended to  be used for the
    development  and  acquisition  of  additional  assisted  living  facilities,
    working  capital and general corporate purposes as well as a distribution to
    the Kaplans of an aggregate of $6.25 million which will be used primarily to
    satisfy  (i)  tax  liabilities  of  the  Kaplans  expected  to  be  incurred
    pertaining to the transfer of the Predecessor interests in the facilities to
    the  Company ($6,000,000) and (ii) real estate transfer taxes arising out of
    the transaction estimated to be approximately $250,000.
 
    PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company is  authorized to  issue 10,000,000 shares  of Preferred  Stock,
    $.01 par value, in one or more classes or series and to fix the designation,
    preferences,  rights, qualifications, limitations  and restrictions thereof,
    including the voting  rights, dividends rights,  dividend rates,  conversion
    rights,  terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and
    number  of  shares  constituting  any  series.  The  Company,  may   without
    shareholder  approval,  issue  preferred stock  with  voting  and conversion
    rights that could adversely  affect the voting power  of the holders of  the
    common stock and the market price of the common stock.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The  Company adopted the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") which may be
    awarded to key  employees. Under the  Plan, a maximum  of 600,000 shares  of
    common  stock may be issued pursuant to  the Plan. The Plan provides for the
    grant of any or all of the following types of awards to eligible  employees:
    (i) stock options, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock
    options;  (ii) stock  appreciation rights, in  tandem with  stock options or
    freestanding; (iii)  restricted  stock;  and  (iv)  performance  shares.  In
    addition, the Plan provides for the non-discretionary award of stock options
    to  non-employee  directors of  the  Company as  a  portion of  their annual
    retainer fee. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem, as
    determined by the Compensation
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                       NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(2) STOCKHOLDER EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Committee. The maximum  number of shares  of common stock  subject to  stock
    options,  performance shares, restricted stock  or stock appreciation rights
    that may be  granted to any  individual under  the Plan is  50,000 for  each
    fiscal  year of the Company during the  term of the Plan. The exercise price
    may not be less than the fair market  value of the common stock at the  time
    of  grant.  In  contemplation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  has granted
    effective as of the date the Offering is priced, 88,462 options to  purchase
    shares of common stock to key employees and Directors at the Offering price.
 
(3) CREDIT FACILITY
    The  Predecessor has  available a $40  million recourse line  of credit (the
    "Credit Facility") from Health Care REIT  Inc. that it intends to assign  to
    the  Company in connection  with the Offering.  The Credit Facility provides
    both construction and  permanent financing.  At June  30, 1996,  $21,625,000
    (unaudited) was available under the $40 million credit facility.
 
    Construction  financings (which can also be used for acquisitions) generally
    expire in  twelve  months  or  the date  the  certificate  of  occupancy  is
    received.  Interest on  construction financing is  3.5% above  the base rate
    announced by National City Bank  of Cleveland. Monthly payments of  interest
    only  are required.  At this expiration  date the  construction financing is
    automatically converted to a permanent financing.
 
    Permanent financings ("Mortgage Notes") are  for initial terms of 10  years,
    with a 10 year renewal at the Predecessor's option. Interest, which is fixed
    on  the date  of permanent financing,  is charged at  4.25% above comparable
    U.S. Treasury  Notes  during the  initial  financing term  and  6.25%  above
    comparable  U.S. Treasury Notes during any renewal term. Monthly payments of
    interest only are due during the first year, after which monthly payments of
    principal and interest are due based on a 25 year amortization period.
 
    The Credit  Facility is  collateralized by  the Predecessor's  real  estate,
    equipment and accounts receivable.
 
    The Company intends to use the Credit Facility to finance the acquisition of
    developed   and  undeveloped   properties,  construction,   development  and
    renovation costs and for working capital purposes.
 
    SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):
 
    Subsequent to June  30, 1996 and  effective as  of the date  of the  initial
    public  offering of the Company, the  Company will obtain an additional $100
    million recourse line  of credit from  Health Care REIT,  Inc. In  addition,
    subsequent  to  June  30, 1996  the  Company  received a  commitment  for an
    additional draw down of $12,810,000 (unaudited) under the Credit Facility of
    which $3,744,458 (unaudited) has been drawn.
 
(4) OFFERING COSTS
    In connection with  the Offering, affiliates  will incur legal,  accounting,
    and related costs which will be reimbursed by the Company upon completion of
    the  Offering. These costs will  be deducted from the  gross proceeds of the
    Offering and reflected as an adjustment to additional paid in capital.
 
(5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company  will  enter  into  employment  agreements  with  Glenn  Kaplan,
    Chairman  of  the  Board and  Chief  Executive Officer,  Wayne  Kaplan, Vice
    Chairman of  the  Board, Senior  Executive  Vice President,  Secretary,  and
    General  Counsel,  and  Evan  Kaplan,  President,  Chief  Operating Officer,
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                       NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    and director, each of whom will receive annual cash compensation and a bonus
    pursuant to substantially identical five year employment contracts with  the
    Company.  These agreements  will be effective  upon the  consummation of the
    Offering, and are renewable  from year to year  after the initial five  year
    period.  Each contract provides for a salary of $213,000, increased annually
    by a  percentage equal  to  the Consumer  Price  Index. Each  contract  also
    provides  for a discretionary bonus to  be set by the Company's Compensation
    Committee,  based  on  the  earnings  of  the  Company  and  other  criteria
    determined  by the Compensation  Committee. If the  executive covered by the
    contract is terminated by the Company without cause, the executive shall  be
    paid  the salary provided for in the  contract for the remainder of the term
    of the contract but in  no event less than  one year's salary. In  addition,
    the contract provides for a payment equal to two year's base salary upon the
    occurrence  of certain events relating to a change of control of the Company
    and subsequent  termination. Each  executive officer  has agreed  to  devote
    substantially  all of his  time to the  Company and not  to compete with the
    Company while employed thereby and for a period of one year from the date of
    termination unless such executive officer is terminated without cause.
 
    OPERATING AGREEMENTS
 
    The Kaplans, due to New York State law, are required to individually be  the
    licensed  operators  of  all  of the  Company's  assisted  living facilities
    located in New York. the Company has entered into operating agreements  with
    the Kaplans, relating to the facilities, for a term of 25 years at a net fee
    of 3.5% of the respective facilities' revenues.
 
(6) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
    In  October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
    of Financial  Standard No.  123, "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation"
    ("SFAS   No.  123"),  which  prescribes  a  new  method  of  accounting  for
    stock-based compensation that determines compensation expense based on  fair
    value  measured at the grant  date. SFAS No. 123  gives companies that grant
    stock options or other equity instruments to employees, the option of either
    adopting the new rules or continuing current accounting, however, disclosure
    would be required  of the pro  forma amounts as  if the new  rules had  been
    adopted.  SFAS No. 123 is effective  for transactions entered into in fiscal
    years that begin after December 15, 1995. The Company has not yet determined
    whether to adopt the new method of accounting and has not yet determined the
    effect on the financial statements.
 
   
(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
    
   
    In August  1996, the  Company  entered into  an  agreement to  purchase  for
    $2,600,000, the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport.
    The  $2,600,000 purchase price  will be satisfied through  (i) the lesser of
    50,000 shares  of common  stock  at the  initial  public offering  price  or
    $750,000  worth of common stock based upon the initial public offering price
    and (ii) the remainder of the purchase price will be paid in cash.
    
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Partners
Town Gate East
Penfield, New York
 
    We  have  audited  the accompanying  balance  sheets  of Town  Gate  East (a
Partnership) as of  December 31, 1995  and 1994, and  the related statements  of
income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for each of the years in the
three  year period ended  December 31, 1995. These  financial statements are the
responsibility of the facility's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Town  Gate  East  (a
Partnership) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             /s/ Rotenberg & Company LLP
Rochester, NY
February 21, 1996
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
          AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 AND MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ----------------------------
                                                                        1994           1995
                                                                    -------------  -------------   THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                       ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                  ---------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.......................................  $     106,746  $     100,773   $      86,225
  Accounts Receivable -- Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...         19,166         28,709          30,471
  Inventories.....................................................          9,654          8,980           8,980
  Prepaid Expenses................................................         56,820         59,457         118,698
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Current Assets..........................................  $     192,386  $     197,919   $     244,374
Property and Equipment -- Net of Accumulated Depreciation.........      2,433,530      2,349,390       2,318,354
Mortgage Acquisition Costs -- Net of Accumulated Amortization.....         36,624         30,520          29,020
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
      Total Assets................................................  $   2,662,540  $   2,577,829   $   2,591,748
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
 
                                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
Current Liabilities
  Notes and Mortgage Payable -- Due Within One Year...............  $      94,708  $      53,040   $      39,972
  Accounts Payable................................................         41,991         45,136          28,436
  Accrued Expenses................................................         27,623         30,055           8,928
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue..................................         12,333       --              --
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Current Liabilities.....................................  $     176,655  $     128,231   $      77,336
Other Liabilities
  Notes and Mortgage Payable -- Due After One Year................      1,804,759      1,772,572       1,772,572
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
      Total Liabilities...........................................  $   1,981,414  $   1,900,803   $   1,849,908
Partners' Capital.................................................        681,126        677,026         741,840
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital.......................  $   2,662,540  $   2,577,829   $   2,591,748
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement
                  and should be read in conjunction therewith.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                        -------------------------------------------         MARCH 31, 1996
                                            1993           1994           1995       ----------------------------
                                           AMOUNT         AMOUNT         AMOUNT          1995           1996
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues..............................  $   1,978,568  $   2,036,539  $   2,137,991  $     527,325  $     554,657
Operating Expenses....................      1,385,669      1,439,418      1,557,656        358,884        361,465
Depreciation and Amortization.........        130,386        135,981        142,203         36,900         36,000
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Income Before Other Income............  $     462,513  $     461,140  $     438,132  $     131,541  $     157,192
Other Income..........................          9,443         13,300         14,468              0              0
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net Income............................  $     471,956  $     474,440  $     452,600  $     131,541  $     157,192
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                            1993           1994           1995
                                                            TOTAL          TOTAL          TOTAL
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                        ENDED
                                                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance -- Beginning of Year..........................  $     561,330  $     687,486  $     681,126   $  677,026
Net Income............................................        471,956        474,440        452,600      157,192
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Subtotal..............................................  $   1,033,286  $   1,161,926  $   1,133,726   $  834,218
Partners' Withdrawals.................................        345,800        480,800        456,700       92,378
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Balance -- End of Year................................  $     687,486  $     681,126  $     677,026   $  741,840
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                1993            1994            1995           1995          1996
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
  Cash Received from Residents...........  $    1,959,587       2,036,328  $    2,110,115  $    515,285  $    551,941
  Cash Paid to Suppliers and Employees...      (1,267,332)     (1,296,989)     (1,361,568)     (397,586)     (429,658)
  Interest Received......................           2,514           2,465           3,622           719           954
  Interest Paid..........................        (142,204)       (151,621)       (185,253)      (15,227)      (28,875)
  Other Income...........................           6,929          10,835          10,846
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
      Net Cash Flows from Operating
       Activities........................  $      559,494  $      601,018  $      577,762  $    103,191        94,362
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Cash Purchases of Property and
   Equipment.............................  $      (42,230) $      (71,169) $      (44,324) $    (27,078) $     (3,464)
  Proceeds from Sale of Assets...........        --              --                 9,010
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
    Net Cash Flows from Investing
     Activities..........................  $      (42,230) $      (71,169) $      (35,314) $    (27,078) $     (3,464)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities.....
  Repayment of Debt......................  $      (89,840) $      (69,422) $      (91,721) $    (14,240) $    (13,068)
  Partners' Withdrawals..................         345,800)       (480,800)       (456,700)      105,200)      (92,378)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
    Net Cash Flows from Financing
     Activities..........................  $     (435,640) $     (550,222) $     (548,421) $   (119,440) $   (105,446)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash
 Equivalents.............................  $       81,624  $      (20,373) $       (5,973) $    (43,327) $    (14,548)
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Beginning of
 Year....................................          45,495         127,119         106,746       106,746       100,773
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- End of
 Year....................................  $      127,119  $      106,746  $      100,773  $     63,419  $     86,225
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                        1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Income.........................................  $   471,956  $   474,440  $   452,600  $   131,541  $   157,192
Adjustments:
  Depreciation.....................................      124,282      129,877      136,099       35,400       34,500
  Amortization.....................................        6,104        6,104        6,104        1,500        1,500
  Bad Debts........................................      --           --             6,000      --           --
  Loss on Sale of Assets...........................      --           --             1,221      --           --
Changes:
  Accounts Receivable..............................       (2,721)     (10,084)     (15,543)       1,012       (1,762)
  Inventories......................................         (195)        (649)         674      --           --
  Prepaid Expenses.................................      (11,186)      (4,656)      (2,637)     (51,467)     (59,241)
  Accounts Payable.................................       18,303)      (2,744)       3,145      (10,888)      16,700)
  Accrued Expenses.................................        5,817       (1,143)       2,432        8,426      (21,127)
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue...................      (16,260)       9,873      (12,333)     (12,333)     --
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities.......  $   559,494  $   601,018  $   577,762  $   103,191  $    94,362
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                             NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
 
    During 1995,  long  term debt  in  the amount  of  $17,866 was  incurred  to
purchase a vehicle.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
 
    The partnership maintains its books and prepares its financial statements on
the accrual basis of accounting.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and cash equivalents  include time deposits,  certificates of deposit,
and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three  months
or  less.  The  partnership maintains  cash  and cash  equivalents  at financial
institutions which periodically may exceed federally insured amounts.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated  at the  lower of cost  or market,  on the  first-in,
first-out method.
 
    PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost,  less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation of property  and equipment  is provided over  the estimated  useful
lives of the respective assets on the straight line basis as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Auto.................................................       5 Years
Building.............................................      40 Years
                                                            32 - 40
Building Addition....................................         Years
Equipment............................................  3 - 15 Years
Improvements.........................................  3 - 20 Years
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance  and repairs  are charged to  expense. The cost  of property and
equipment  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of  and  the  related   accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts.
 
    MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Mortgage  acquisition costs  have been  capitalized and  are being amortized
using the straight line method over the term of the debt.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Partnership profit and  losses are  reported by the  individual partners  on
their  personal tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for taxes is reflected in
these financial statements.
 
NOTE B -- SCOPE OF BUSINESS
    The partnership was  organized on  November 1, 1978  and is  engaged in  the
operation  of a one  hundred twenty (120)  certified bed adult  care facility in
Penfield, New York.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE C -- ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
    Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------
                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Residents......................................................  $  16,018  $  27,961    $    31,602
Town Gate Manor................................................      3,148      6,748          4,869
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 $  19,166  $  34,709    $    36,471
Less: Allowance for Doubtful Accounts..........................     --          6,000          6,000
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net Accounts Receivable....................................  $  19,166  $  28,709    $    30,471
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------------------
                                                              1994           1995
                                                          -------------  -------------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                        ---------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>
Auto....................................................  $      18,090  $      24,866   $      24,866
Building................................................      1,122,627      1,122,627       1,122,627
Building Additions......................................      1,668,890      1,668,890       1,669,119
Equipment...............................................        385,976        391,183         391,304
Improvements............................................        216,841        247,047         250,161
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          $   3,412,424  $   3,454,613   $   3,458,077
Less: Accumulated Depreciation..........................      1,054,294      1,180,623       1,215,123
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          $   2,358,130  $   2,273,990   $   2,242,954
Add: Land...............................................         75,400         75,400          75,400
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Net Property and Equipment..........................  $   2,433,530  $   2,349,390   $   2,318,354
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Depreciation expense for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994, and  1995
and  the three months ended March 31,  1996 was $124,282, $129,877, $136,099 and
$34,500, respectively.
 
    Substantially all of  the building  and equipment is  pledged as  collateral
security on notes and mortgages payable.
 
NOTE E -- MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
    Mortgage acquisition costs at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996,
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------
                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Costs....................................................  $  61,041  $  61,041    $    61,041
Less: Accumulated Amortization.................................     24,417     30,521         32,021
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net Mortgage Acquisition Costs.............................  $  36,624  $  30,520    $    29,020
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 was $6,104, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, $1,500.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE F -- NOTES AND MORTGAGE PAYABLE
    Notes  and mortgage payable consisted of  the following at December 31, 1994
and 1995 and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                          1994           1995           1996
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
NOTE PAYABLE -- M & T BANK
  $200,000 line of credit bearing interest at prime plus 1%.
   Collateralized by all assets of the partnership and guaranteed by
   the partners.....................................................  $      40,000  $    --        $
NOTE PAYABLE -- FORD MOTOR CREDIT COMPANY
  Installment note paid in full.....................................          5,328       --             --
NOTE PAYABLE -- CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
  Installment note payable in monthly payments of $459, including
   interest at 10.49%. Note matures in May, 1999. Collateralized by
   vehicle..........................................................       --               15,764  $      14,797
MORTGAGE PAYABLE -- M & T BANK
  Payments are based on a twenty year schedule with the principal
   balance due in the tenth year (2001). Monthly payments including
   principal and interest at prime plus 1% are $18,608.
   Collateralized by the real and personal property used in the
   operation of the facility and guaranteed by the partners.........      1,854,139      1,809,848  $   1,797,747
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Notes and Mortgage Payable................................  $   1,899,467  $   1,825,612  $   1,812,544
  Less: Amount Due Within One Year..................................         94,708         53,040         39,972
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
Amount Due After One Year...........................................  $   1,804,759  $   1,772,572  $   1,772,572
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Annual maturities of debt at March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31                            AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
  1996...............................................................  $      39,972
  1997...............................................................         58,482
  1998...............................................................         64,482
  1999...............................................................         67,787
  2000...............................................................         72,244
Thereafter...........................................................      1,509,577
                                                                       -------------
    Total............................................................  $   1,812,544
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest expense for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and 1995  and
the  three months  ended March 31,  1996, was $141,695,  $155,160, $184,952, and
$28,875, respectively.
 
NOTE G -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Josephine Kennedy,  partner,  receives  a salary  as  administrator  of  the
facility.  Albert  R.  Christiano,  partner, receives  a  salary  for consulting
services  and  is   also  the   legal  counsel   for  the   facility.  Den   Pac
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE G -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
Management,   Inc.,  a  corporation  whose  stock  is  solely  owned  by  Dennis
Christiano, partner, receives payments for  management services. The amounts  of
these  transactions for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the
three months ended March 31, 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Josephine Kennedy.......................................  $  52,832  $  55,212  $  58,150   $  15,126
Albert R. Christiano....................................      8,400     10,600     10,800       2,700
Den-Pac Management, Inc.................................      8,400     10,600     10,800       2,700
</TABLE>
 
    There is an intercompany  receivable from Town  Gate Manor, related  through
common  ownership,  for shared  administrative  expenses of  $3,148,  $6,748 and
$4,869 at December  31, 1994 and  1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively.  These
amounts are included in accounts receivable.
 
NOTE H -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    During 1995, the partnership implemented a 401(k) plan whereby all employees
who  meet age and length of service requirements may voluntarily defer up to 15%
of wages. The partnership has elected  not to make matching contributions  under
the plan.
 
NOTE I -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    During  1995, the partners agreed to sell  the operations and real estate of
Town Gate East for an amount in excess of book value. The sale closing is  April
1, 1996.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Partners
Town Gate Manor
Rochester, New York
 
    We  have  audited  the accompanying  balance  sheet  of Town  Gate  Manor (a
Partnership) as of  December 31, 1995  and 1994, and  the related statements  of
income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for each of the years in the
three  year period ended  December 31, 1995. These  financial statements are the
responsibility of the facility's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Town  Gate  Manor (a
Partnership) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             /s/ Rotenberg & Company LLP
Rochester, New York
January 29, 1996
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
          AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 AND MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                          1994           1995
                                                                      -------------  -------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                      31, 1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.........................................  $      76,344  $     133,878  $      36,328
  Accounts Receivable...............................................          2,335          1,648          2,480
  Inventories.......................................................          6,134          6,005          6,005
  Prepaid Expenses..................................................         25,612         34,921         55,856
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Current Assets..........................................  $     110,425  $     176,452  $     100,668
Property and Equipment -- Net of Accumulated Depreciation...........      1,495,447      1,458,930      1,439,430
Mortgage Acquisition Costs -- Net of Accumulated Amortization.......         29,368         23,984         22,484
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Assets..................................................  $   1,635,240  $   1,659,366  $   1,562,582
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
 
                                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current Liabilities
  Mortgage and Loan Payable -- Due Within One Year..................  $      32,189  $      42,547  $      31,800
  Accounts Payable..................................................         30,127         42,323          9,329
  Accrued Expenses..................................................         20,080         26,064            107
  Unearned Resident Care Revenues...................................          2,579       --             --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Current Liabilities.....................................  $      84,975  $     110,934  $      41,236
Other Liabilities
  Mortgage and Loan Payable -- Due After One Year...................      1,157,611      1,127,304      1,127,304
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Liabilities.............................................  $   1,242,586  $   1,238,238  $   1,168,540
Partners' Capital...................................................        392,654        421,128        394,043
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital.......................  $   1,635,240  $   1,659,366  $   1,562,582
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement
                  and should be read in conjunction therewith.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     31,
                                              -----------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                              1993 AMOUNT   1994 AMOUNT    1995 AMOUNT      1995         1996
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Revenues....................................  $   993,443  $   1,106,551  $   1,406,311  $   337,734  $   357,462
Operating Expenses..........................      752,185        854,173      1,055,969      251,157      294,247
Depreciation................................       48,337         58,993         79,755       23,100       21,000
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Income Before Other Income..................  $   192,921  $     193,385  $     270,587  $    63,477  $    42,215
Other Income................................          770          1,198          7,087            0            0
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Net Income..................................  $   193,691  $     194,583  $     277,674  $    63,477  $    42,215
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                              1993 TOTAL   1994 TOTAL   1995 TOTAL
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                       31, 1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance -- Beginning of Year................................  $   298,260  $   356,871  $   392,654   $  421,128
Net Income..................................................      193,691      194,583      277,674       42,215
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Subtotal....................................................  $   491,951  $   551,454  $   670,328   $  463,343
Partners' Withdrawals.......................................      135,080      158,800      249,200       67,300
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Balance -- End of Year......................................  $   356,871  $   392,654  $   421,128   $  394,043
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                    ------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        1993          1994           1995           1995          1996
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash Flow Operating Activities....................  $    987,652  $   1,116,440  $   1,404,419  $    332,901  $    356,492
  Cash Received from Residents....................      (715,576)      (766,973)      (925,935)     (246,751)     (346,877)
  Cash Paid to Suppliers and Employees............           264            447            604            53           137
  Interest Paid...................................       (48,126)       (43,436)      (121,034)      (31,692)      (27,255)
  Miscellaneous...................................           506            751          2,559       --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities........  $    224,720  $     307,229  $     360,613  $     54,511  $    (17,503)
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Cash Purchases of Equipment.....................  $    (35,920)      (804,498) $     (40,430) $    (17,897) $    --
  Proceeds from Sale of Automobile................       --            --                6,500       --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities........  $    (35,920) $    (804,498) $     (33,930) $    (17,897) $    --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
  Proceeds from Debt..............................  $    --       $     710,512  $      10,200  $     10,200  $         --
  Repayment of Debt...............................       (59,099)        (5,191)       (30,149)      --            (10,747)
  Partners' Withdrawals...........................      (135,080)      (158,800)      (249,200)      (58,267)      (69,300)
  Cash Payment for Mortgage Acquisition Costs.....        (6,000)      --             --             --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities........  $   (200,179) $     546,521  $    (269,149) $    (48,067) $    (80,047)
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents.........  $    (11,379) $      49,252  $      57,534  $    (11,453) $    (97,550)
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Beginning of Year....        38,471         27,092         76,344        76,344       133,878
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- End of Year..........  $     27,092  $      76,344  $     133,878  $     64,891  $     36,328
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                        RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO
                    NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                           -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                              1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Income...............................................  $   193,691  $   194,583  $   277,674  $    63,477  $    42,215
Adjustments:
  Depreciation and Amortization..........................       48,337       58,993       79,755       23,100       21,000
  Gain on Sale of Asset..................................      --           --            (3,924)     --           --
Changes:
  Accounts Receivable....................................       (6,169)       7,689          687       (2,201)        (833)
  Inventory..............................................         (143)        (814)         129      --           --
  Prepaid Expenses.......................................       (8,477)      (2,720)      (9,309)     (10,972)     (20,935)
  Real Estate Tax Escrow.................................       (1,787)      27,463      --           --           --
  Accounts Payable.......................................       (3,169)       5,276       12,196       (3,181)     (32,994)
  Accrued Expenses.......................................        2,059       14,558        5,984      (13,133)     (25,956)
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue.........................          378        2,201       (2,579)      (2,579)     --
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities...............  $   224,720  $   307,229  $   360,613  $    54,511  $   (17,503)
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                             NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
 
    During  1994,  the  first  and  second  mortgages  were  refinanced  into  a
construction   loan.  The   total  amount  refinanced   was  $455,920.  Mortgage
acquisition costs of $23,368 were incorporated into the construction loan.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
 
    The partnership maintains its books and prepares its financial statements on
the accrual basis of accounting.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and cash equivalents  include time deposits,  certificates of deposit,
and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three  months
or  less.  The  partnership maintains  cash  and cash  equivalents  at financial
institutions which periodically may exceed federally insured amounts.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated  at the  lower of cost  or market,  on the  first-in,
first-out method.
 
    PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost,  less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation of property  and equipment  is provided over  the estimated  useful
lives of the respective assets on the straight line basis as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Auto..................................................      5 Years
Building and Building Addition........................     40 Years
                                                             3 - 10
Equipment.............................................        Years
                                                             3 - 12
Improvements..........................................        Years
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance  and repairs  are charged to  expense. The cost  of property and
equipment  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of  and  the  related   accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts.
 
    MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Mortgage  acquisition costs  have been  capitalized and  are being amortized
using the straight line method over the term of the debt commencing in 1995.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Partnership profit and  losses are  reported by the  individual partners  on
their  personal tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for taxes is reflected in
these financial statements.
 
NOTE B -- SCOPE OF BUSINESS
    The partnership was  organized on  November 1, 1978  and is  engaged in  the
operation  of a seventy-nine (79) certified bed adult care facility including an
adult day care program in Rochester, New York. Seventeen (17) of the total  beds
were constructed in 1994.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE C -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property  and equipment consisted of the  following at December 31, 1995 and
1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                1994           1995           1996
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Auto......................................................  $      14,053  $    --        $
Building..................................................        966,673        966,673        966,673
Building Addition.........................................        718,593        733,144        733,144
Equipment.................................................        186,112        200,280        200,280
Improvements..............................................        203,791        215,502        215,502
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            $   2,089,222  $   2,115,599  $   2,115,599
Less: Accumulated Depreciation............................        639,250        702,144        721,644
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            $   1,449,972  $   1,413,455  $   1,393,955
Add: Land.................................................         45,475         45,475         45,475
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net Property and Equipment............................  $   1,495,447  $   1,458,930  $   1,439,430
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995
and  the three  months ended  March 31, 1996  was $48,337,  $58,993, $74,371 and
$19,500, respectively.
 
NOTE D -- MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
    Mortgage acquisition costs consisted of  the following at December 31,  1994
and 1995 and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                      1994       1995         1996
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Costs.......................................................  $  29,368  $  29,368   $   29,368
Less: Accumulated Amortization....................................     --          5,384        6,884
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
  Net Mortgage Acquisition Costs..................................  $  29,368  $  23,984   $   22,484
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization  expense for  the year ended  December 31, 1995,  and the three
months ended March 31, 1996 was $5,384 and $1,500, respectively.
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE E -- MORTGAGE AND LOAN PAYABLE
    Mortgages and loan payable consisted of  the following at December 31,  1994
and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                          1994           1995           1996
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
MORTGAGE PAYABLE -- FIRST NATIONAL BANK
  Mortgage payable in monthly installments of $12,895, including
   interest at prime plus 1%. Mortgage matures with a balloon
   payment due January, 2000. Collateralized by real and personal
   property used in the operation of the facility and personally
   guaranteed by the partners. Converted from a construction loan in
   February, 1995...................................................  $    --        $   1,169,851  $   1,159,104
CONSTRUCTION LOAN -- FIRST NATIONAL BANK
  Loan payable in monthly installments of interest only at prime
   plus 1% until converted to a permanent mortgage in February,
   1995.............................................................      1,189,800       --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Mortgages and Loan Payable................................  $   1,189,800  $   1,169,851  $   1,159,104
  Less: Amount Due Within One Year..................................         32,189         42,547         31,800
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Amount Due After One Year.......................................  $   1,157,611  $   1,127,304  $   1,127,304
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
Annual maturities of debt as of March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
1996...................................................  $   31,800
1997...................................................      46,886
1998...................................................      51,668
1999...................................................      56,937
2000...................................................     971,813
                                                         ----------
    Total..............................................  $1,159,104
                                                         ----------
                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest  expense for the years  ended December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 was
$48,126, $52,574 and  $121,718, respectively.  Interest expense  for the  period
ended  March 31, 1996 was $18,117.  Interest capitalized on the new construction
at December 31, 1994 was $15,450.
 
NOTE F -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Richard Hood, partner, receives a  salary as administrator of the  facility.
Albert  R. Christiano, partner, receives a salary for consulting services and is
also the legal counsel for the facility. Den Pac Management, Inc., a corporation
whose stock is solely owned by Dennis Christiano, partner, receives payments for
management services.  The amounts  of  these transactions  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Richard Hood............................................  $  51,418  $  58,475  $  55,382   $  13,996
Albert R. Christiano....................................      7,200      7,200      8,400       2,100
Den Pac Management, Inc.................................      7,200      7,200      8,400       2,100
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE F -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    There  is an intercompany payable to  Town Gate East, related through common
ownership, for shared administrative  expenses of $3,148,  $6,748 and $8,917  at
December  31, 1994 and 1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively. These amounts are
included in accrued expenses.
 
NOTE G -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    During 1995, the partnership implemented a 401(k) plan whereby all employees
who meet age and length of service requirements may voluntarily defer up to  15%
of  wages. The partnership has elected  not to make matching contributions under
the plan.
 
NOTE H -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    During 1995, the partners agreed to  sell the operations and real estate  of
Town Gate Manor for an amount in excess of book value. The sale closing is April
1, 1996.
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                       Kapson Senior Quarters Facilities
 
                      Residents Monthly Activity Calendar
   
                    Inside Back Cover (graphics, clockwise)
    
   
(1) Kapson Quarter Corp. logo.
(2) Interior of residential unit, including furnishings.
(3) Resident with staff members.
(4) Exterior of a facility.
(5) Residents socializing in indoor common area.
(6) Residents socializing in an outdoor common area.
(7) Exterior of facility.
(8) Residents socializing in an outdoor common area.
(9) Staff members providing services to resident.
(10) Staff member and resident standing.
(11) Residents participating in recreational activities.
(12) Exterior of a facility.
(13) Staff member providing services to a resident.
    
<PAGE>
            Employees performing residential services for residents.
<PAGE>
NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR ANY  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED   BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  THE   SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS  OR  ANY  OF  THE
UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO  CHANGE IN  THE AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATES AS  OF  WHICH
INFORMATION  IS GIVEN IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE IN  ANY JURISDICTION  IN WHICH  SUCH OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT  AUTHORIZED OR  IN WHICH  THE PERSON  MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           8
Use of Proceeds................................          19
Dilution.......................................          20
Capitalization.................................          21
Dividend Policy................................          21
Selected Financial, Operating and Pro Forma
 Data..........................................          22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          25
Business.......................................          33
Management.....................................          51
Certain Transactions...........................          61
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          63
Description of Capital Stock...................          64
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          66
Underwriting...................................          68
Experts........................................          69
Legal Matters..................................          69
Additional Information.........................          69
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
    

                            ------------------------
 
UNTIL               , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS  REQUIREMENT
IS  IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING
AS UNDERWRITERS OR WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
       SHARES
 
KAPSON SENIOR
QUARTERS CORP.
 
COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $.01
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
 
PROSPECTUS
DATED              , 1996
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM. 13  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table sets forth the estimated expenses and costs (other than
underwriting discounts and commissions) expected  to be incurred by the  Company
in  connection  with  the  issuance and  distribution  of  the  securities being
registered, all of which will be paid by the Registrant.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
SEC registration fee...........................................  $   19,709
NASD fee.......................................................       6,215
Nasdaq entry fee...............................................      35,000
Shattuck Hammond Financial Advisory Fee........................   1,153,750
Legal fees and expenses........................................     350,000
Printing and engraving expenses................................     125,000
Accounting fees and expenses...................................
Blue sky fees and expenses.....................................      50,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees..............................      10,000
Premium on directors and officers liability insurance..........
Miscellaneous..................................................     150,000
                                                                 ----------
    Total......................................................  $
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section 145 of  the General Corporation  Law of the  State of Delaware  (the
"GCL")  permits indemnification of directors, officers, employees, and agents of
corporations under  certain  conditions  and  subject  to  certain  limitations.
Article  Tenth  of the  Registrant's Certificate  of Incorporation  provides for
indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors to the fullest extent
provided by the GCL and other applicable laws as currently in effect and as they
may be amended in the future.
 
    The Company has  entered into  indemnification agreements with  each of  its
officers and directors and intends to enter into similar agreements with each of
its  future officers and directors. Pursuant to such indemnification agreements,
the Company has agreed to indemnify  its officers and directors against  certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  arising out  of the  offering made  by this
Registration Statement.
 
    The Company maintains a standard form of officers' and directors'  liability
insurance  policy which provides  coverage to the officers  and directors of the
Company for certain liabilities, including  certain liabilities which may  arise
out of this Registration Statement.
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement  filed  as  Exhibit  1.1  hereto  provides  for
reciprocal indemnification between the Company  and its controlling persons,  on
the  one hand, and the Underwriters and  their controlling persons, on the other
hand, against certain  liabilities in connection  with this offering,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    Upon  the formation of  the Company on June  7, 1996, ,  each of the Kaplans
purchased 100 shares  of Common Stock  directly from  the Company at  a cost  of
$1.00  per  share.  These  shares  were issued  pursuant  to  an  exemption from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement. --
       3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.-
       3.2   By-laws of the Registrant.-
       5.1   Opinion of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP.*
      10.1   Form of Operating Agreement. --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      10.2   Form of Management Services Agreement. --
<C>          <S>
      10.3   Form of Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. --
      10.4   Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan, Evan A.
              Kaplan and Herbert Kaplan. --
      10.5   Form of Management Agreement between the Kapson Group and Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.6   Form of Management Agreement between the Kapson Group and Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.7   Management Agreement dated July 15, 1992 between Coachmen Restaurant, Inc. and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp.-
      10.8   Management Agreement dated        , 1993 between Larkfield Gardens Associates, L.P. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.9   Management Agreement dated January 21, 1993 between United Community and Housing Development
              Corporation and Senior Quarters Management Corp. (This agreement has been superseded by the
              agreement filed as Exhibit No. 10.20).-
      10.10  Management Agreement dated May 5, 1995 between Clover Lake Homes, Inc. and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp.-
      10.11  Management Agreement dated June 8, 1995 between Senior Quarters at Forsgate, L.L.C. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.12  Management Agreement dated August     1995 between Montville Development, L.L.C. and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp.-
      10.13  Management Agreement dated September     1995 between Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle L.P. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.15  Management Agreement dated January 29, 1996 between Hassett Belfer Senior Housing and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.16  Management Agreement dated April   1996 between The Mayfair at Glen Cove, LLC and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp. (This agreement has been terminated).-
      10.17  Management Agreement dated June, 1996 between Kapson Chestnut Ridge Development Corp. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.18  Management Agreement dated February 8, 1993 between Pensun Associates and Senior Quarters Management
              Corp.-
      10.20  Management Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between National Healthplex Inc. and Kapson Management
              Corp.-
      10.21  Management Agreement dated July 11, 1994 between National Healthplex Inc. and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp. (This agreement has been superseded by the agreement filed as Exhibit No. 10.20).-
      10.22  Form of Stockholder Agreement among the Registrant, Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan and Evan A.
              Kaplan. --
      10.23  Form of Employment Agreement between each of Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan and Evan A. Kaplan and
              the Registrant. --
      10.24  Form of Indemnification Agreement.-
      10.25  Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing made March, 1996 by
              Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC in favor of Health Care REIT, Inc.
      10.26  Mortgage Note in the sum of $3,890,625.00, dated March, 1996, made by Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC to
              the order of Health Care REIT, Inc.
      10.27  Loan Agreement dated March, 1996 between Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC and Health Care REIT, Inc.
      21.1   Subsidiaries of Registrant. --
      23.1   Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
      23.2   Consent of Rotenberg & Company LLP.
      23.3   Consent of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included with signature page). --
      27.1   Financial Data Schedule.*
</TABLE>
    
 
* To be filed by Amendment
 
- - Previously filed
 
- --  Refiled herewith
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the  Underwriters
at  the closing  specified in  the Underwriting  Agreement certificates  in such
denominations and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1)  For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of  this
registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A  and contained in  a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or  497(h)
under  the  Securities Act  shall  be deemed  to  be part  of  this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall  be
deemed  to be  a new registration  statement relating to  the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to  be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may  be permitted to  directors, officers and  controlling persons of  a
registrant  pursuant to the  provisions described in Item  14, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  such indemnification  is against public  policy as  expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim  for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Registrant  in  the successful  defense of  any action,  suit or  proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with  the
securities  being registered, the Registrant will,  unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a  court
of  appropriate jurisdiction the question whether  such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to  the requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, Registrant
certifies that  it has  duly caused  this Amendment  No. 2  to the  Registration
Statement  to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized, in Woodbury, State of New York, on the 22nd day of August, 1996.
    
 
                                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
 
   
                                          By:         /s/ WAYNE L. KAPLAN
    
 
                                             -----------------------------------
   
                                                       Wayne L. Kaplan
    
   
                                                VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF
                                                DIRECTORS AND SENIOR EXECUTIVE
                                                        VICE PRESIDENT
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                   <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------  -------------------
                                    *                   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     -------------------------------------------         and Chief Executive Officer            August 22, 1996
                     Glenn Kaplan                        (principal executive officer)
 
                 /s/ WAYNE L. KAPLAN                    Senior Executive Vice President,
     -------------------------------------------         Vice Chairman and Secretary and        August 22, 1996
                   Wayne L. Kaplan                       Director
 
                                    *
     -------------------------------------------        President, Chief Operating Officer      August 22, 1996
                    Evan A. Kaplan                       and Director
 
                                                        Vice President, Chief Financial
                                     *                   Officer and Treasurer (principal
     -------------------------------------------         financial officer and principal        August 22, 1996
                 John M. Sharpe, Jr.                     accounting officer)
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                August 22, 1996
                  Bernard J. Korman
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------  -------------------
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                August 22, 1996
                   Gerald Schuster
<C>                                                     <S>                                   <C>
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                August 22, 1996
                    Joseph G. Beck
 
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                August 22, 1996
              Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*By:        /s/ WAYNE L. KAPLAN
    
 
    ----------------------------------
   
             Wayne L. Kaplan
    
             Attorney-in-fact
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                              PAGE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                           <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement. --
       3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.-
       3.2   By-laws of the Registrant.-
       5.1   Opinion of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP.*
      10.1   Form of Operating Agreement. --
      10.2   Form of Management Services Agreement. --
      10.3   Form of Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. --
      10.4   Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan,
              Evan A. Kaplan and Herbert Kaplan. --
      10.5   Form of Management Agreement between the Kapson Group and Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.6   Form of Management Agreement between the Kapson Group and Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.7   Management Agreement dated July 15, 1992 between Coachmen Restaurant, Inc. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.8   Management Agreement dated        , 1993 between Larkfield Gardens Associates, L.P. and
              Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.9   Management Agreement dated January 21, 1993 between United Community and Housing Development
              Corporation and Senior Quarters Management Corp. (This agreement has been superseded by the
              agreement filed as Exhibit No. 10.20).-
      10.10  Management Agreement dated May 5, 1995 between Clover Lake Homes, Inc. and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp.-
      10.11  Management Agreement dated June 8, 1995 between Senior Quarters at Forsgate, L.L.C. and
              Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.12  Management Agreement dated August     1995 between Montville Development, L.L.C. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.13  Management Agreement dated September     1995 between Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle L.P.
              and Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.15  Management Agreement dated January 29, 1996 between Hassett Belfer Senior Housing and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.16  Management Agreement dated April   1996 between The Mayfair at Glen Cove, LLC and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp. (This agreement has been terminated).-
      10.17  Management Agreement dated June, 1996 between Kapson Chestnut Ridge Development Corp. and
              Senior Quarters Management Corp.-
      10.18  Management Agreement dated February 8, 1993 between Pensun Associates and Senior Quarters
              Management Corp.-
      10.20  Management Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between National Healthplex Inc. and Kapson
              Management Corp.-
      10.21  Management Agreement dated July 11, 1994 between National Healthplex Inc. and Senior
              Quarters Management Corp. (This agreement has been superseded by the agreement filed as
              Exhibit No. 10.20).-
      10.22  Form of Stockholder Agreement among the Registrant, Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan and Evan
              A. Kaplan. --
      10.23  Form of Employment Agreement between each of Glenn Kaplan, Wayne L. Kaplan and Evan A.
              Kaplan and the Registrant. --
      10.24  Form of Indemnification Agreement.-
      10.25  Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing made March,
              1996 by Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC in favor of Health Care REIT, Inc.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                              PAGE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
      10.26  Mortgage Note in the sum of $3,890,625.00, dated March, 1996, made by Kapson Rochester
              Manor, LLC to the order of Health Care REIT, Inc.
<C>          <S>                                                                                           <C>
      10.27  Loan Agreement dated March, 1996 between Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC and Health Care REIT,
              Inc.
      21.1   Subsidiaries of Registrant. --
      23.1   Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
      23.2   Consent of Rotenberg & Company LLP.
      23.3   Consent of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included with signature page). --
      27.1   Financial Data Schedule.*
</TABLE>
    
 
* To be filed by Amendment
 
- - Previously filed
 
- --  Refiled herewith

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.25

                            MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT,
                            ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS
                                  AND FIXTURE FILING
                               (ACQUISITION/LAND LIEN)


         THIS MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS AND
FIXTURE FILING ("Mortgage") is made and entered into effective as the _____ day
of March, 1996 (the "Effective Date") by KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, LLC, a limited
liability company organized under the laws of the State of New York
("Borrower"), having its chief executive office at 339 Crossways Park Drive,
Woodbury, New York 11797, in favor of HEALTH CARE REIT, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Lender"), having its principal office at One SeaGate, Suite 1950,
P.O. Box 1475, Toledo, Ohio 43603.

         In consideration of the loan advances described in Article 2 made or
to be made by Lender to Borrower and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower has executed
and delivered this Mortgage and by these presents does grant, transfer and
convey to Lender and to its successors and assigns, forever all of Borrower's
right, title, and interest to and under the following property which Borrower
now owns or may hereafter acquire ("Property"):

         1.   The real property ("Real Property") located in the County of
Monroe (the "County") State of New York (the "State") and described on Exhibit A
attached hereto, including without limiting the completeness of the foregoing
grant:

              (a)  all tenements, hereditaments, and easements, rights of way,
licenses, rights, privileges, and appurtenances pertaining to the Real Property
presently owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, including without limitation
easements, rights of way, streets, ways, alleys, gores, or strips of land,
whether or not adjoining the Real Property;

              (b)  all buildings and any other improvements ("Improvements")
now or hereafter erected or placed upon the Real Property and all fixtures
("Fixtures") of every kind and nature 

<PAGE>

whatsoever now or hereafter affixed to the Real Property or Improvements
(without limiting the generality of what may be a Fixture, all heating,
ventilating, air conditioning, air cooling, lighting, incinerating, plumbing,
cleaning, communications and power equipment, screens, storm doors, storm
windows, shades, awnings, floor coverings, and carpeting, shall be deemed to be
Fixtures and to be a part of the Real Property, whether or not physically
attached to the Real Property); and 

              (c)  all rents, income, issues, profits, royalties, and other
benefits derived or to be derived from the Real Property, Improvements, and
Fixtures (all of which are called "Rents") and all of Borrower's interest in any
lease, license or other agreement pursuant to which any Rents are payable (all
of which are called "Leases").

         2.   All the right, title, interest, claims, or demands, including
without limitation claims to the proceeds of any insurance which Borrower now
has or may hereafter acquire with respect to any Property and all awards made
for the taking of the whole or any part of the Property by eminent domain or by
any proceeding or the proceeds of any purchase or transfer in lieu thereof,
including without limitation, any awards resulting from a change of grade or
streets or for severance damages.

         3.   All real property hereafter acquired by Borrower which is made a
part of the lot(s) or parcel(s) which presently constitute(s) the Real Property
on the tax maps of the county auditor for so long as such after-acquired real
property shall be a part of such lot(s) or parcel(s) (Borrower shall execute and
deliver to Lender such instruments as Lender may require to confirm the lien of
this Mortgage on the additional property covered by this clause.  This clause is
intended to insure that the lien of this Mortgage shall always encumber one or
more complete lots or parcels on the tax maps in the office of the auditor of
the county in which the Real Property is located so that the ability to transfer
the Real Property under Article 6 shall not be defeated or hindered by any
alteration of the lot(s) or parcel(s) which presently constitute(s) the Real
Property on such tax maps.)


                                        - 2 -

<PAGE>
AND Borrower grants to Lender a security interest in and to Borrower's right,
title and interest in the following described property:

         4.   All machinery, furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, appliances,
inventory and all other goods (as "equipment," "inventory" and "goods" are
defined for purposes of Article 9 ("Article 9") of the Uniform Commercial Code
as adopted in the State) now or hereafter located in or on or used or usable in
connection with the Land, Improvements, or Fixtures and replacements, additions,
and accessions thereto, including without limitation those items which are to
become fixtures or which are building supplies and materials to be incorporated
into an Improvement or Fixture.

         5.   All accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, instruments,
documents, and chattel paper [as "accounts", "contract rights", "general
intangibles", "instruments", "documents", and "chattel paper", are defined for
purposes of Article 9] now or hereafter arising in connection with the business
located in or on or used or usable in connection with the Real Property,
Improvements, or Fixtures, and replacements, additions, and accessions thereto.

         6.   All franchises, permits, licenses, operating rights,
certifications, approvals, consents, authorizations and other general
intangibles regarding the use, occupancy or operation of the Improvements, or
any part thereof, including without limitation, certificates of need, state
health care facility licenses, and Medicare and Medicaid provider agreements, to
the extent permitted by law.

         7.   Unless expressly prohibited by the terms thereof, all contracts,
agreements, contract rights and materials relating to the design, construction,
operation and management of the Improvements, plans, specifications, drawings,
blueprints, models, mock-ups, brochures, flyers, advertising and promotional
materials and mailing lists.

         8.   All ledger sheets, files, records, computer programs, tapes,
other electronic data processing materials, and other documentation relating to
the preceding listed property or 


                                        - 3 -

<PAGE>
otherwise used or usable in connection with the Real Property and Improvements.

         9.   The products and proceeds of the preceding listed property,
including without limitation cash and non-cash proceeds, proceeds of proceeds,
and insurance proceeds.

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same with all of the rights, privileges and
appurtenances thereto belonging unto Lender, its successors and assigns forever
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

                                ARTICLE 1:  WARRANTIES

1.1 Borrower covenants with Lender and its successors and assigns that:
Borrower is lawfully seized in fee simple of the Property; the Property is free
from all mortgages, liens, charges, claims, security interests, pledges,
collateral assignments, leases, attachments, levies, encroachments, rights of
way, restrictions, assessments, and all other encumbrances and title matters of
every kind or nature whatsoever, except for the exceptions listed on Exhibit B
attached hereto (the "Permitted Exceptions"); Borrower has good right to
mortgage, sell and convey the same; and Borrower does warrant and will defend
the Property to Lender and its successors and assigns, forever, against all
claims and demands except the Permitted Exceptions.

                                 ARTICLE 2:  PURPOSES

2.1 SECURED OBLIGATIONS.  This Mortgage secures performance of the following
obligations (the "Secured Obligations") of Borrower:

2.1.1    PAYMENT OF CREDIT EXTENDED.  The payment of the indebtedness of
Borrower to Lender in the original principal amount of $3,890,625.00
($2,731,520.20 prior to consolidation) plus interest on the unpaid balance
thereof, which indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note ("Note") made by
Borrower and delivered to Lender on this date, and any extensions,
modifications, substitutions or renewals of the indebtedness or Note, and which
is due and payable on the Renewal Date set forth in the Note, as extended from
time to time.


                                        - 4 -

<PAGE>
2.1.2    OBLIGATIONS UNDER LOAN DOCUMENTS.  The performance of all obligations
of Borrower under the Loan Agreement (defined in Section 2.6), the Note, this
Mortgage and all other documents executed by Borrower in connection therewith,
any extensions, modifications or renewals thereof, and any documents executed in
substitution therefor (collectively, the "Loan Documents").

2.1.3    ADVANCES TO PROTECT PROPERTY.  The payment of unpaid balances of all
advances made by Lender for the payment of taxes, assessments, insurance
premiums, or costs incurred for the protection of the Property.

2.1.4    FUTURE ADVANCES.  The payment of any unpaid balances of loan advances
which Lender may make or may be obligated to make under this Mortgage or the
Loan Agreement at any time after this Mortgage is delivered to the recorder for
record to the extent that the total unpaid loan indebtedness, exclusive of
interest thereon, does not exceed the maximum amount of $6,000,000.00 which may
be outstanding at any time and from time to time.

2.1.5    OTHER FUTURE ADVANCES.  With respect to items of Property in which no
interest arises under real estate law and with respect to all items of Property
which are or are to become Fixtures as defined for purposes of Article 9, the
repayment of ALL advances made and value extended hereafter by Lender to or on
behalf of Borrower, whether or not made or extended pursuant to an existing
commitment.

2.1.6    BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS.  As used herein, "Borrower's Obligations"
means, collectively, all of the Secured Obligations required to be paid or
performed by Borrower.

2.2      COMBINATION OF INSTRUMENTS.  This Mortgage combines a real estate
mortgage, an assignment of rents and leases, a security agreement, a fixture
filing, and a financing statement into one document and shall be construed
accordingly.

2.3      OPEN-END MORTGAGE.  For all items of the Property in which an interest
arises under real estate law, this is an open-end mortgage which secures payment
of future advances.


                                        - 5 -

<PAGE>
2.4      SECURITY AGREEMENT.  For all Fixtures and all items of Property in
which no interest arises under real estate law, this Mortgage is also a security
agreement under Article 9.  To the extent that this Mortgage is a security
agreement, it secures all future advances made and value hereafter extended to
or on behalf of Borrower.

2.5      FINANCING STATEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING.  This Mortgage, a carbon copy,
a photographic copy, or other reproduction of it or a financing statement is
sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as such.  As a financing
statement, this Mortgage covers items of collateral which are or which may
become fixtures in addition to personal property.  If this Mortgage or any
reproduction of it is filed as a financing statement:  Borrower is the debtor;
Lender is the secured party; an address of Lender from which information
concerning the security interest may be obtained is Lender's address set forth
at the beginning; and a mailing address of Borrower is Borrower's address at the
beginning.

2.6      LOAN AGREEMENT.  This Mortgage is subject to a certain Loan Agreement
("Loan Agreement") executed by Borrower and Lender on even date.  The Loan
Agreement sets forth, among other things, the terms and conditions under which
Lender is obligated to advance up to the full amount of the Note and may make
non-obligatory advances, all of which are secured by this Mortgage.  The Loan
Agreement is hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof as though fully
rewritten herein including the defined terms.  No defenses, offsets, or
counterclaims available to Borrower arising out of the Loan Agreement or Note
shall be valid or effective against any collateral transferee of this Mortgage
or the Note or its successors or assigns after this Mortgage and the Note are
collaterally assigned by Lender to one or more transferees who are providing
financing to Lender, and Borrower hereby expressly waives all such defenses,
offsets, or counterclaims to that extent.  Borrower does not waive any such
defenses, offsets or counterclaims against an absolute transferee of this
Mortgage or the Note who acquired the same pursuant to a purchase of Lender's
interest in the Loan.  A copy of the Loan Agreement is maintained at the offices
of Lender and may be inspected by interested persons.

2.7      INTERPRETATION.  This Mortgage form is and shall be construed
accordingly to reflect the fact that the credit giving 


                                        - 6 -

<PAGE>
rise to the Secured Obligations would not have been extended by Lender but for
the security provided by this Mortgage.  Where the sense requires it, the
singular may be read as the plural or the reverse and any gender may be read as
any other gender.

2.8      CONSOLIDATION.  This Mortgage is the "Mortgage" referred to in the
Mortgage Consolidation, Spreader and Modification Agreement between Lender and
Borrower dated as of the Effective Date.

                                ARTICLE 3:  COVENANTS

3.1 OBLIGATIONS.  Borrower shall pay and perform all of Borrower's Obligations
when due and required.

3.2 IMPOSITIONS.

3.2.1    Borrower shall pay, not later than one day prior to the date such
Impositions become delinquent, all real estate taxes, personal property taxes,
general and special assessments, water and sewer rents and charges, license
fees, all charges which may be imposed for the use of vaults, chutes, areas and
other space beyond the lot line and abutting the public sidewalks in front of or
adjoining the Property, and all other governmental levies and charges
(collectively, the "Impositions") of every kind and nature whatsoever, general
and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, which shall be
assessed, levied, confirmed, imposed or become a lien upon or against the
Property or any part thereof, or which shall become due and payable with respect
thereto, unless contested in good faith as permitted by the Loan Agreement. 
Borrower shall deliver to Lender [i] not more than 5 days after the due date of
each Imposition, a copy of the invoice for such Imposition and the check
delivered for payment thereof; and [ii] not more than 30 days after the due date
of each Imposition, a copy of the official receipt evidencing such payment or
other proof of payment satisfactory to Lender.  If any law of any government
having jurisdiction over the Property is enacted after this date [i] deducting
from the value of land for the purpose of taxation any lien thereon; [ii]
imposing upon Lender the payment of the whole or any part of the Imposition
which is required to be paid by Borrower hereunder; or [iii] changing in any way
laws relating to the taxation of deeds of trust or debts 


                                        - 7 -

<PAGE>
secured by deeds of trust or mortgage interests in the Property, or the manner
of collection of taxes, in any such case, so as to affect this Mortgage or the
Secured Obligations, then Borrower, upon 30 days' notice from Lender, shall pay
such Imposition or reimburse Lender therefor.  Borrower shall have no liability
for Lender's corporate franchise tax.

3.2.2    Borrower shall pay, or reimburse Lender for, all sales taxes,
intangible taxes, mortgage taxes, gross receipts taxes, documentary stamp taxes,
mortgage assignment taxes, transfer taxes and similar taxes imposed on Lender
relating to the Secured Obligations, Note, this Mortgage, or the indebtedness
secured by this Mortgage, the collection of the indebtedness or the foreclosure
of the lien of this Mortgage.  At the direction of Lender, Borrower shall pay or
reimburse Lender for such taxes 30 days after Lender gives notice to Borrower.

3.3 INSURANCE.

3.3.1    Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect an extended coverage
policy ("Policy") of insurance in a nonreporting form insuring against "All
Risk" of physical loss or damage to the Improvements, including but not limited
to risk of loss from fire and other hazards, collapse, transit coverage,
vandalism, malicious mischief, theft, earthquake, sinkholes, testing, and damage
resulting from defective workmanship or material.  The policy shall be in the
amount of the full replacement value of the Improvements and shall contain a
deductible amount acceptable to Lender.  Lender shall be named as mortgagee and
loss payee under a standard non-contributing lender's loss payable clause.  At
all times during which Improvements are being constructed on the Real Property,
the Policy shall include a builder's completed value risk policy and shall
otherwise satisfy the foregoing requirements.

3.3.2    Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect consequential loss of
rents and income coverage insuring against "All Risk" of physical loss or damage
with limits and deductible amounts acceptable to Lender covering risk of loss
during the first 9 months of reconstruction.

3.3.3    If the Property is located, in whole or in part, in a federally
designated 100-year flood plain area, Borrower shall 


                                        - 8 -

<PAGE>
maintain in full force and effect flood insurance for the Improvements in an
amount equal to the lesser of [i] the full replacement value of the
Improvements; or [ii] the maximum amount of insurance available for the
Improvements under all federal and private flood insurance programs.

3.3.4    Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect liability insurance
against the following:

           [i]     Claims for personal injury or property damage commonly
covered by commercial general liability insurance with endorsements for
incidental malpractice, blanket contractual, personal injury, owner's protective
liability, voluntary medical payments, products and completed operations, broad
form property damage, and extended bodily injury, with a combined single limit
of not less than $5,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury, death and
property damage.

          [ii]     Claims for personal injury and property damage commonly
covered by commercial automobile liability insurance, covering all owned and
non-owned automobiles, with a combined single limit of not less than
$5,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury, death and property damage.

         [iii]     Claims commonly covered by worker's compensation insurance
for all persons employed by Borrower on the Property.  Such worker's
compensation insurance shall be in accordance with the requirements of all
applicable local, state, and federal law.

3.3.5    Borrower shall comply with the following insurance requirements
throughout the term of the loan:

            [i]    The form and substance of all policies shall be subject to
the approval of Lender, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.  

            [ii]   The carriers of all policies shall have a Best's Rating of
"A" or better and a Best's Financial Category of XII or larger and shall be
authorized to do insurance business in the State.


                                        - 9 -

<PAGE>
          [iii]    Borrower shall be the "named insured" and Lender shall be
the "additional insured" on each liability policy.  

           [iv]    Borrower shall deliver to Lender policies or other
satisfactory evidence showing the required coverages and endorsements.  The
policies of insurance shall provide that no cancellation, reduction in amount or
material change in coverage shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days
after written notice to Lender.  

            [v]    Borrower shall notify Lender of any loss or damage to the
Property in excess of $50,000.00 which is or may be covered by any insurance
immediately after the occurrence thereof.  Borrower shall promptly adjust and
compromise any insurance claims and, if Borrower fails (in Lender's good faith
judgment) to promptly adjust and compromise such claims, Lender shall have the
right, but not the obligation, on behalf of Borrower, to adjust and compromise
any claims under such insurance, collect and receive the proceeds thereof and
execute and deliver all proofs of loss, receipts, vouchers and releases in
connection with such claims.  Except as provided herein, Borrower shall not
adjust or compromise any claims under such insurance, or collect and receive the
proceeds thereof, without the written consent of Lender.  Lender is hereby
irrevocably appointed attorney-in-fact for Borrower for such purposes, and
Borrower shall, upon request of Lender, execute any proofs of loss, vouchers and
releases in connection with such claims.

           [vi]    Borrower may carry the insurance required hereunder under a
blanket policy of insurance, provided that the coverage afforded Lender will not
be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist
under a separate policy meeting all of the requirements of this Mortgage.

          [vii]    Borrower shall not take out separate insurance concurrent in
form or contributing in the event of loss with that required in this section or
increase the amounts of any then existing policy by securing an additional
policy or policies unless all parties having an insurable interest in the
subject matter or the insurance, including Lender, are included therein as an
additional insured and the losses payable under said insurance in the same
manner as losses are payable under this Agreement.  


                                        - 10 -

<PAGE>
Borrower shall immediately notify Lender of the taking out of any such separate
insurance or the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing insurance
by securing an additional policy or additional policies.

         [viii]    Borrower acknowledges that Lender may collaterally assign
the loan as security for any loan or loans to Lender.  Borrower shall, within
seven (7) days after a request from Lender, deliver to Lender certificates of
insurance naming any such lender as an additional insured.

           [ix]    Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all unearned premiums as
further security for the Secured Obligations and the transfer of title to the
Property by any means, including without limitation, sale pursuant to any remedy
permitted by this Mortgage, shall constitute an assignment to Lender or other
purchaser of all right, title, and interest of Borrower in and to proceeds from
such policy attributable to loss or damage occurring prior to the transfer of
title to the Property.

            [x]    At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of each
policy, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a certificate showing renewal of such
policy and payment of the annual premium therefor.

3.4 FUNDS FOR IMPOSITIONS AND INSURANCE.

3.4.1    After an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Lender a sum (called
"Funds") equal to one-twelfth of the yearly payments for Impositions and
insurance on the Property, as may be reasonably estimated by Lender, together
with the monthly payments to be made under the Note.  The Funds paid to Lender
shall be used to make the specified payments and as additional security for the
Secured Obligations.

3.4.2    The Funds shall be deposited by Lender with an institution the
deposits or accounts of which are insured or guaranteed by federal or state
agency, and shall not be deemed to be funds held in trust, and may be held with
the general funds of such depository.  The funds shall be placed in an interest-
bearing account.  All interest thereon shall be considered "Funds".


                                        - 11 -

<PAGE>
3.4.3    If the amount of the Funds held by Lender together with future monthly
installments of Funds payable prior to the due dates of the Impositions and the
insurance on the Property shall not be sufficient to make payments as they fall
due, Borrower shall pay to Lender the amount necessary to pay the deficiency
within ten (10) days after the date from which Lender gives notice requesting
payment thereof.

3.4.4    Upon performance in full of the Secured Obligations, Lender shall
promptly refund to Borrower any Funds held by Lender.

3.4.5    If the Property is sold or acquired by Lender, Lender shall apply any
Funds then held by Lender as a credit against the Secured Obligations.

3.4.6    Lender has the right to make payments for which it is holding Funds,
and at its election, to make other payments required to be made by Borrower.

3.5 APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  All payments and proceeds of sale received by
Lender under this Mortgage shall be credited as set forth in the Note.

3.6 CHARGES AND LIENS.

3.6.1    PAYMENTS.  Except to the extent Borrower makes payments therefor under
Section 3.4 and except for items being contested in good faith in compliance
with the requirements of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall promptly pay before
delinquent taxes, assessments, levies, and any other charges which have or may
become a lien on any of the Property.

3.6.2    NOTICE AND RECEIPTS.  Borrower shall promptly furnish to Lender all
notices of amounts due under this Section 3.6 and receipts evidencing payment of
such amounts.

3.7 PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY.  Borrower shall keep the Property in good repair,
and shall neither commit waste nor permit impairment or deterioration of the
Property.

3.8 PROTECTION OF SECURITY.  If Borrower fails to perform Borrower's agreements
under this Mortgage or if any action or 


                                        - 12 -

<PAGE>
proceeding is commenced which materially affects Lender's interest in the
Property, including without limit any proceeding concerning eminent domain,
insolvency, any decedent, or enforcement of any ordinance, legislation, or
regulation, then Lender is authorized to make such appearances, disburse such
sums, and take such action that Lender reasonably determines is necessary or
desirable to protect the Property and Lender's interest therein, including,
without limit the disbursement of sums for payment of reasonable attorneys'
fees, taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, costs incurred for the protection
of the Property, and the entry upon the Property to make repairs.

3.9 INSPECTION.  After reasonable notice to Borrower, Lender or any person
authorized by Lender may enter upon and inspect any of the Property at all
reasonable times.

3.10     EMINENT DOMAIN.  If the Property or any part thereof becomes the 
subject of any proceeding ("Condemnation") for the taking of property or any
conveyance in lieu thereof, the following provisions shall apply.

3.10.1   NOTICE OF CONDEMNATION.  Borrower shall give written notice of the
Condemnation to Lender within three business days after Borrower is notified of
the Condemnation.  Within 30 days after Borrower is notified of the
Condemnation, Borrower shall provide the following information to Lender:  [i]
the date of the Condemnation; [ii] the nature of the Condemnation; [iii] a
description of the portion of the Property affected by the Condemnation; [iv] a
preliminary estimate of the cost to repair, rebuild, restore or replace the
Property; [v] a preliminary estimate of the schedule to complete the repair,
rebuilding, restoration or replacement of the Property; and [vi] a description
of the anticipated settlement amount and the expected settlement date.  Within
five (5) days after request from Lender, Borrower will provide Lender with
copies of all correspondence relating to the Condemnation and any other
information reasonably requested by Lender.

3.10.2   PROCEEDS.  Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to Lender so much of
the award or compensation resulting therefrom ("Proceeds") as is attributable to
the Property, up to the outstanding amount of Borrower's Obligations, and
Borrower hereby 

                                        - 13 -

<PAGE>
directs such payments to be made directly to Lender and hereby assigns to Lender
Borrower's rights thereto.  Lender may apply all or any part of the  Proceeds,
after deducting all costs and expenses (regardless of the nature thereof and
whether incurred with or without suit, including without limit reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by Lender in connection with the Proceeds, either to
the payment of Borrower's Obligations (without payment of any prepayment fee) or
to the restoration of the Property upon such conditions as Lender may require. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of Proceeds does not exceed
$250,000.00 and there is no existing uncured Event of Default hereunder,
Borrower shall have the right to require that the Proceeds be applied to the
restoration of the Property which shall be upon such conditions as Lender may
require.

3.10.3   INTERVENTION BY LENDER.  Lender is hereby authorized, but not
required, to intervene at any time in any such proceedings, settlement thereof,
or conveyance in lieu thereof, to prosecute or to settle any such proceedings or
conveyance; and to collect the Proceeds resulting therefrom; all on behalf of
and in the name of Borrower and Lender and according to Lender's sole
discretion.

3.10.4   DEFENSE BY BORROWER.  If Lender does not do so under Section 3.10.3,
Borrower shall defend, protect, and uphold the value of the Property and
Lender's rights to receive any portion of the Proceeds attributable to the value
of the Property; however, Borrower shall consult with Lender throughout such
proceedings and prior settlement thereof or any conveyance in lieu thereof and
abide by Lender's directions concerning such proceedings, settlement, or
conveyance.

3.10.5   BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS.  Borrower's obligation to make payment on
Borrower's Obligations shall not abate pending any repair or restoration of the
Property due to the Condemnation.  In addition, Borrower shall reimburse Lender,
within ten (10) days after demand, for all costs, expenses, and fees (including
architect and engineer fees) incurred by Lender in connection with any repair or
restoration of the Property due to the Condemnation.

3.10.6   CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS NOT TRUST FUNDS.  Notwithstanding anything in
this Mortgage or at law or equity to the contrary, none of the Proceeds paid to
Lender shall be deemed trust funds, and 


                                        - 14 -

<PAGE>
Lender shall be entitled to dispose of such proceeds as provided in this Section
3.10.  Borrower expressly assumes all risk of loss, including a decrease in the
use, enjoyment, or value, of the Property from any Condemnation.

3.11     OTHER MORTGAGES AND LIENS.

3.11.1   PRIOR MORTGAGES.  If any of the Property is subject or becomes subject
to a lien prior to the lien of this Mortgage, the following provisions shall
apply.

           [i]     Borrower shall pay when due all amounts required to be paid
under any obligation secured by a prior lien and shall otherwise perform all of
the obligations of Borrower hereunder.

          [ii]     Borrower shall not request, accept, or permit payment to
Borrower of any loan amount or disbursement the repayment of which is secured by
any prior mortgage without prior express written consent from Lender.

         [iii]     Borrower shall be in compliance with Sections 3.3 and 3.4 if
Borrower pays the Impositions and maintains the insurance coverage required
under any prior mortgage to which Lender has expressly consented.

          [iv]     A default in any prior mortgage shall be a default under
this Mortgage.

           [v]     Lender may cure any defaults of Borrower under any prior
Mortgage or pay, in whole or in part, any prior lien, and, to the extent of such
payments, Lender shall be subrogated to the rights and lien of the prior lien;
however, any prior lien rights to which Lender may become subrogated shall not
merge with the lien of this Mortgage.

3.11.2   NO MERGER OF LIENS.  Lender may at any time during the  term of this
Mortgage hold more than one lien against the Property or any part thereof.  All
such liens held by Lender shall remain separate and distinct from each other and
each shall retain its individual priority and shall not merge with any other
lien held by Lender, unless and until Lender executes and records an instrument


                                        - 15 -

<PAGE>
expressly merging any such liens.  If a default in this Mortgage occurs, Lender
may foreclose upon any lien against the Property held by it in such order and at
such times as Lender may elect.  If Lender acquires title to the Property other
than through foreclosure of this Mortgage, the lien of this Mortgage shall
continue and shall not merge with Lender's title to the Property.

3.11.3   NO CONSENT.  Nothing in this Section 3.11 shall be construed to mean
that Lender consents to any lien prior to the lien of this Mortgage.  Lender
consents only to the Permitted Exceptions.

3.12     ADVANCES AND DEFAULT RATE.  Any payment made by Lender that Lender has
the right to make under any term of this Mortgage (except for payments from 
Funds for which Funds have been deposited by Borrower) and expenses incurred and
payments made by Lender in taking action authorized by this Mortgage shall be
indebtedness of Borrower secured by this Mortgage, shall be payable upon demand,
shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) from the date
of disbursement, and shall be deemed advances under subsections 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and
2.1.5.

3.13     DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND REBUILDING.

3.13.1   NOTICE OF CASUALTY.  If the Property shall be destroyed, in whole or
in part, or damaged by fire, flood, windstorm or other casualty (a "Casualty"),
Borrower shall give written notice thereof to Lender within three business days
after the occurrence of the Casualty.  Within 30 days after the occurrence of
the Casualty, Borrower shall provide the following information to Lender:  [i]
the date of the Casualty; [ii] the nature of the Casualty; [iii] a description
of the damage or destruction caused by the Casualty including the type of
Property damaged and the area of the Improvements damaged; [iv] a preliminary
estimate of the cost to repair, rebuild, restore or replace the Property; [v] a
preliminary estimate of the schedule to complete the repair, rebuilding,
restoration or replacement of the Property; [vi] a description of the
anticipated property insurance claim including the name of the insurer, the
insurance coverage limits, the deductible amount, the expected settlement
amount, and the expected settlement date; and [vii] a description of the
business interruption claim including the name of the insurer, the insurance
coverage limits, the deductible amount, the expected settlement amount, and the
expected 


                                        - 16 -

<PAGE>

settlement date.  Within five (5) days after request from Lender, Borrower 
will provide Lender with copies of all correspondence to the insurer and any 
other information reasonably requested by Lender.

3.13.2   APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  Lender may elect either to [i]
require the Borrower to rebuild or repair the Property according to plans and
specifications approved in writing by Lender and upon such conditions as Lender
may reasonably require; or [ii] apply the net proceeds of insurance against the
Borrower's Obligations (without payment of any prepayment fee) to be credited as
set forth in the Note.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of
insurance proceeds does not exceed $250,000.00 and there is no existing uncured
Event of Default hereunder, Borrower shall have the right to require that the
proceeds be applied to the restoration of the Property which shall be upon such
conditions as Lender may require.  All net proceeds of insurance policies
resulting from claims for casualty to the Property or any element thereof shall
be paid to and held by Lender subject to the provisions of this Mortgage.

3.13.3   REPAIR.  In the event Lender elects to have the Property rebuilt or
repaired [i] the Borrower shall promptly repair or rebuild the Property in a
good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all laws and regulations, and in
accordance with plans and specifications, construction budget and construction
schedule approved by Lender; and [ii] Lender shall apply so much of the net
proceeds of such insurance as may be necessary to pay or reimburse the costs of
such repair or rebuilding, either on completion thereof or as the work
progresses.

3.13.4   INSUFFICIENT PROCEEDS.  If the proceeds of any insurance settlement
are not sufficient to pay the costs of such repair, rebuilding or restoration in
full, Borrower shall deposit with Lender at Lender's option, and within ten (10)
days of Lender's request, an amount sufficient in Lender's judgment to complete
such repair, rebuilding or restoration.  Borrower shall not, by reason of the
deposit or payment, be entitled to any reimbursement from Lender or diminution
in or postponement of the payments to Lender on the Note.


                                        - 17 -

<PAGE>
3.13.5   NO ABATEMENT; EXPENSES.  Borrower's obligation to make payments on
Borrower's Obligations shall not abate pending the repairs or rebuilding of the
Property.  Borrower shall pay the costs, expenses and fees of any architect or
engineer employed by Lender to review any plans and specifications and to
supervise and approve the repairs or rebuilding of the Property.

3.13.6   NOT TRUST FUNDS.  Notwithstanding anything herein or at law or equity
to the contrary, none of the insurance proceeds paid to Lender as herein
provided shall be deemed trust funds, and Lender shall be entitled to and shall
be obligated to dispose of such proceeds as provided in this Section 3.13. 
Borrower expressly assumes all risk of loss, including a decrease in the use,
enjoyment or value, of the Project from any casualty whatsoever, whether or not
insurable or insured against.

3.14     APPLICATION OF ADVANCES.  Borrower will, in compliance with Section 13
of the Lien Law, receive the advances secured hereby and will hold the right to
receive such advances as a trust fund to be applied first for the purpose of
paying the cost of the improvement and will apply the same first to the payment
of the cost of the improvement before using any part of the total of the same
for any other purpose.

                   ARTICLE 4:  TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY; ASSUMPTION

4.1 BORROWER'S SUCCESSORS.  This Mortgage shall be binding upon Borrower's
successors and assigns shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lender
and its successors and assigns; however, Borrower may neither assign Borrower's
rights under this Mortgage nor delegate Borrower's duties under this Mortgage
without the express written consent of Lender.

4.2 NO TRANSFER.  Except for [i] transfers made in connection with Permitted
Liens (as defined in the Loan Agreement); and [ii] residency agreements with the
residents of the Property, Borrower shall not sell, lease, grant a lien on or
security interest in, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of the
Property or any legal or equitable interests therein.

4.3 NO RELEASE OF BORROWER.  No sale, transfer, or encumbrance of the Property
or of Borrower's rights under this Mortgage and the 


                                        - 18 -

<PAGE>
Note and no delegation of Borrower's obligations under this Mortgage or any
other Borrower's Obligations shall release Borrower from liability for any
Borrower's Obligations unless: [i] Lender and such transferee or delegee agree
in writing that such transferee or delegee is satisfactory to Lender and that
such transferee or delegee shall perform Borrower's Obligations and pay such
interest thereon as Lender may request, and [ii] Lender delivers to Borrower a
written release.

                             ARTICLE 5:  LEASES AND RENTS

5.1 ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS.  Borrower hereby authorizes Lender or Lender's agents
to collect the Rents and hereby directs each tenant of the Property to pay the
Rents to Lender or Lender's agents; provided, however, that prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default under this Mortgage, Borrower shall collect
and receive all Rents as trustee for the benefit of Lender and Borrower, shall
apply the Rents so collected to the amount then due and payable under this
Mortgage with a balance, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, to the
account of Borrower, it being intended by Borrower and Lender that this
assignment of Rents constitutes an absolute assignment and not an assignment for
additional security only.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and
without the necessity of Lender entering upon and taking and maintaining full
control of the Property in person, by agent or by a receiver, Lender shall
immediately be entitled to possession of all Rents as the same become due and
payable, including but not limited to, Rents then due and unpaid, and all such
Rents shall immediately upon delivery be held by Borrower as trustee for the
benefit of Lender only.  Borrower agrees that after an Event of Default has
occurred, each tenant of the Property shall pay such Rents to Lender or Lender's
agent on Lender's written demand to each tenant therefor, delivered to each
tenant personally or by mail, without any liability on the part of said tenant
to inquire further as to the existence of a default by Borrower.  Borrower
hereby covenants that Borrower has not executed any prior assignment of Rents,
that Borrower has not performed, and will not perform any acts which would
prevent Lender from exercising its rights under this section.  Borrower
covenants that Borrower will not hereafter collect or accept payment of any
Rents more than one month prior to the due dates of such Rents nor (excepting
payment of arrears) in an amount referable to a period exceeding one month,
except that Borrower may 


                                        - 19 -

<PAGE>
require prepayment of such Rents and other monies by way of security for
performance of any lessee's or other obligor's covenants under any Lease if the
amount of such a prepayment is promptly paid over to Lender and applied to
Borrower's Obligations.  Borrower further covenants that Borrower will execute
and deliver to Lender such further assignments of Rents as Lender may from time
to time request.

5.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LEASES.  Borrower shall comply with all Leases and shall
notify Lender if Borrower is unable to do so or determines that it will be
unable to do so for any significant terms.  Lender may do whatever it determines
is necessary to insure that all Leases continue in effect whenever Lender
determines that Borrower is or may be unable to perform any significant term of
the Leases.

5.3 MODIFICATION OF LEASES.  Borrower shall not significantly change the terms
of any Lease and shall not reduce any rent without the prior written consent of
Lender.  

5.4 NO DELEGATION OF BORROWER'S DUTIES AND INDEMNITY.  Borrower does not hereby
delegate to Lender Borrower's duties under the Leases and Lender shall not be
obligated to discharge such duties.  Borrower shall indemnify Lender and hold it
harmless from all claims, regardless of merit, in any way arising out of the
Leases and the assignment to Lender of the Leases and Rents and any expenses
related to such claims, including without limitation attorneys' fees.  Borrower
shall reimburse Lender for any claims paid or expenses incurred by Lender which
fall within the preceding indemnity immediately upon demand.  

5.5 SUBORDINATION OF LEASES.  All Leases and the rights of tenants thereunder
shall be subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage and to all terms, conditions
and provisions hereof, and to any renewal, consolidation, extension,
modification or replacement hereof, and every Lease shall provide for such
subordination therein.

5.6 ATTORNMENT.  The tenant of any Lease shall attorn to anyone, including
Lender, who acquires the lessor's interest in the Lease and the Property
("Purchaser"), whether by foreclosure sale or otherwise.  The tenant's
attornment shall be effective immediately upon the Purchaser's succession to the
lessor's interest and the 


                                        - 20 -

<PAGE>
Lease shall continue in effect between Purchaser as lessor and the tenant
without any further act of Purchaser, Lender or the tenant.  Purchaser shall
have no liability for any act, omission or obligation of the previous lessor. 
Every Lease shall provide for such attornment therein.

                   ARTICLE 6:  DEFAULT, ACCELERATION, AND REMEDIES

6.1 EVENT OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan
Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default under this Mortgage.

6.2 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  Whenever any Event of Default occurs,
Lender may take any one or more of the following remedial steps concurrently or
successively in addition to any other remedies under the Loan Documents, at law
or in equity, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

6.2.1    The Secured Obligations shall be immediately due and payable, without
presentment of any kind, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, or other notice of
any kind, all of which Borrower hereby waives.

6.2.2    Lender may enter and take possession of the Property without
terminating this Mortgage, and complete construction of the Improvements (or any
part thereof) and perform the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.

6.2.3    To the extent permitted by law and in accordance with all applicable
law, Lender may exercise its power of sale.

6.2.4    Lender may foreclose this Mortgage or accept delivery of a deed in
lieu of foreclosure.  In any foreclosure or sale, the Property may be sold in
one or more parcels, lots, or groups (including mixtures of personal and real
property, or separately, any provision of law to the contrary notwithstanding)
and, to the extent permitted by law, Lender shall be under no obligation either
to marshal any assets of the Borrower or to marshal any portions of the
Property.

6.2.5    Lender may sue Borrower directly to collect any monies then due and
may take any action at law or equity (including 


                                        - 21 -

<PAGE>
bringing an action for a mandatory injunction, restraining order or specific
performance) to enforce performance of Borrower's Obligations.

6.2.6    For any security in which no interest arises under real estate law,
Lender may exercise its rights as a secured party under Article 9.  Borrower
agrees that a commercially reasonable manner of disposition of the Property
subject to security interests under Article 9 shall include, without limitation
and at the option of Lender, the sale of the Property in whole or in part,
concurrently with the foreclosure sale of the Property in accordance with the
provisions of this Mortgage.

6.2.7    Lender may terminate its obligation to disburse loan proceeds.

6.2.8    Lender may, and is hereby authorized by Borrower, at any time or from
time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without advance notice to
Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower) to set-off and
apply any and all sums held by Lender, any indebtedness of Lender to Borrower,
any and all claims by Borrower against Lender, against any obligations of
Borrower hereunder, and against claims by Lender against Borrower, whether or
not such obligations or claims of Borrower are matured and whether or not Lender
has exercised any other remedies hereunder.

6.2.9    In any action or proceeding to foreclose this Mortgage, or upon actual
or threatened waste to any part of the Property, Lender may apply, without
notice to Borrower, for the appointment of a receiver ("Receiver") of the
Property.  Unless prohibited by law, such appointment may be made either before
or after sale, without notice, without regard to the solvency or insolvency of
Borrower at the time of application for such Receiver and without regard to the
then value of the Property, and Lender may be appointed as Receiver.  The
Receiver shall have the power to collect the rents, issues and profits of the
Property during the pendency of the foreclosure and, in case of a sale and
deficiency during the full statutory period of redemption, whether there be
redemption or not, as well as during any future times, if any, when Borrower,
except for the intervention of such Receiver, would be entitled to collect such
rents, issues and profits, and all other powers which may be necessary or are
usual in such cases for the 


                                        - 22 -

<PAGE>
protection, possession, control, management and operation of the Property during
the whole of said proceeding.  All sums of money received by the Receiver from
such rents and income, after deducting therefrom the reasonable charges and
expenses paid or incurred in connection with the collection and disbursement
thereof, shall be applied to the payment of the Secured Obligations or applied
to remedy any default hereunder as Lender may direct.  Borrower, if requested to
do so, will consent to the appointment of any such Receiver as aforesaid.

6.2.10   Lender may obtain control over and collect all accounts, contract
rights, instruments, documents, or chattel paper of Borrower now owned or
existing or hereafter arising or acquired (the "Receivables") and apply the
proceeds of the collections to satisfaction of the Secured Obligations unless
prohibited by law.  Borrower appoints Lender or its designee as attorney for
Borrower with powers [i] to receive, to indorse, to sign and/or to deliver, in
Borrower's name or Lender's name, any and all checks, drafts, and other
instruments for the payment of money relating to the Receivables, and to waive
demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, protest, and any other notice with
respect to any such instrument; [ii] to sign Borrower's name on any invoice or
bill of lading relating to any Receivable, drafts against account debtors,
assignments and verifications of Receivables, and notices to account debtors;
[iii] to send verifications of Receivables to any account debtor; and [iv] to do
all other acts and things necessary to carry out this Mortgage Instrument. 
Lender shall not be liable for any omissions, commissions, errors of judgment,
or mistakes in fact or law made in the exercise of any such powers.  At Lender's
option, Borrower shall [i] provide Lender a full accounting of all amounts
received on account of Receivables with such frequency and in such form as
Lender may require, either with or without applying all collections on
Receivables in payment of Borrower's Obligations secured hereby or [ii] deliver
to Lender on the day of receipt all such collections in the form received and
duly indorsed by Borrower.  At Lender's request, Borrower shall institute any
action or enter into any settlement determined by Lender to be necessary to
obtain recovery or redress from any account debtor in default of Receivables. 
Lender may give notice of its security interest in the Receivables to any or all
account debtors with instructions to make all payments on Receivables directly
to Lender, thereby terminating Borrower's authority to collect Receivables. 
After 


                                        - 23 -

<PAGE>
terminating Borrower's authority to enforce or collect Receivables, Lender shall
have the right to take possession of any or all Receivables and records thereof
and is hereby authorized to do so, and only Lender shall have the right to
collect and enforce the Receivables.  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default, at Borrower's cost and expense, but on behalf of Lender and for
Lender's account, Borrower shall collect or otherwise enforce all amounts unpaid
on Receivables and hold all such collections in trust for Lender, but Borrower
may commingle such collections with Borrower's own funds, until Borrower's
authority to do so has been terminated, which may be done only after an Event of
Default.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Lender does not assume any
of Borrower's obligations under any Receivable, and Lender shall not be
responsible in any way for the performance of any of the terms and conditions
thereof by Borrower.

6.2.11   Lender may take any other action which Lender is entitled to take
under any law, equity, or the Loan Documents.

6.2.12   Lender may, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, and
without waiving or releasing Borrower from any of the agreements and covenants
in the Loan Documents, pay any sum or perform any act or take such action as
Lender may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect the lien of this
Mortgage, the Property or otherwise in the sole discretion of Lender.  Borrower
hereby grants to Lender, and agrees that Lender shall have, after the occurrence
of one or more Events of Default, the absolute and immediate right to enter in
and upon the Property or any part thereof to such extent and as often as Lender,
in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary or desirable for such purpose. 
Lender may pay and expend such sums of money as it may, in its reasonable
discretion, deem necessary for the purposes stated herein.  Borrower hereby
agrees to pay to Lender, on demand, all such sums so paid or expended by Lender,
together with interest thereon from the date of each such payment or expenditure
at the default rate specified in the Note.

6.3 SALE OF PROPERTY.  The following provisions apply to any sale of the
Property pursuant to this Article 6 or pursuant to any judicial proceeding.


                                        - 24 -

<PAGE>
6.3.1    RECEIPT SUFFICIENT DISCHARGE FOR PURCHASER.  The receipt of the court
officer or other person conducting any such sale for the purchase money paid at
any such sale shall be sufficient discharge thereof to any purchaser of the
Property, or any part thereof, sold as aforesaid.  No such purchaser or his
representatives, grantees or assigns, after paying such purchase money and
receiving such receipt, shall be bound to see to the application of such
purchase money upon or for purpose of this Mortgage, or shall be answerable in
any matter whatsoever for any loss, misapplication or non-application of any
such purchase money or any part thereof, nor shall any such purchaser be bound
to inquire as to the necessity or expediency of any such sale.

6.3.2    LENDER'S PURCHASE OF PROPERTY.  Lender or any holder of the Note may
bid for and purchase the Property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms
of sale, Lender or any holder of the Note may hold, retain, possess and dispose
of such Property in its own absolute right without further accountability. 

6.3.3    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF SALE.  Unless Lender elects otherwise, the
purchase money or proceeds of any such sale shall be applied:  first, to all
charges, expenses and fees payable by Borrower under the Loan Documents,
including all reasonable attorney's fees, Receiver's fees and other costs and
expenses incurred by Lender, with interest thereon at the default rate specified
in the Note; second, to all unpaid interest accrued on any of the Secured
Obligations; third, to the principal amount outstanding of the Secured
Obligations; and the balance, if any, to Borrower.

6.3.4    NO DEFENSE; WAIVER.  Failure to join or to provide notice to tenants
under any Leases as defendants in any foreclosure action or suit shall not [i]
constitute a defense to such foreclosure; [ii] preclude Lender from obtaining a
deficiency judgment or otherwise reduce or diminish the amount of any such
judgment in any manner whatsoever; or [iii] give rise to any claims by Borrower,
or any person claiming through or under Borrower, against Lender.  Upon the
request of Lender and to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, Borrower
shall execute and file with the clerk of the court a legally sufficient waiver
of any statutory waiting period with respect to the execution of a judgment
obtained by Lender in connection with any foreclosure proceedings.  The


                                        - 25 -

<PAGE>
obligations of Borrower to so execute and file such waiver shall survive the
termination of this Mortgage.

                              ARTICLE 7:  MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 ADVANCES BY LENDER.  At any time and from time to time during the term of
this Mortgage, Lender may incur and/or pay and/or advance costs or expenses: 
[i] incurred or advanced by Lender which Lender is authorized or has the right
(but not necessarily the obligation) to incur or may incur under any term of any
Loan Document or any law; [ii] of whatever nature incurred or advanced by Lender
in exercising any right or remedy provided by any term of any Loan Document or
in taking any action which Lender is authorized to take by any term of any Loan
Document; [iii] required to be paid by Borrower by any term of any Loan
Document, but which Borrower fails to pay within 10 days after demand; or [iv]
any and all costs and expenses from which Borrower is required to hold Lender
harmless by any term of any Loan Document, but from which Borrower fails to hold
Lender harmless.  Any reasonable costs, expenses, or advances incurred or paid
by Lender shall become part of the loan and, upon demand, shall be paid to
Lender together with interest thereon at the default rate specified in the Note
from the date of disbursement by Lender.  Payment of such costs, expenses, or
advances shall be secured by this Mortgage.

7.2 POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
appoints Lender, or Lender's authorized officer, agent, employee or designee, as
Borrower's true and lawful attorney-in-fact, to act for Borrower in Borrower's
name, place, and stead, to execute, deliver and file [i] all applications and
any and all other necessary documents and instruments in order to convey the
Property in fee simple to any purchaser upon foreclosure sale of the Property,
to effect the issuance, transfer, reinstatement, renewal and/or extension of any
and all certificates of need, licenses, and other governmental authorizations
issued to Borrower in connection with Borrower's operation of the Property to
permit any transferee to operate the Property under such governmental
authorizations; [ii] financing statements and continuation statements with such
filing offices as Lender deems necessary or desirable to further evidence and
perfect Lender's security interest in the personal property collateral granted
pursuant to this Mortgage Instrument; and [iii] to do any and all 


                                        - 26 -

<PAGE>
other acts incidental to any of the foregoing.  Borrower irrevocably and
unconditionally grants to Lender as its attorney-in-fact full power and
authority to do and perform every act necessary and proper to be done in the
exercise of any of the foregoing powers as fully as Borrower might or could do
if personally present or acting, with full power of substitution, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and
is irrevocable prior to the full performance of Borrower's Obligations.  Except
in the case of an emergency, Lender shall give Borrower three business days
prior written notice before acting on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this power
of attorney.

7.3 ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES.  Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing or preserving Lender's rights under the
Note, Loan Agreement, this Mortgage, any guaranty of Borrower's Obligations, and
all other Loan Documents, whether or not an Event of Default has actually
occurred or has been declared and thereafter cured, including but not limited
to, [i] the fees, expenses, and costs of any litigation, receivership,
administrative, bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding; [ii]
attorney and paralegal fees and disbursements; [iii] the expenses of Lender and
its employees, agents, attorneys, and witnesses in preparing for litigation,
administrative, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceedings and for lodging,
travel and attendance at meetings, hearings, depositions, and trials in
connection therewith; [iv] court costs; and [v] consulting and witness fees and
expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any such proceedings.  All such
costs, charges and fees as incurred shall be deemed to be secured by this
Mortgage and collectible out of the proceeds of this Mortgage in any manner
permitted by law or by this Mortgage.

7.4 CONSTRUCTION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AND WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CONSENT.

7.4.1    The provisions of this part Section 7.4 shall apply to all rights and
remedies provided by this Mortgage or any Loan Document or by law or equity.  


                                        - 27 -

<PAGE>
7.4.2    WAIVER OF NOTICES AND CONSENT TO REMEDIES.  Unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, any right or remedy may be pursued without notice to or further
consent of Borrower, both of which Borrower waives.

7.4.3    Each right or remedy under the Loan Documents is distinct from but
cumulative to each other right or remedy and may be exercised independently of,
concurrently with, or successively to any other rights and remedies.  

7.4.4    No extension of time for or modification of amortization of the loan
shall release the liability or bar the availability of any right or remedy
against Borrower or any successor in interest, and Lender shall not be required
to commence proceedings against Borrower or any successor or to extend time for
payment or otherwise to modify amortization of the loan secured by this Mortgage
by reason of any demand by Borrower or any successor.  

7.4.5    Lender has the right to proceed at its election against all security
or against any item or items of such security from time to time, and no action
against any item or items of security shall bar subsequent actions against any
item or items of security.

7.4.6    No forbearance in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a
waiver thereof; no forbearance in exercising any right or remedy on any one or
more occasion shall operate as a waiver thereof on any further occasion; and no
single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall preclude any other
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

7.4.7    Failure by Lender to insist upon the strict performance of any of the
covenants and agreements herein set forth or to exercise any rights or remedies
upon default by Borrower hereunder shall not be considered or taken as a waiver
or relinquishment for the future of the right to insist upon and to enforce by
mandamus or other appropriate legal or equitable remedy strict compliance by
Borrower with all of the covenants and conditions hereof, or of the rights to
exercise any such rights or remedies, if such default by Borrower is continued
or repeated, or of the right to recover possession of the Property by reason
thereof.  To the extent permitted by law, any two or more of such rights or
remedies may be exercised at the same time.  


                                        - 28 -

<PAGE>
7.4.8    If any covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document is
breached by Borrower and thereafter waived by Lender, such waiver shall be
limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any
other breach hereunder.  No waiver shall be binding unless it is in writing and
signed by Lender.  No course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, nor any
delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any rights under any of
the Loan Documents, shall operate as a waiver.  

7.4.9    Pursuant to this Mortgage, Borrower has granted to Lender a security
interest in the personal property and Fixtures comprising a part of the Property
to further secure the Secured Obligations.  Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to
file financing and continuation statements with respect to such collateral
(including Fixtures) in which Borrower has an interest, without the signature of
Borrower whenever lawful, and upon request, Borrower shall promptly execute
financing and continuation statements in form satisfactory to Lender to perfect
and maintain perfected Lender's security interest in such collateral, and shall
pay all filing fees in connection therewith.  If Borrower fails to execute any
such statement pursuant to Lender's request, Lender may execute such statement
as Borrower's attorney-in-fact pursuant to the power of attorney made by
Borrower under Section 7.2 hereof.  In the event of the occurrence of one or
more Events of Default, Lender, pursuant to the applicable provision of Article
9, shall have the option of proceeding as to both real and personal property in
accordance with its rights and remedies in respect of the Property, in which
event the default provisions of Article 9 shall not apply.  The parties agree
that in the event Lender elects to proceed with respect to collateral
constituting personal property or Fixtures separately from the other Property,
the giving of five (5) days' notice by Lender, sent by an overnight mail
service, postage prepaid, to Borrower at its address referred to in the
introductory paragraph herein, designating the place and time of any public sale
or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of such
collateral is to be made, shall be deemed to be reasonable notice thereof and
Borrower waives any other notice with respect thereto.

7.4.10   Borrower and any other person now or hereafter obligated for the
payment or performance of all or any part of the Note shall not be released from
paying and performing under the Note, and the 


                                        - 29 -

<PAGE>
lien of this Mortgage shall not be affected by reason of [i] the failure of
Lender to comply with any request of Borrower (or of any other person so
obligated), to take action to foreclose this Mortgage or otherwise enforce any
of the provisions of this Mortgage or of any of the Secured Obligations, or [ii]
the release, regardless of consideration, of the obligations of any person
liable for payment or performance of the Note, or any part thereof, or [iii] any
agreement or stipulation extending the time of payment or modifying the terms of
the Note, and in the event of such agreement or stipulation, Borrower and all
such other persons shall continue to be liable under such documents, as amended
by such agreement or stipulation, unless expressly released and discharged in
writing by Lender.

7.4.11   Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby
irrevocably waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, and whether now
or hereafter in force, [i] the benefit of any and all valuation and appraisement
laws, [ii] any right of redemption after the date of any sale of the Property
upon foreclosure, whether statutory or otherwise, in respect of the Property,
[iii] any applicable homestead or dower laws, and [iv] all exemption laws
whatsoever and all moratoriums, extensions or stay laws or rules, or orders of
court in the nature of any one or more of them.

7.4.12   Nothing contained in any of the Loan Documents shall constitute any
consent or request by Lender, express or implied, for the performance of any
labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in
respect of the Property or any part thereof, or be construed to permit the
making of any claim against Lender in respect of labor or services or the
furnishing of any materials or other property or any claim that any lien based
on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such
materials or other property is prior to the lien of this Mortgage.

7.5 NOTICES.  All notices, demands, requests, and consents (hereinafter
"notices") given pursuant to the terms of this Mortgage shall be in writing,
shall be addressed to the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph of
this Mortgage and shall be served by [i] personal delivery; [ii] United States
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or [iii] 


                                        - 30 -

<PAGE>
nationally recognized overnight courier.  All notices shall be deemed to be
given upon the earlier of actual receipt or three (3) days after mailing or one
(1) business day after deposit with the overnight courier.  Any notices meeting
the requirements of this section shall be effective, regardless of whether or
not actually received.  Lender and Borrower may change their notice address at
any time by giving the other party written notice of such change.

7.6 AMENDMENT.  This Mortgage may only be amended by a writing signed by Lender
and Borrower.  All references to this Mortgage, whether in this Mortgage or in
any other document or instrument, shall be deemed to incorporate all amendments,
modifications and renewals of this Mortgage made after the Effective Date.

7.7 AFFILIATE OBLIGATIONS.  As used in this Mortgage, the term "Secured
Obligations" shall include, and this Mortgage shall secure the payment and
performance of all indebtedness and obligations of Borrower or any Affiliate
(except Kapson Chestnut Ridge Development Corp. and Chestnut Ridge Development,
LLC) to Lender now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation,
indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes, lease agreements, guaranties or
otherwise and obligations under such indebtedness documents and other documents
executed by Borrower or any Affiliate in connection therewith, and any
extensions, modifications, substitutions or renewals thereof (collectively, the
"Affiliate Obligations").  As used herein, "Affiliate" means any person,
corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity that, directly or
indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with
Borrower.  "Control" (and the correlative meaning of the term "controlled by")
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of such entity.  "Affiliate"
includes, without limitation, Kapson Management Corp., a New York corporation,
Kapson Rochester East, LLC, a New York limited liability company, and Senior
Quarters Management Corp., a New York corporation.  Upon request of Lender,
Borrower shall execute one or more amendments to this Mortgage or any other Loan
Document to further identify and describe any of the Affiliate Obligations.

7.8 WAIVERS RELATING TO AFFILIATE FINANCING.


                                        - 31 -

<PAGE>
7.8.1    Borrower [i] acknowledges that Lender would not have extended to
Borrower or any Affiliate the credit giving rise to Secured Obligations (the
"Credit") and will not continue to extend Credit to Borrower or any Affiliate
but for this Mortgage; [ii] warrants that Borrower has given this mortgage to
induce Lender to extend and to continue to extend Credit to Borrower or any
Affiliate; [iii] agrees that Lender may rely on this Mortgage in extending
future Credit to Borrower or any Affiliate; [iv] warrants that Borrower has
received good and valuable consideration for this Mortgage; [v] waives
acceptance of this Mortgage; [vi] warrants that Borrower has not given this
Mortgage in reliance upon the existence of any other security for or guaranty of
the Secured Obligations or anyone liable for performing the Secured Obligations
(including any Affiliate) (collectively the "Security"); [vii] acknowledges
receipt of notice of all Credit extended before this date; [viii] waives notice
of any Credit extended after this date; and [ix] waives protest and any other
notice of failure to pay any Credit or to perform any agreement relating to any
Credit or security for or guaranty of the Secured Obligations. 

7.8.2    Borrower [i] warrants that Borrower has not relied on any information
about any Affiliate, the Security, any mortgagor, or the Credit provided
directly or indirectly by Lender; [ii] warrants that Borrower is familiar with
the Affiliates, the affairs of the Affiliates, and the Security; [iii] warrants
that Borrower has had ample opportunity to investigate the Affiliates, the
affairs of the Affiliates, the Security, and the effect that the Credit will
have; [iv] warrants that Borrower has been provided all information concerning
the Affiliates, the affairs of the Affiliates, and the Security that Borrower
has requested; [v] warrants that Borrower has had adequate opportunity to seek
and evaluate professional advice concerning the Affiliates, the Security, and
this Mortgage from advisors of Borrower's choosing, including financial and
legal advice; [vi] agrees that Borrower shall not rely on any information
provided by Lender about any Affiliates or the Security, including any other
mortgagor; [vii] shall continue to investigate and evaluate the Affiliates and
the Security independently throughout the term of this Mortgage; and
[viii] acknowledges that Lender has no obligation to provide Borrower any
information about any Affiliate or the Security.


                                        - 32 -

<PAGE>
7.8.3    Without notice to or consent of Borrower, Lender may do or refrain
from doing anything affecting any Credit or any Security including the
following: [i] granting or not granting any indulgences to anyone (including any
Affiliate) liable for payment of any Credit or any Security; [ii] failing to get
or to perfect any Security; [iii] failing to get an enforceable agreement to
repay any Credit; [iv] releasing any Security or anyone or any property from
liability for payment of any Credit; [v] changing any agreement relating to any
Credit or any Security; [vi] extending the time for payment of any Credit
including extending the time beyond the term of the notes or other documents
evidencing the Secured Obligations; or [vii] delaying in enforcing or failing to
enforce any rights to payment of any Credit or rights against any Security. 

7.8.4    Borrower's obligations under this Mortgage shall not be affected by
[i] any default in any document concerning any Secured Obligations or Security
when accepted by Lender or arising anytime thereafter; [ii] the unenforceability
of or defect in any Security or document relating to any Secured Obligations;
[iii] any decline in the value of any Security; or, [iv] the death,
incompetence, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of affairs of
Borrower, any Affiliate, or anyone liable for any Security or any Secured
Obligations or the start of insolvency proceedings by or against any such person
or entity. 

7.8.5    Waiver of surety's defenses.  Borrower waives all suretyship and other
similar defenses.

                              ARTICLE 8:  INTERPRETATION

8.1 CAPTIONS.  The captions and headings contained in this Mortgage are for
convenient reference only and are not to be used to interpret or define the
provisions hereof.

8.2 SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Mortgage or the application thereof
to any party or circumstance shall, to any extent, be adjudged to be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Mortgage and the application of any such
provision to other parties or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, and
each provision of this Mortgage shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted by law.


                                        - 33 -

<PAGE>
8.3 GOVERNING LAW.  This Mortgage and the rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with
the laws of the State.

8.4 SURVIVAL.  All agreements, representations, and warranties contained in
this Mortgage shall survive the execution and delivery of this Mortgage, and
shall be deemed to be effective continuously throughout the term of this
Mortgage Instrument.

                               ARTICLE 9:  CONSTRUCTION

9.1 NO LIABILITY FOR LENDER.  Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the
undertaking of Lender under this Mortgage is limited as follows:

    (A)  LENDER IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE IN ANY WAY THE AGENT FOR OR TRUSTEE OF
BORROWER.  LENDER DOES NOT INTEND TO ACT IN ANY WAY FOR OR ON BEHALF OF BORROWER
IN DISBURSING THE PROCEEDS UNDER THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  LENDER'S PURPOSE IN MAKING
THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS TO PROTECT THE
VALIDITY AND PRIORITY OF THIS MORTGAGE AND THE VALUE OF ITS SECURITY.  

    (B)  THIS MORTGAGE IS NOT TO BE CONSTRUED BY BORROWER OR ANYONE FURNISHING
LABOR, MATERIALS, OR ANY OTHER WORK OR PRODUCT FOR IMPROVING THE PROPERTY AS AN
AGREEMENT BY LENDER TO ASSURE THAT ANYONE WILL BE PAID FOR FURNISHING SUCH
LABOR, MATERIALS, OR ANY OTHER WORK OR PRODUCT.  BORROWER IS AND SHALL BE SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH PAYMENTS.  

    (C)  LENDER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ANY IMPROVEMENTS TO THE
PROPERTY.  NOTWITHSTANDING LENDER'S INSPECTION OF THE PROPERTY AND THE
IMPROVEMENTS, LENDER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION
OR WORKMANSHIP, OR FOR THE ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY
IMPROVEMENTS TO THE PROPERTY, OR FOR THE ADHERENCE TO OR APPROVAL OF ANY PLANS
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANY IMPROVEMENTS TO THE PROPERTY.

         NOW, THEREFORE, if Borrower shall pay Borrower's Obligations in full
and shall fully comply with this Mortgage, then this Mortgage and the estate
hereby granted shall cease, and Lender shall thereupon release this Mortgage at
the cost and expense of Borrower (all claims for statutory penalties, in case of
Lender's 


                                        - 34 -

<PAGE>
failure to release, being hereby waived); otherwise, this Mortgage shall remain
in full force and effect.  


                                        - 35 -

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Mortgage has been duly executed as of (but
not necessarily on) the Effective Date.

                                  KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, LLC

                                  By:____________________________
                                     Glenn Kaplan, Member



STATE OF NEW YORK       )
                        ) SS:
COUNTY OF NASSAU        )


         On the ____ day of March, 1996 before me personally came Glenn Kaplan,
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides in
Woodbury, New York; that he is a member of Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC, the
company described in and which executed the above instrument; and that he signed
his name thereto by order of the members of said company.

                                  _______________________________
                                  Notary Public


My Commission Expires:___________________             [SEAL]


THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY:

DIANE V. DAVIS, ESQ.
SHUMAKER, LOOP & KENDRICK
1000 JACKSON STREET
TOLEDO, OHIO 43624


                                        - 36 -

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT A:  LEGAL DESCRIPTION

<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT B:  PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS


1.  Taxes and assessments not yet due and payable.

<PAGE>

Additional Mortgage Documents

    The following is a schedule of additional primary mortgage documents 
relating to facilities of which the Company owns the entire or a majority 
interest. Stockholders may obtain a copy of such documents by so requesting in 
writing.

    Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture
Filing made March, 1996 by Kapson Rochester East, LLC in favor of Health Care
REIT, Inc.

    Restated Mortgage, Consolidation, Modification and Extension Agreement,
dated as of December 14, 1994, between Larkfield Gardens Associates, L.P., as
mortgagor, and Sims Mortgage Funding, Inc., as mortgagee.

    Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture
Filing (Building/Construction Lien), effective as of January 11, 1995 by Kapson
Chestnut Ridge Development Corp. as borrower and Health Care REIT, Inc. as
lender.

    Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture
Filing (Acquisition/Land Lien), effective as of January 11, 1995, by Kapson
Chestnut Ridge Development Corp., as borrower, and Health Care REIT, Inc., as
lender.


    Consolidated and Restated First Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as
of February 22, 1994, in the amount of $16,059,750 from Commco Management
Associates Inc. to General Electric Capital Corporation.

    Multifamily Mortgage Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement, dated as
of November 30, 1995, between H. K. Associates and KAP Shore Development Corp.,
as mortgagor/grantor, and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, as
mortgagee.

    Consolidation, Amendment and Restatement of Mortgages, dated November 30,
1995, by and among H. K. Associates, KAP Shore Development Corp. and Green Park
Financial Limited Partnership.

    Open-End Construction First Mortgage Deed and Security Agreement, dated as
of February 22, 1994, in the amount of $16,059,750.00 from Kapson Stamford Corp.
to General Electric Capital Corporation.




<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.26

                                         NOTE



$3,890,625.00                                                   March 28, 1996
                                                            Woodbury, New York


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, LLC, a limited liability
company organized under the laws of the State of New York ("Borrower"), shall
pay to the order of HEALTH CARE REIT, INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware ("Lender"), the principal sum of Three Million
Eight Hundred Ninety Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars ($3,890,625.00),
or so much thereof as shall have been advanced to Borrower, with interest on so
much thereof as shall from time to time be outstanding at the rate of interest
set forth below, until fully paid.  This note is given pursuant to the Loan
Agreement of even date among Borrower and Lender (the "Loan Agreement") and is
subject to the provisions thereof.  The definitions in the Loan Agreement shall
be applicable to any capitalized terms herein that are not otherwise defined.

          1.  DEFINITIONS.

              "Amortization Date" means the first anniversary of the
Commencement Date.  

              "Business Day" means any day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or
a public holiday under the laws of the United States of America or the State of
Ohio.

              "Closing Date" means the date of this note.

              "Collateral Document" means any document providing security for
or guarantee of repayment of this note.

              "Commencement Date" means [i] the Closing Date if the Closing
Date occurs on the first day of a month or [ii] the 

<PAGE>

first day of the month after the Closing Date if the Closing Date occurs on any
day other than the first day of the month.

              "Consolidation Agreement" means the Mortgage Consolidation,
Spreader and Modification Agreement between Borrower and Lender dated as of the
Closing Date.

              "Default Rate" means the greater of [i] 2.50% plus the then
applicable interest rate; or [ii] 18.50%.

              "Equity Participation Fee" has the meaning set forth in Section
4.

              "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

              "Initial Rate" means a rate equal to the sum of [i] the Initial
Rate Index plus [ii] the Initial Rate Spread, and includes the annual increase
by the Initial Rate Increaser Amount as set forth in Section 2(b).

              "Initial Rate Increaser Amount" means 30 basis points per year.

              "Initial Rate Index" means the Rate Index on the Closing Date.

              "Initial Rate Spread" means 4.25%.

              "Initial Term" means the period commencing on the Closing Date
and expiring on the day before the Renewal Date.

              "Loan Amount" means $3,890,625.00.

              "Lockout Period" means [i] the period commencing on the Closing
Date and ending on the day before the sixth anniversary of the Commencement
Date; and [ii] the period commencing on the Renewal Date and ending on the day
before the sixth anniversary of the Renewal Date.

              "Maturity Date" means the tenth anniversary of the Renewal Date.


                                        - 2 -


<PAGE>
              "Mortgage" means the Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of
Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing (Acquisition/Land Lien), dated this date,
made by Borrower in favor of Lender to secure repayment of this Note, as
consolidated pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement.

              "Rate Change Date" means [i] during the Initial Term, each
anniversary of the Commencement Date; and [ii] during the Renewal Term, each
anniversary of the Renewal Date.

              "Rate Index" means the yield to maturity quoted in The Wall
Street Journal on the Closing Date or Renewal Date, as applicable, for the most
actively traded United States Treasury Note having the nearest equivalent term
to the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, whichever is applicable.  The
determination of the most actively traded United States Treasury Note will be
based upon the quotations given to the Lender by National City Bank (Cleveland)
or such other money center bank as Lender may then be using for interest rate
swap transactions.

              "Renewal Date" means the tenth anniversary of the Commencement
Date.

              "Renewal Notice" means the written notice by Borrower to Lender
that Borrower exercises its option to extend the term of this note to include
the Renewal Term.

              "Renewal Rate" means the rate equal to the sum of [i] the Renewal
Rate Index plus [ii] the Renewal Rate Spread, and includes the annual increase
by the Renewal Rate Increaser Amount as set forth in Section 2(c).

              "Renewal Rate Increaser Amount" means 30 basis points per year.

              "Renewal Rate Index" means the Rate Index on the Renewal Date;
provided, however, if the Renewal Date is not a Business Day, then the Renewal
Rate Index will be the Rate Index on the next Business Day.

              "Renewal Rate Spread" means 6.25%.


                                        - 3 -

<PAGE>

              "Renewal Term" means the period commencing on the Renewal Date
and expiring on the Maturity Date.

          2.  INTEREST RATE.  

              (a)  INITIAL RATE.  The interest rate per annum for the Initial
Term will be the Initial Rate.  On each Rate Change Date during the Initial
Term, the Initial Rate then in effect will be increased by the Initial Rate
Increaser Amount.  

              (b)  RENEWAL RATE.  The interest rate per annum for the Renewal
Term will be the Renewal Rate.  On each Rate Change Date during the Renewal
Term, the Renewal Rate then in effect will be increased by the Renewal Rate
Increaser Amount.  

              (c)  DEFAULT RATE.  After the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay interest on this note,
and on any judgment on this note, at the Default Rate.  

              (d)  COMPUTATION METHOD.  All interest rates shall be calculated
based on the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year (365/360 method).

          3.  TERM, AMORTIZATION AND PAYMENTS.  The term of this note shall be
the Initial Term; provided, however, that if [i] the Renewal Notice is received
by Lender at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date, [ii] there is no uncured
Event of Default on the date of the Renewal Notice and on the Renewal Date, and
[iii] Lender has received a notice of renewal for each loan and lease financing
made by Lender to any Affiliate of Borrower, the term of this note shall be
extended to include the Renewal Term.  Borrower shall make payments in arrears
in accordance with the following:

              (a)  On the first day of the first month after the Commencement
Date and on the first day of each month thereafter to and including the
Amortization Date, Borrower shall pay accrued interest only on the outstanding
principal balance at the Initial Rate for the period commencing on the
Commencement Date and ending on the day before the Amortization Date.


                                        - 4 -

<PAGE>

              (b)  Commencing on the first day of the first month after the
Amortization Date and on the first day of each month thereafter until the
Renewal Date, Borrower shall make monthly payments of principal and interest in
an amount sufficient to fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of this
note on the Amortization Date at the applicable interest rate then in effect
based upon a 25-year amortization period.  On each Rate Change Date, the amount
of the monthly payment of principal and interest shall be adjusted to reflect
the Initial Rate or Renewal Rate then in effect and shall be in an amount
sufficient to fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of this note on
such date based upon the remaining balance of the 25-year amortization period.

              (c)  If the term of this note has not been extended pursuant to
the first paragraph of Section 3, Borrower shall make a balloon payment on the
Renewal Date equal to the outstanding balance of this note including the
outstanding principal balance, all accrued and unpaid interest, the Equity
Participation Fee and all charges, expenses and other amounts payable by
Borrower to Lender.  If the term of this note has been extended to include the
Renewal Term pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 3, the following
subparagraphs (d), (e) and (f) shall apply.

              (d)  On the Renewal Date, Borrower shall make one payment of
principal and interest in an amount equal to the amount of the most recent
monthly payment of principal and interest paid pursuant to subparagraph (b)
above and shall pay the Equity Participation Fee.

              (e)  Commencing on the first day of the first month after the
Renewal Date and on the first day of each month thereafter until the Maturity
Date, Borrower shall make monthly payments of principal and interest in an
amount sufficient to fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of this
note on the Renewal Date at the applicable interest rate then in effect based
upon a 16-year amortization period.  On each anniversary of the Renewal Date,
the amount of the monthly payment of principal and interest shall be adjusted to
reflect the Renewal Rate then in effect and shall be in an amount sufficient to
fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of this note on such date based
upon the remaining balance of the 16-year amortization period.


                                        - 5 -

<PAGE>
              (f)  On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall make a balloon payment
equal to the outstanding balance of this note including the outstanding
principal balance, all accrued and unpaid interest and all charges, expenses and
other amounts payable by Borrower to Lender.

          4.  EQUITY PARTICIPATION.  Upon the earliest to occur of the
following:

                [i]     the Renewal Date,

               [ii]     prepayment of the Loan,

              [iii]     acceleration of the Loan pursuant to an Event of
Default, or

               [iv]     termination of the Loan,

Borrower will pay Lender a fee ("Equity Participation Fee") computed as follows:
[a] if the fair market value of the Facility at such time exceeds the Loan
Amount by more than 125%, the fee will equal 50% of the difference between the
fair market value of the Facility and the Loan Amount; and [b] if the fair
market value of the Facility is less than or equal to 125% of the Loan Amount,
the fee will equal 10% of the fair market value of the Facility subject to a cap
of 50% of the difference between the fair market value of the Facility and the
Loan Amount.  The fair market value of the Facility will be determined by an MAI
appraiser selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender using the
same appraisal methodology as was used for the appraisal submitted to Lender for
the closing of the Loan.  Borrower shall pay the appraisal fee.  The Equity
Participation Fee constitutes bargained-for consideration for Lender's extension
of the Loan to Borrower.

          5.  METHOD AND PLACE OF PAYMENT.  Borrower shall make all payments on
this note at One SeaGate, Suite 1950, Toledo, Ohio 43604, or at such other place
as the holder hereof may designate.  Borrower shall make all payments in lawful
money of the United States of America.

          6.  PREPAYMENT.  Borrower shall have no privilege of prepaying this
note in whole or in part except as expressly 


                                        - 6 -

<PAGE>
provided herein.  Borrower may not make partial prepayments at any time. 
Borrower may not make full prepayment of this note during any Lockout Period. 
Borrower may prepay the entire outstanding principal balance of this note plus
accrued interest thereon at any time that is not within a Lockout Period by
giving Lender 45 days irrevocable prior written notice and, in consideration for
the privilege of prepayment, Borrower shall pay Lender a prepayment fee as
follows:

              (a)  7.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the sixth anniversary but before the
seventh anniversary of the Commencement Date;

              (b)  5.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the seventh anniversary but before the
eighth anniversary of the Commencement Date;

              (c)  3.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the eighth anniversary but before the
ninth anniversary of the Commencement Date;

              (d)  1.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the ninth anniversary of the Commencement
Date but before the 60th day prior to the Renewal Date;

              (e)  7.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the sixth anniversary but before the
seventh anniversary of the Renewal Date;

              (f)  5.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the seventh anniversary but before the
eighth anniversary of the Renewal Date;

              (g)  3.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the eighth anniversary but before the
ninth anniversary of the Renewal Date;


                                        - 7 -

<PAGE>
              (h)  1.00% of the outstanding principal balance of the note if
Borrower prepays the note on or after the ninth anniversary of the Renewal Date
but before the 60th day prior to the Maturity Date.

There shall be no prepayment fee if this note is paid during the last 60 days of
the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable.  If Borrower gives Lender
notice of prepayment, such notice may not be withdrawn and the entire balance of
this note, including the applicable prepayment fee and the Equity Participation
Fee, shall be due and payable upon the date specified for prepayment in such
notice.

         Borrower acknowledges that [i] Lender has extended the Loan to
Borrower in reliance upon the Renewal Date and Maturity Date set forth in this
note; [ii] Lender does not desire prepayment of this note; [iii] prepayment of
this note during any Lockout Period will cause irreparable injury to Lender for
which there is no adequate remedy at law; and [iv] if Borrower attempts to repay
this note during any Lockout Period or if an Event of Default occurs during any
Lockout Period, Lender is entitled, at its option, to obtain the remedy of
specific performance with respect to Borrower's obligations under this note and
the other Loan Documents.  Borrower irrevocably waives all defenses based on the
adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to the remedy of
specific performance.

         In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction holds that [i] the
prohibition of prepayment set forth in this note is unenforceable, or [ii] the
remedy of specific performance will not be granted to Lender with respect to any
attempt by Borrower to prepay this note during a Lockout Period, whether such
prepayment is made pursuant to the occurrence of an Event of Default or for any
other reason, a prepayment fee of 7.00% of the outstanding principal balance of
this note shall be payable by Borrower to Lender in connection with any
prepayment made during a Lockout Period.  

         The prepayment fee payable under this note constitutes the bargained-
for consideration for Borrower's privilege of prepayment, and does not
constitute a penalty.


                                        - 8 -

<PAGE>

          7.  LATE CHARGE.  Borrower acknowledges that any default in any
payment due under this note will result in loss and additional expense to Lender
in handling such delinquent payments and meeting Lender's other financial
obligations.  Because such loss and additional expense is extremely difficult
and impractical to ascertain, Borrower agrees that if any payment hereunder is
not paid within 10 days after the due date, Borrower shall pay, as a reasonable
estimate of such loss and expense, a late charge equal to the lesser of [i] 5%
of the amount of the overdue payment, or [ii] the maximum amount permitted by
applicable law.

          8.  APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  Unless Lender elects otherwise, all
payments and other amounts received by Lender shall be credited as follows: 
[i] first to any charges, costs, expenses and fees payable by Borrower under
this note, the Loan Agreement or the Mortgage, or incurred by Lender for the
protection of any collateral securing the payment of this note, if not paid by
Borrower by the due date; [ii] second to interest on the foregoing amounts at
the Default Rate from the due date or date of payment by Lender, as the case may
be; [iii] third to accrued but unpaid interest on this note; [iv] fourth, to the
principal amount outstanding; and [v] the balance, if any, to Borrower.

          9.  DEFAULT.  The occurrence of an Event of Default under the Loan
Agreement or Mortgage shall be an Event of Default hereunder.

         10.  ACCELERATION.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, in
addition to all other remedies under the Loan Agreement, Mortgage, any other
security for or guarantee of this note, and at law or in equity, at the option
of Lender [i] the outstanding principal balance of this note, all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower to Lender,
including, without limitation, the Equity Participation Fee and the applicable
prepayment fee, shall be immediately due and payable, and [ii] all such amounts
shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of the Event of Default
until paid.  Lender may exercise either or both options without notice or demand
of any kind.  If an Event of Default occurs and payment of this note is
accelerated, any payment of the indebtedness evidenced by this note by Borrower
or any other person or entity shall be deemed to be a voluntary prepayment and
the indebtedness shall include the 


                                        - 9 -

<PAGE>
prepayment fee required under Section 6, to the extent permitted by law.  If the
acceleration of this note occurs during a Lockout Period and Lender is not
granted the remedy of specific performance as set forth in Section 6, the
prepayment fee shall be 7.00% of the outstanding principal balance of this note.

         11.  GOVERNING LAW.  This note shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to the conflict of laws rules thereof.

         12.  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence in the payment of
this note.  All grace periods in the Loan Agreement and any Collateral Document
that apply to a default shall run concurrently.

         13.  HOLIDAYS.  If any installment of this note becomes due on a day
which is not a Business Day, Borrower may pay the installment on the next
succeeding day on which banking institutions are open.

         14.  WAIVERS.  None of the following shall be a course of dealing,
estoppel, waiver or the like on which any party to this note or any Collateral
Document may rely:  [i] Lender's acceptance of one or more late or partial
payments; [ii] Lender's forbearance from exercising any right or remedy under
this note or any Collateral Document; or [iii] Lender's forbearance from
exercising any right or remedy under this note or any Collateral Document on any
one or more occasions.  Lender's exercise of any rights or remedies or a part of
a right or remedy on one or more occasions shall not preclude Lender from
exercising the right or remedy at any other time.  Lender's rights and remedies
under this note, the Collateral Documents, and the law and equity are cumulative
to, but independent of, each other.

         15.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Each party to this note and each Collateral
Document: [i] acknowledges that Lender would not have extended the credit
evidenced by this note and will not continue to extend the credit but for the
obligations of each; [ii] warrants that each has executed this note or
Collateral Documents to induce Lender to extend and to continue to extend the
credit; [iii] warrants that each has received good and valuable consideration
for executing this note or any Collateral Document; 


                                        - 10 -

<PAGE>
and [iv] warrants that none have executed this note or any Collateral Document
in reliance upon the existence of the security for or guaranty or promise of the
payment of this note.

         16.  INDULGENCES.  Without notice, Lender may do or refrain from doing
anything affecting this note or any Collateral Document, as many times as Lender
desires, including the following:  [i] granting or not granting any indulgences
to anyone liable for payment of this note or to anyone liable under any
Collateral Document; [ii] releasing any security or anyone or any property from
liability on this note or any Collateral Document; [iii] amending this note or
any Collateral Document, including extending the time for payment of this note,
in accordance the terms of such Collateral Documents.

         17.  NO RELEASE OF LIABILITY.  No obligations of any party to this
note shall be affected by [i] any default in this note or any Collateral
Document when accepted by Lender or arising any time thereafter; [ii] the
unenforceability of or defect in this note or in any Collateral Document or any
interest conveyed by any Collateral Document; [iii] any decline in the value of
any interest in any property conveyed by any Collateral Document; or, [iv] the
death, incompetence, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of
affairs of any party to this note or any Collateral Document or the start of
insolvency proceedings by or against any such party.  EACH PARTY TO THIS NOTE
WAIVES ALL SURETYSHIP AND OTHER SIMILAR DEFENSES.  No party to this note or any
Collateral Document may enforce any right of subrogation or contribution unless
and until this note is paid in full and waives all rights of subrogation against
any party that is subject to insolvency proceedings unless and until this note
is paid in full.

         18.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands, requests and consents
(hereinafter "notices") given pursuant to this note shall be in writing, and
shall be served by [i] personal delivery, [ii] United States certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or [iii] nationally recognized
overnight courier to the following addresses:

         To Borrower:   Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC
                        339 Crossways Park Drive
                        Woodbury, New York  11797


                                        - 11 -

<PAGE>
         To Lender:     Health Care REIT, Inc.
                        One SeaGate, Suite 1950
                        P.O. Box 1475
                        Toledo, Ohio  43603

All notices shall be deemed to be given upon the earlier of actual receipt or
three days after deposit in the United States mail, or one business day after
deposit with the overnight courier.  Lender and Borrower may change their notice
address at any time by giving the other party written notice of such change.

         19.  REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY REGARDING BUSINESS PURPOSE.  Borrower
represents and warrants that the loan evidenced by this note is for business
purposes only and not for personal, family, household, or agricultural purposes.

         20.  SECURITY.  This note is secured by the Mortgage, a Letter of
Credit and all other collateral for the Loan and is guaranteed by the
Unconditional and Continuing Guaranty of Glenn Kaplan, Evan Kaplan and Wayne
Kaplan.

         21.  PROTEST.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan
Agreement or Mortgage, each party to this note jointly and severally waives
protest, notice of protest, demand, dishonor or default, presentment for
payment, notice of intent to declare this note immediately due and payable,
notice of declaration that this note is immediately due and payable in full, all
other notices, and all demands.

         22.  SAVINGS CLAUSE.  The intention of Lender and Borrower is to
comply with the laws of the State of New York concerning the rate of interest on
this note.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this note or in any other
document given in connection with this note, Borrower shall not be required to
pay interest in excess of the maximum lawful rate.  To the extent the amount of
interest provided in this note ever exceeds the maximum lawful rate (the "Excess
Interest"), [i] the provisions of this paragraph shall govern and control;
[ii] Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any Excess Interest; [iii] any
Excess Interest that Lender may have received shall be credited against the then
outstanding balance due under this note and, if the Excess Interest exceeds the
outstanding balance, the excess amount shall be 


                                        - 12 -

<PAGE>
refunded to Borrower; [iv] the rate of interest under this note shall be
automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate and this note and any other
documents given in connection therewith shall be deemed reformed and modified to
reflect such reduction; and [v] subject to the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph, Borrower shall have no action or remedy against Lender for any
damages whatsoever or any defense to enforcement of the note or any other
documents given in connection therewith arising out of the payment or collection
of any Excess Interest.  In determining whether interest paid or payable on this
note exceeds the maximum lawful rate, Borrower agrees to exclude voluntary
prepayment fees from the calculation of interest and to spread the total amount
of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of this note.

         23.  ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES.  Borrower shall pay to Lender all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing or preserving
Lender's rights under this note, the Loan Agreement or any Collateral Document,
and in all matters of collection, whether or not an Event of Default has
actually occurred or has been declared and thereafter cured, including but not
limited to, [i] attorney's and paralegal's fees and disbursements; [ii] the fees
and expenses of any litigation, administrative, bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership and any other similar proceeding; [iii] court costs; [iv] the
expenses of Lender, its employees, agents, attorneys and witnesses in preparing
for litigation, administrative, bankruptcy, insolvency and other proceedings and
for lodging, travel, and attendance at meetings, hearings, depositions, and
trials; and [v] consulting and witness fees incurred by Lender in connection
with any litigation or other proceeding.

         24.  SEVERABILITY.  If any clause, provision, section or article of
this note is ruled invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, the
invalidity of such clause, provision, section, or article shall not affect any
of the remaining provisions hereof.

         25.  ASSIGNMENT.  Borrower shall not assign its rights nor delegate
its obligations under this note.

         26.  AMENDMENT.  This note may not be amended except in writing signed
by Borrower and Lender.  All references to this note, whether in this note or in
any other document or instrument, 


                                        - 13 -

<PAGE>
shall be deemed to incorporate all amendments, modifications, and renewals of
this note and all substitutions made therefor after the date hereof.

         27.  COTERMINOUS FINANCINGS.  The term of this note, the Renewal Date,
the Maturity Date, the Lockout Period and the prepayment periods described in
Section 6 of this note are subject to adjustment from time to time in connection
with the $40,000,000 credit facility ("Credit Facility") extended by Lender to
Kapson Management Corp. as set forth in the Credit Facility Agreement dated
January 11, 1995.  Upon the closing of each financing made pursuant to the
Credit Facility, the Renewal Date, Maturity Date, Lockout Period and prepayment
periods set forth in this note shall be deemed extended to be coterminous with
the most recent financing.

         28.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS AND
CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL
COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER MONROE COUNTY, NEW YORK FOR ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO [I] THE
COMMITMENT LETTER FOR THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE; [II] THIS NOTE; OR [III]
ANY LOAN DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE.  BORROWER HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT BORROWER MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, THE
DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING.  BORROWER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION BY
SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

         BORROWER AND ANY GUARANTOR AGREE NOT TO INSTITUTE ANY LEGAL ACTION OR
PROCEEDING AGAINST LENDER OR ANY DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, AGENT OR PROPERTY
OF LENDER, CONCERNING ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE COMMITMENT
LETTER OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION OVER LUCAS COUNTY, OHIO OR MONROE COUNTY, NEW YORK.

         BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS BY LENDER IN ANY MANNER
AND IN ANY JURISDICTION PERMITTED BY LAW.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT OR IMPAIR
LENDER'S RIGHT TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW, OR
LENDER'S RIGHT TO BRING ANY 


                                        - 14 -

<PAGE>
ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR THE PROPERTY OF BORROWER OR ANY
GUARANTOR IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

         29.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,
BORROWER AND ANY GUARANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A
JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO THIS NOTE.


         30.  CONSOLIDATION.  This note is the "Note" referred to in the
Consolidation Agreement.  All of the terms and provisions of this note shall
supersede and replace all of the terms and provisions of the Prior Note (as
defined in the Consolidation Agreement).

               [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]   


                                        - 15 -

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this note effective
as of the date first set forth above.


                                  KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, LLC


                                  By:____________________________
                                     Glenn Kaplan, Member 


                                        - 16 -


<PAGE>

Additional Mortgage Notes

    The following is a schedule of additional mortgage notes relating to 
facilities of which the Company owns the entire or a majority interest. 
Stockholders may obtain a copy of such documents by so requesting in writing.

    Mortgage Note in the sum of $6,484,375.00, dated March 28, 1996, made by
Kapson Rochester East, LLC to the order of Health Care REIT, Inc.

    Restated Mortgage Note, dated December 14, 1994, in the principal sum of
$20,599,900.00, issued by Kapson Northport Development Corp. to Sims Mortgage
Funding, Inc.

    Promissory Note, dated January 11, 1995, in the principal sum of
$8,000,000.00 issued by Kapson Chestnut Ridge Development Corp. to Health Care
REIT, Inc.

    Mortgage Note, dated February 22, 1994, between Commco Management
Associates, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation in the principal sum
of $2,860,769.72.

    Consolidation, Amendment and Restatement of Notes, dated November 30, 1995,
by and among H. K. Associates and KAP Shore Development Corp., and Green Park
Financial Limited Partnership.

    Consolidated and Restated Promissory Note in the amount of $8,965,882,
dated February 22, 1994, issued by Commco Management Associates, Inc. to General
Electric Capital Corporation.




<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.27

                                    LOAN AGREEMENT

         THIS LOAN AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into effective 
as of March __, 1996 (the "Closing Date") between KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, 
LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of New 
York (the "Borrower"), having its chief executive office at 339 Crossways 
Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797, and HEALTH CARE REIT, INC., a 
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Lender"), 
having an address of One SeaGate, Suite 1950, P.O. Box 1475, Toledo, Ohio 
43603.

                                   R E C I T A L S:

         A.   Borrower desires to acquire a 79-bed assisted living facility 
known as Town Gate Manor and located in Greece, New York.

         B.   Lender has agreed to provide a loan of up to the Loan Amount 
(hereinafter defined) to finance the facility, upon the terms and subject to 
the conditions of this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and the 
premises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                         ARTICLE 1:  PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 PURPOSE.  The purpose of this Agreement is to establish the Loan with 
Lender for the financing of the Facility (as hereinafter defined).

1.2 DEFINITIONS.  Except as otherwise expressly provided, [i] the terms 
defined in this section have the meanings assigned to them in this section 
and include the plural as well as the singular; [ii] all accounting terms not 
otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles as of the time applicable; and 
[iii] the words "herein", "hereof", and "hereunder" and similar words refer 
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section.

<PAGE>

    "Affiliate" means any person, corporation, partnership, limited liability 
company, trust, or other legal entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, 
or is controlled by, or is under common control with Borrower or any 
Guarantor. "Control" (and the correlative meanings of the terms "controlled 
by" and "under common control with") means the possession, directly or 
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management 
and policies of such entity. "Affiliate" includes, without limitation, Kapson 
Management Corp., a New York corporation, Kapson Chestnut Ridge Development 
Corp., a New York corporation, Kapson Rochester East, LLC, a New York limited 
liability company, Chestnut Ridge Development, LLC, a New York limited 
liability company, and Senior Quarters Management Corp., a New York 
corporation.

    "Annual Financial Statements" means [i] for the Borrower, the audited 
balance sheet and statement of income for the most recent fiscal year on an 
individual facility and consolidated basis and an audited operating statement 
for each Facility for the most recent fiscal year; and [ii] for the 
Guarantor, the unaudited financial statement for the most recent fiscal year.

    "Appraisal" means an appraisal setting forth the fair market value of the 
Facility.

    "Approved Costs" means the following:  [i] Facility Costs; [ii] Closing 
Costs; and [iii] Letter of Credit Deposit.  "Approved Costs" do not include 
working capital or fees paid to Borrower, Guarantors, or any Affiliate of 
Borrower or Guarantors.

    "Article 9" means Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in 
the State.

    "Borrower" means Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC, a limited liability company 
organized under the laws of the State of New York, its successors and 
permitted assigns.

    "Borrower's Organizational Documents" means the Articles of Organization 
of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the state of organization, 
as amended to date, and the Operating Agreement of Borrower certified by 
Borrower, as amended to date.

                                        - 2 -

<PAGE>

    "Business Day" means any day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or a 
public holiday under the laws of the United States of America or the State of 
Ohio.

    "Cash Flow" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.1.

    "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and 
Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time.  The terms "disposal" 
and "release" as used in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in 
CERCLA.

    "Closing" means the closing of the Loan.

    "Closing Costs" means the following reasonable costs to meet Lender's 
closing requirements:  [i] Commitment Fee; [ii] title insurance premiums and 
search fees; [iii] cost of surveys; [iv] costs of environmental studies; [v]
legal fees of Lender's counsel and Borrower's counsel; [vi] property 
inspection fees; [vii] Letter of Credit Fee charged by Issuer for the first 
year the Letter of Credit is issued; [viii] Loan Expenses; and [ix] other 
costs customarily incurred in closing financings.

    "Collateral Assignment of Management Agreement" means the Collateral 
Assignment of Management Agreement between Lender and The Kapson Group and 
the Consent of Manager attached thereto. 

    "Commitment" means the commitment for the Loan dated November 28, 1994, 
as amended on September 28, 1995 and November 9, 1995.

    "Commitment Fee" means the commitment fee for the Loan payable to Lender 
by Borrower in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Loan Amount.

    "Consolidation Agreement" means the Mortgage Consolidation, Spreader and 
Modification Agreement between Lender and Borrower of even date.

    "Coverage Ratio" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.1.

    "Environmental Assessment" means an environmental assessment of the Land 
meeting the Lender's Requirements for Environmental Assessments.

                                        - 3 -

<PAGE>

    "Environmental Consultant" means a registered engineer in the State or 
other consultant approved by Lender.

    "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state, and local ecological, 
wetlands, and other environmental laws and regulations, as amended from time 
to time, including but not limited to [i] CERCLA; [ii] the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act; [iii] the Hazardous Materials Transportation 
Act; [iv] the Clean Air Act; [v] Clean Water Act; [vi] the Toxic Substances 
Control Act; and [vii] the Safe Water Drinking Act.

    "Facility" means the Real Property and Personal Property comprising the 
assisted living facility being financed by the Loan.

    "Facility Costs" means the following reasonable costs:  [i] for 
acquisition transactions, the purchase price for the land and building and 
personal property costs not to exceed 10% of the Loan Amount; [ii] for 
development and conversion transactions, the following costs:  [a] land 
acquisition cost and, for conversion projects, acquisition costs of the 
existing land and building, in each case being funded pursuant to the Land 
Mortgage; [b] cost of construction of the building and fixtures; [c] costs of 
architectural and engineering services; [d] costs of soil borings and other 
customary testing services; [e]cost of personal property not to exceed 10% of 
the Loan Amount; [f] Development Fees; [g] Construction Loan Period interest; 
[h] Capitalized Interest; and [i]other reasonable and customary costs 
approved by Lender.

    "Financial Statements" means [i] the unaudited balance sheet and 
statement of income of Borrower; and [ii] the unaudited financial statement 
of each Guarantor submitted to Lender. 

    "Fixtures" means all fixtures now or hereafter installed or located in, 
on or about the Land or the Improvements and any replacements, substitutions 
and additions thereto.

    "Government Authorizations" means all permits, licenses, approvals, 
consents, and authorizations required to comply with all Legal Requirements, 
including but not limited to, [i] zoning permits, variances, exceptions, 
special use permits, conditional use permits, and consents; [ii] all permits, 
licenses and approvals required for licensure and operation of an assisted 
living

                                        - 4 - 

<PAGE>

facility, [iii] environmental, ecological, coastal, wetlands, air, and 
water permits, licenses, and consents; [iv] curb cut, subdivision, land use, 
and planning permits, licenses, approvals and consents; [v] building, sign, 
fire, health, and safety permits, licenses, approvals, and consents; and [vi] 
architectural reviews, approvals, and consents required under restrictive 
covenants.

    "Guaranty" means the Unconditional and Continuing Guaranty entered into 
by the Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Loan and any amendments thereto 
or substitutions or replacements therefor.

    "Guarantor"  means Glenn Kaplan, Evan Kaplan and Wayne Kaplan, 
individually and collectively.

    "Hazardous Materials" means any substance [i] the presence of which poses 
a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about the Land including 
but not limited to asbestos containing materials; [ii] which requires removal 
or remediation under any Environmental Law, including without limitation any 
substance which is toxic, explosive, flammable, radioactive, or otherwise 
hazardous; or [iii] which is regulated under or classified under any 
Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic including but not limited to any 
substance within the meaning of "hazardous substance", "hazardous material", 
"hazardous waste", "toxic substance", "regulated substance", "solid waste",  
or "pollutant" as defined in any Environmental Law.

    "Improvements" means all buildings, structures, additions, and 
improvements now or hereafter erected or placed upon the Land and the offsite 
improvements, if any, necessary for the operation of each Facility.  

    "Insurance Requirements" means [i] all terms of any insurance policy 
required by the Loan Documents; [ii] all requirements of the issuer of any 
such policy; and [iii] the requirements of any Board of Insurance 
Underwriters or similar organization.

    "Intangible Personal Property" means the following: [i] all accounts, 
contract rights, general intangibles, instruments, documents, Receivables, 
and chattel paper (as "accounts", "contract rights", "general intangibles", 
"instruments", "documents", and "chattel paper" are defined for purposes of 
Article 9) now or 

                                        - 5 -

<PAGE>

hereafter arising in connection with the business located in or on or 
used or usable in connection with the Real Property and replacements, 
additions, and accessions thereto; [ii] unless prohibited by law, all 
franchises, permits, licenses and rights therein regarding the use, occupancy 
or operation of the Improvements, or any part thereof; [iii] unless expressly 
prohibited by the terms thereof, all contracts, agreements, contract rights 
and materials relating to the design, construction or operation of the 
Improvements, including but not limited to, plans, specifications, drawings, 
blueprints, models and mock-ups, and all brochures, flyers, advertising and 
promotional materials and mailing lists; and [iv] all ledger sheets, files, 
records, computer programs, tapes, other electronic data processing 
materials, and other documentation relating to the preceding listed property.

    "Issuer" means a financial institution satisfactory to Lender issuing the 
Letter of Credit and such Issuer's successors and assigns.  Any "Issuer" 
shall have a Lace Financial Service Rating of "C+" or higher at all times 
throughout the term of the Loan.

    "Land" means the land described on Exhibit A.

    "Legal Requirements" means all laws, regulations, rules, orders, writs, 
injunctions, decrees, certificates, requirements, agreements, conditions of 
participation and standards of any federal, state, county, municipal or other 
governmental entity, administrative agency, insurance underwriting board, 
architectural control board, private third-party payor, accreditation 
organization, or any restrictive covenants applicable to the development and 
operation of each Facility by Borrower, including but not limited to, [i] 
zoning, building, fire, health, safety, sign, and subdivision regulations and 
codes; [ii] licensure to operate as an assisted living facility; [iii] the 
Environmental Laws; and [iv] requirements, conditions and standards for 
participation in third-party payer insurance programs.

    "Lender" means Health Care REIT, Inc., its successors and assigns.

    "Letter of Credit" means an irrevocable and transferable Letter of Credit 
in an amount equal to 5.00% of the Loan Amount, 

                                        - 6 -

<PAGE>

issued by Issuer in favor of Lender as security for the Loan and in 
form acceptable to Lender, and any amendments thereto or replacements or 
substitutions therefor.

    "Letter of Credit Deposit" means the amount of cash collateral required 
by Issuer to be pledged as security for the Letter of Credit.

    "List of Leases and Contracts" means the List of Leases and Contracts 
described in Section 4.16 and set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto.

    "Loan" means the loan by Lender to Borrower in the amount of the Loan 
Amount.

    "Loan Amount" means $3,890,625.00.

    "Loan Documents" means [i] this Agreement; [ii] the Note; [iii] the 
Mortgage; [iv] the Collateral Assignment of Management Agreement; [v] the 
Consolidation Agreement; and [vi] all other documents and instruments 
executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan.

    "Loan Expenses" means all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by 
Lender in investigating, making and administering the Loan, including but not 
limited to, [i] attorneys' and paralegals' fees and costs; and [ii] travel, 
transportation, food, and lodging costs and expenses incurred by Lender and 
Lender's attorneys and paralegals.

    "Management Agreement" means the Management Agreement between The Kapson 
Group and Manager dated as of March 27, 1996, as amended from time to time. 

    "Manager" means Senior Quarters Management Corp., a corporation organized 
under the laws of the State of New York.

    "Material Obligation" means [i] any indebtedness secured by a lien, deed 
of trust or mortgage on any Facility and any agreement relating thereto; [ii] 
any obligation or agreement that is material to the operation of any Facility 
or that is material to Borrower's business or financial condition; [iii] any 
indebtedness or capital 

                                        - 7 -

<PAGE>

lease that has an outstanding principal balance of at least $50,000.00 
and any agreement relating thereto; and [iv] any obligation to or agreement 
with the Issuer relating to the Letter of Credit.

    "Maturity Date" has the meaning set forth in the Note.

    "Mortgage" means the Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases 
and Rents and Fixture Filing (Acquisition/Land Lien) of even date granted by 
Borrower to Lender, as consolidated pursuant to the Consolidation Agreement.

    "Net Worth" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.1.

    "Note" means the Note of even date made by Borrower in favor of Lender 
for a principal amount equal to the Loan Amount.

    "Periodic Financial Statements" means [i] unaudited internal balance 
sheet and statement of income of Borrower for the most recent quarter; and 
[ii] after the Facility is completed, an unaudited internal Facility 
operating statement for the most recent quarter.

    "Permitted Exceptions" means the exceptions to title set forth on 
Exhibit B.

    "Permitted Liens" means [i] liens granted to Lender; [ii] liens 
customarily incurred by Borrower in the ordinary course of business for items 
not due and payable including mechanic's liens and deposits and charges under 
worker's compensation laws; [iii] liens for taxes and assessments not yet due 
and payable; [iv] any lien, charge, or encumbrance which is being contested 
in good faith pursuant to this Agreement; [v] the Permitted Exceptions; and 
[vi] purchase money financing and capitalized equipment leases for the 
acquisition of personal property provided, however, that Lender obtains a 
nondisturbance agreement from the purchase money lender or equipment lessor 
in form and substance as may be satisfactory to Lender if the original cost 
of the equipment exceeds $50,000.00.

    "Personal Property" means the Tangible Personal Property and Intangible 
Personal Property.

                                        - 8 -

<PAGE>

    "Pro Forma Statement" means a financial forecast for the Facility 
for the five year period commencing on the Closing Date prepared in 
accordance with the standards for forecasts established by the American 
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

    "Real Property" means, collectively, the Land, Improvements and Fixtures.

    "Receivables" means [i] all of Borrower's rights to receive payment for 
providing resident care and services as set forth in any accounts, contract 
rights, and instruments, whether now existing or hereafter arising (but not 
including any rights arising after Lender shall have foreclosed on the 
Facility or after a receiver is appointed for the Facility), and all proceeds 
thereof, and [ii] those documents, chattel paper, inventory proceeds, 
provider agreements, participation agreements, ledger sheets, files, records, 
computer programs, tapes, and agreements relating to Borrower's rights to 
receive payment for providing resident care services.

    "Renewal Date" has the meaning set forth in the Note.

    "Reserves" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.3.

    "Secured Obligations" has the meaning set forth in the Mortgage.

    "State" means the State of New York.

    "Survey" means a survey of the Land prepared in accordance with the 
Minimum Detail Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly adopted by 
ALTA/ACSM in 1992 and such other requirements as may be required by Lender 
and Title Company.

    "Surveyor's Report" means a Surveyor's Report in the form customarily 
used by Title Company and prepared in connection with each Survey.

    "Tangible Personal Property" means all machinery, furniture, equipment, 
trade fixtures, appliances, inventory, and other goods (as "equipment", 
"inventory", and "goods" are defined for purposes of Article 9) now or 
hereafter located in or on or used or usable 

                                        - 9 -

<PAGE>

in connection with the Real Property and replacements, additions, and 
accessions thereto, including without limitation those items which are to 
become Fixtures or which are building supplies and materials to be 
incorporated into an Improvement or Fixture.

    "Title Commitment" means an ALTA Form B Commitment, 1970 form as revised 
10-17-84, for mortgage title insurance issued by the Title Company for each 
Facility.

    "Title Company" means Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation.

    "Title Policy" means the final title policy issued by the Title Company 
to Lender pursuant to the Title Commitment for each Facility.

1.3 INCORPORATION OF AMENDMENTS.  The definition of any agreement, document, 
or instrument set forth in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall 
be deemed to incorporate all amendments, modifications, and renewals thereof 
and all substitutions and replacements therefor.

1.4 EXHIBITS.  The following exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated 
herein:

                   Exhibit A:  Legal Description
                   Exhibit B:  Permitted Exceptions
                   Exhibit C:  Government Authorizations
                   Exhibit D:  List of Leases and Contracts
                   Exhibit E:  Pending Litigation
                   Exhibit F:  Documents to be Delivered
                   Exhibit G:  Certificate and Facility Financial Reports

                         ARTICLE 2:  LOAN AND LOAN DOCUMENTS

2.1 OBLIGATION TO LEND.  Subject to the terms and upon the conditions set 
forth in the Loan Documents, Lender shall lend to Borrower up to the Loan 
Amount.  The indebtedness of Borrower to Lender for the Loan is evidenced by 
the Note.

2.2 OBLIGATION TO REPAY.  Borrower shall repay the Loan in accordance with 
the terms of the Note and the other Loan Documents.

                                        - 10 -

<PAGE>

2.2.1    TERM OF THE LOAN.  The term of the Loan will expire on the 
Renewal Date set forth in the Note, unless extended by Borrower to the 
Maturity Date.

2.2.2    INTEREST AND PAYMENTS.  Borrower shall make payments in accordance 
with the Note at the rates set forth in the Note.

2.3 USE OF PROCEEDS.  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan solely for 
the purpose of paying the Approved Costs.

2.4 SECURITY.  The Loan is secured by the Mortgage and any other security for 
the Loan provided to Lender.

2.5 COMMITMENT FEE.    Borrower shall pay the Commitment Fee at the Closing.  

2.6 LOAN EXPENSES.  At the Closing, Borrower shall pay or reimburse Lender 
for any Loan Expenses incurred up to the Closing Date.  Within 30 days after 
receipt of an invoice therefor, Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any Loan 
Expenses incurred by Lender.  Lender may, at Lender's option, apply proceeds 
of the Loan to pay the Commitment Fee and Loan Expenses.

2.7 DISBURSEMENTS.  Upon Borrower's compliance with all conditions precedent, 
Lender shall disburse the Loan.

2.8 CLOSING.  The Closing shall occur at a time and place mutually agreed 
upon by Lender and Borrower, but no later than the date specified in the 
Commitment unless extended by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion.  
Lender may elect to close by exchanging executed counterparts of one or more 
of the Loan Documents and other closing documents by mail or a national 
courier service, or by telecopier followed by exchanging documents by mail or 
national courier service.

                   ARTICLE 3:  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DISBURSEMENT

3.1 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL DISBURSEMENT.  Borrower shall comply 
with, and Lender's obligation to make the initial disbursement of the Loan 
shall be conditioned upon Borrower's performance of the following conditions 
precedent:

                                        - 11 -

<PAGE>

3.1.1    TITLE COMMITMENT.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the 
Title Commitment issued by the Title Company committing to insure the 
Mortgage to be a valid first lien upon the Land and all appurtenant easements 
subject only to Permitted Exceptions.  The Title Commitment shall be in form 
and substance satisfactory to Lender.

3.1.2    SURVEY.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the Survey and 
Surveyor's Report in the form customarily used by the Title Company.  The 
Survey shall contain such items as may be required by Lender or Title 
Company. 

3.1.3    ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender 
the Environmental Assessment prepared by the Environmental Consultant, in 
form, scope and substance satisfactory to Lender.  

3.1.4    LEGAL OPINION.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender one or more 
opinions of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, covering 
the law of the State and such other federal and state laws as Lender may 
require.  

3.1.5    APPRAISAL.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the Appraisal 
for each Facility prepared by an MAI appraiser, addressed to Lender, and in 
form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

3.1.6    INSURANCE.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender satisfactory 
evidence of the property and liability insurance coverage required by Lender.

3.1.7    LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender fully 
executed originals of the Loan Documents and Guaranty, and, where applicable, 
such documents shall have been recorded.

3.1.8    ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender 
copies of the Borrower's Organizational Documents and resolutions authorizing 
the Loan, certified by Borrower to be true and complete and not revoked or 
amended since the respective dates thereof, and any management agreement for 
the Facility.

3.1.9    FLOOD PLAIN.  Borrower shall have delivered evidence satisfactory to 
Lender that the Land is not located in a 100-year 

                                        - 12 -

<PAGE>

flood plain as defined by the United States Department of Housing and 
Urban Development in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended, 
or if the Land is located in a 100-year flood plain, that flood insurance 
which satisfies the requirements of the Mortgage is in effect for the 
Facility.

3.1.10   ZONING.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender copies of the 
applicable zoning ordinance, an up-to-date zoning map designating each 
Facility, certificate of the zoning official having jurisdiction over the 
Facility in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and such other 
evidence as may be required by Lender to show that each Facility complies 
with applicable zoning, land use and subdivision laws, rules and regulations.

3.1.11   LIST OF LEASES AND CONTRACTS.  Borrower shall have delivered to 
Lender, to the extent available prior to Closing, the List of Leases and 
Contracts.

3.1.12   LICENSES AND PERMITS.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender, to 
the extent available prior to Closing, copies of all required licenses, 
permits, consents, and approvals, the certificate of occupancy and other 
Government Authorizations as may be needed to comply with all Legal 
Requirements and such items shall be in full force and effect.

3.1.13   EMINENT DOMAIN.  No eminent domain proceedings shall have been 
threatened or be pending with respect to a substantial or material part of 
the Land.

3.1.14   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the 
Financial Statements and the Pro Forma Statements.

3.1.15   LETTER OF CREDIT.  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the 
original Letter of Credit and copies of all notes, collateral documents and 
agreements made between Borrower (or any Affiliate) and Issuer relating to 
the Letter of Credit.

3.1.16   NO EVENT OF DEFAULT.  There shall be no uncured Event of Default 
under this Agreement.

                                        - 13 -

<PAGE>

3.1.17   OTHER CLOSING REQUIREMENTS.  Borrower shall have satisfied all 
other closing requirements of the Loan Documents and the Commitment.

                ARTICLE 4:  BORROWER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties, 
as of the Closing Date, to Lender and acknowledges that Lender is making the 
Loan in reliance upon such representations and warranties.  Borrower's 
representations and warranties shall survive the Closing and, except as 
specifically provided below, shall continue in full force and effect until 
Borrower has repaid the Loan in full and performed all other obligations 
under the Loan Documents.

4.1 ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Borrower is a limited liability company 
duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the 
State of New York and is qualified to do business in and is in good standing 
under the laws of the State.

4.2 POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Borrower has the power and authority to execute, 
deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and all 
transactions contemplated thereby.  Borrower has taken all requisite action 
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of Borrower's 
obligations under such documents.  

4.3 ENFORCEABILITY.  The Loan Documents constitute valid and binding 
obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms.  The 
Guaranty constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, 
enforceable in accordance with their terms.

4.4 NO VIOLATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan 
Documents and Guaranty and the consummation of the transactions contemplated 
by the Loan Documents and Guaranty [i] do not conflict with and will not 
conflict with, and do not result and will not result in a breach of the 
Borrower's Organizational Documents; [ii] do not conflict with and will not 
conflict with, and do not result and will not result in a breach of, or 
constitute or will constitute a default (or an event which, with or without 
notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) 

                                        - 14 -

<PAGE>

under, or result or will result in a creation of any lien or 
encumbrance (other than the lien of the Mortgage) upon any Facility under any 
of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or other instrument 
or obligation to which Borrower or Guarantor is a party or by which its 
assets are bound; and [iii] do not violate and will not violate any order, 
writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Borrower, 
Guarantor, or any Facility.

4.5 NO LITIGATION.  As of the Closing Date and except as disclosed on Exhibit 
E, [i] there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations by any 
governmental agency or regulatory body pending against Borrower, Guarantor or 
any Facility; [ii] Borrower has not received notice of any threatened 
actions, suits or proceeding or investigations against Borrower, Guarantor or 
any Facility at law or in equity, or before any governmental board, agency or 
authority which, if determined adversely to Borrower or Guarantor, would 
materially and adversely affect any Facility, or the financial condition of 
Borrower or Guarantor; [iii] there are no unsatisfied or outstanding 
judgments against Borrower, Guarantor or any Facility; [iv] there is no labor 
dispute materially and adversely affecting the operation or business 
conducted by Borrower, Guarantor, or any Facility; and [v] Borrower does not 
have knowledge of any facts or circumstances which might reasonably form the 
basis for any such action, suit, or proceeding.

4.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower has furnished Lender with true, correct 
and complete copies of the Financial Statements.  The Financial Statements 
fairly present the financial position of Borrower, as of the respective dates 
and the results of operations for the periods then ended in conformance with 
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with 
prior periods. The Financial Statements are true, complete and correct and, 
as of the Closing Date, no material adverse change has occurred since the 
furnishing of such statements and information.  As of the Closing Date, the 
Financial Statements and other information do not contain any untrue 
statement or omission of a material fact and are not misleading in any 
material respect.  Borrower and Guarantor are solvent, and no bankruptcy, 
insolvency, or similar proceeding is pending or contemplated by or against 
Borrower or Guarantor.

                                        - 15 -

<PAGE>

4.7 REPORTS, STATEMENTS AND COPIES.  All reports, statements, 
certificates and other data furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or 
Guarantor to Lender in connection with the Loan Documents or Guaranty 
Documents, or the transactions contemplated thereunder, and all 
representations and warranties made therein, or any certificate or other 
instrument delivered in connection therewith, are true and correct in all 
material respects and do not omit to state any material fact or circumstance 
necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the 
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the date of 
such information, reports, statements or certificates.  The copies of all 
agreements and instruments submitted to Lender, including, without 
limitation, all agreements relating to management of the Facility, the Letter 
of Credit, and Borrower's working capital are true, correct and complete 
copies and include all amendments and modifications of such agreements.

4.8 TITLE TO LAND.  Borrower has good, indefeasible record fee simple title 
to the Land, free and clear of any and all mortgages, liens, charges, claims, 
collateral assignments, leases, attachments, levies, encroachments, 
rights-of-way, equities, restrictions, assessments, and all other title 
matters whatsoever except for the Permitted Exceptions.

4.9 PARTIES IN POSSESSION.  Except as disclosed on Exhibit B, there are no 
parties in possession of any Facility or any portion thereof as managers, 
lessees, tenants at sufferance, or trespassers.

4.10 ACCESS.  Access to the Land is directly from a dedicated public 
right-of-way without any easement.  There is no fact or condition which would 
result in the termination or reduction of the current access to and from the 
Land to such right-of-way.

4.11 UTILITIES.  There are available at the Land gas, water, and sanitary 
sewer lines, storm sewers, electrical and telephone services in operating 
condition which are adequate for the operation of each Facility at a 
reasonable cost.  The Land has direct access to utility lines located in a 
dedicated public right-of-way without any easement.  As of the Closing Date, 
there is no pending or threatened governmental or third party proceeding 
which 

                                        - 16 -

<PAGE>

would impair or result in the termination of such utility availability.

4.12     CONDEMNATION AND ASSESSMENTS.  As of the Closing Date, Borrower has 
not received notice of, and there are no pending or, to the best of 
Borrower's knowledge, threatened, condemnation, assessment or similar 
proceedings affecting or relating to any Facility, or any portion thereof, 
any utilities, sewers, roadways or other public improvements.

4.13     ZONING.  As of the Closing Date, [i] the use and operation of the 
Facility as an assisted living facility is a permitted use under the 
applicable zoning code; [ii] except as disclosed on Exhibit C hereto, no 
special use permits, conditional use permits, variances, or exceptions have 
been granted or are needed to develop or use each Facility as an assisted 
living facility; and [iii] the Land is not located in any special districts 
such as historical districts or overlay districts.

4.14     GOVERNMENT AUTHORIZATIONS.  The Facility conforms to all Legal 
Requirements.  Exhibit C attached hereto contains a complete list of all 
Government Authorizations required for the operation of the Facility.  Except 
as otherwise noted in Exhibit C, Borrower has obtained all Government 
Authorizations required to commence operation of the Facility.

4.15     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Subject to the matters disclosed in the 
Environmental Assessment, during the period of Borrower's ownership of the 
Facility and, to the best of Borrower's knowledge after diligent inquiry, for 
the period prior to Borrower's ownership of the Facility, [i] the Facility is 
in compliance with all Environmental Laws; [ii] there were no releases of 
Hazardous Materials on, from, or under the Facility, except in compliance 
with all Environmental Laws; [iii] no Hazardous Materials have been, are or 
will be used, generated, stored, or disposed of at the Facility, except in 
compliance with all Environmental Laws; [iv] asbestos has not been and will 
not be used in the construction of any Improvements; [v] no permit is or has 
been required from the Environmental Protection Agency or any similar agency 
or department of any state or local government for the use or maintenance of 
any Improvements; and [vi] no summons, citation or inquiry has been made by 
any such environmental unit, body or agency or a third 

                                        - 17 -

<PAGE>

party demanding any right of recovery for payment or reimbursement for 
costs incurred under CERCLA or any other Environmental Laws and the Land is 
not subject to the lien of any such agency.  "Disposal" and "release" shall 
have the meanings set forth in CERCLA.  

4.16     LEASES AND CONTRACTS.  To the best of Borrower's knowledge after due 
inquiry, as of the Closing Date and except as disclosed on Exhibit D, there 
are no leases or contracts (including but not limited to, insurance 
contracts, maintenance contracts, construction contracts, employee benefit 
plans, employment contracts, equipment leases, security agreements, architect 
agreements, and management contracts) relating to any part of the ownership, 
operation, possession, renovation, management or administration of the Land 
or the Facility.

4.17     NO DEFAULT.  As of the Closing Date, [i] there is no existing Event 
of Default under the Loan Documents; and [ii] no event has occurred which, 
with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute 
or result in such an Event of Default.

4.18     ERISA.  To the best of Borrower's knowledge after due inquiry, all 
plans [as defined in Section 4021(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 as amended or supplemented from time to time ("ERISA")] for which 
Borrower is an "employer" or a "substantial employer" [as defined in 
Sections 3(5) and 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, respectively] are in compliance with 
ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder.  To the 
extent Borrower maintains a qualified defined benefit pension plan:  [i] there
exists no accumulated funding deficiency; [ii] no reportable event and no 
prohibited transaction has occurred; [iii] no lien has been filed or threatened
to be filed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA; and [iv] Borrower has not been deemed to be a
substantial employer as of the Closing Date.

4.19     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  Borrower maintains its chief executive 
office and its books and records at the address set forth in the introductory 
paragraph of this agreement.  Borrower does not conduct any of its business 
or operations other than at its chief executive office and at the Facility.

                                        - 18 -

<PAGE>

4.20     OTHER NAME OR ENTITIES.  Except as disclosed herein, none of 
Borrower's business is conducted through any corporate subsidiary, 
unincorporated association or other entity and Borrower has not, within the 
six years preceding the date of this agreement [i] changed its name, [ii] 
used any name other than the name stated at the beginning of this agreement, 
or [iii] merged or consolidated with, or acquired any of the assets of, any 
corporation or other business.

4.21     PRO FORMA STATEMENT.  Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, 
correct, and complete copy of the Pro Forma Statement.  The Pro Forma 
Statement shows Borrower's reasonable expectation of the most likely results 
of Facility operations for the five year period commencing on the Closing 
Date.

4.22     TAX STATUS.  Borrower is taxable as a partnership under the Internal 
Revenue Code and all applicable state tax laws.

4.23     EQUITY.  Borrower is prepared and able to fund as needed the 
Facility Costs and working capital for the Facility in an amount not less 
than Borrower's Equity.

                          ARTICLE 5:  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

5.1      PERFORM OBLIGATIONS.  Borrower shall perform all of its obligations 
under the Loan Documents, the Government Authorizations, the Permitted 
Exceptions, all Insurance Requirements and all Legal Requirements.  Borrower 
shall take all necessary action to obtain all Government Authorizations 
required for the operation of the Facility as soon as possible after the 
Effective Date.

5.2 INDEMNITY.

5.2.1    INDEMNIFICATION.  Borrower shall indemnify, save harmless and defend 
Lender, any successors or assigns of Lender, and Lender's and such 
successor's and assign's directors, officers, employees and agents from and 
against any and all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages (including 
consequential damages), penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses 
(including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) 
imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Lender by reason of [i] its 

                                        - 19 -

<PAGE>

holding of a lien against any Facility; [ii] any accident or injury to 
or death of persons or loss of or damage to or loss of the use of property 
occurring on or about any Facility or any part thereof or the adjoining 
sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault spaces, if any, streets, alleys or ways; 
[iii] any use, nonuse or condition of any Facility or any part thereof or the 
adjoining sidewalks, curbs, vaults and vault spaces, if any, streets, alleys 
or ways; [iv] performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any 
materials or other property in respect of any Facility or any part thereof 
made or suffered to be made by or on behalf of Borrower; [v] any negligence 
or tortious act on the part of Borrower or any of its respective agents, 
contractors, lessees, licensees, or invitees; [vi] any work in connection 
with any alterations, changes, new construction or demolition of any 
Facility; or [vii] the consummation of the Loan and the execution and 
delivery of the Loan Documents. Borrower will pay and save Lender harmless 
against any and all liability with respect to any intangible personal 
property tax or similar imposition of the State or any subdivision or 
authority thereof now or hereafter in effect, to the extent that the same may 
be payable by Lender in respect of the Mortgage or the Secured Obligations.  
All amounts payable to Lender under this section shall be payable on written 
demand and shall be deemed indebtedness secured by the Mortgage and any such 
amounts which are not paid within 10 days after demand therefor by Lender 
shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In case any action, suit or 
proceeding is brought against Borrower by reason of any such occurrence, 
Borrower shall use its best efforts to defend such action, suit or proceeding.

5.2.2    NOTICE OF CLAIM.  Lender shall notify Borrower in writing of any 
claim or action brought against Lender in which indemnity may be sought 
against Borrower pursuant to this section.  Such notice shall be given in 
sufficient time to allow Borrower to defend or participate in such claim or 
action, but the failure to give such notice in sufficient time shall not 
constitute a defense hereunder nor in any way impair the obligations of 
Borrower under this section unless the failure to give such notice precludes 
Borrower's defense of any such action.

5.2.3    SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS.  The covenants of Borrower contained in this 
section shall remain in full force and effect after the termination of this 
Agreement until the expiration of the 

                                        - 20 -

<PAGE>

period stated in the applicable statute of limitations during which a 
claim or cause of action may be brought and payment in full or the 
satisfaction of such claim or cause of action and of all expenses and charges 
incurred by Lender relating to the enforcement of the provisions herein 
specified.

5.2.4    REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Unless prohibited by law, Borrower 
hereby agrees to pay to Lender all of the reasonable fees, charges and 
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the Facility and requested by 
Lender or required hereby, or incurred by Lender in enforcing the provisions 
of this Agreement, which are not otherwise required to be paid by Borrower.

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY; AUDITS.

5.3.1    INDEMNIFICATION.  Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless 
Lender, any successors to Lender's interest in this Agreement or the other 
Loan Documents, and Lender's and such successors' directors, officers, 
employees, agents, and contractors from and against any losses, claims, 
damages (including consequential damages), penalties, fines, liabilities, 
costs (including cleanup and recovery costs), and expenses (including 
expenses of litigation and reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Lender or 
other indemnitee or assessed against any Facility by virtue of any claim or 
lien by any governmental or quasi-governmental unit, body, or agency, or any 
third party for clean-up costs or other costs pursuant to CERCLA or any other 
Environmental Law.  Borrower's indemnity shall survive the termination of 
this Agreement.  Provided, however, Borrower shall have no indemnity 
obligation with respect to (i) Hazardous Materials that are first introduced 
to any Facility subsequent to the date that Borrower's legal and equitable 
ownership and occupancy of any Facility shall have fully terminated; or (ii) 
Hazardous Materials introduced to any Facility by Lender, its successors or 
assigns.

5.3.2    AUDITS.  If at any time during the term of the Loan any governmental 
authority notifies Borrower of a violation of Environmental Laws or Lender 
reasonably believes that a Facility may violate Environmental Laws, Lender 
may require one or more additional environmental audits of the Facility by a 
qualified environmental consultant in such form, scope and substance as 
specified by Lender, at Borrower's expense.

                                        - 21 -

<PAGE>

5.4 MECHANIC'S LIENS.  Borrower shall not suffer or permit any 
mechanic's, materialmen or construction lien claims to be filed or otherwise 
asserted against any Facility and will promptly discharge the same in case of 
the filing of any lien claims or proceedings for the enforcement thereof; 
provided, however, that Borrower shall have the right to contest in good 
faith and with due diligence the validity of any such lien or claim upon 
furnishing to the Title Company such security or indemnity as may be required 
by Lender.  If Borrower shall fail promptly either to discharge or to contest 
claims asserted and give security or indemnity as required by Lender, then 
Lender may, at its election (but shall not be required to), after 10 days' 
notice to Borrower, procure the release and discharge of any such claim and 
any judgment or decree thereon and may in its sole discretion effect any 
settlement or compromise of the same, or may furnish such security or 
indemnity to the Title Company, and any amounts so expended by Lender, 
including premiums paid or security furnished in connection with the issuance 
of any surety company bonds, shall be deemed to be an advance.  In settling, 
compromising, or discharging any claims or liens, Lender shall not be 
required to inquire into the validity or amount of any such claim and shall 
have no liability for its actions in connection therewith.

5.5 PERSONAL PROPERTY.  All of the Personal Property will be kept free and 
clear of all mortgages, conditional vendor's liens, equipment leases and all 
liens, encumbrances, and security interests whatsoever, except for the 
Permitted Liens.  Borrower shall, from time to time upon Lender's reasonable 
request, furnish Lender with satisfactory evidence of the foregoing, 
including searches of applicable public records.  Upon Lender's request, 
Borrower shall execute and deliver a security agreement, financing statements 
and other related instruments to evidence and perfect Lender's security 
interest in the Personal Property.  If Borrower fails to execute any such 
instrument pursuant to Lender's request, Lender may execute such instrument 
as Borrower's attorney-in-fact pursuant to the power of attorney made by 
Borrower in the Mortgage.

5.6 PROCEEDINGS TO ENJOIN OR PREVENT CONSTRUCTION.  If any proceedings are 
filed seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent or declare invalid or unlawful 
the construction, occupancy, maintenance, or operation of the Improvements or 
any portion thereof, Borrower will cause such proceedings to be vigorously 

                                        - 22 -

<PAGE>

contested in good faith, and in the event of an adverse ruling or 
decision, prosecute all allowable appeals therefrom, and will, without 
limiting the generality of the foregoing, resist the entry or seek the stay 
of any temporary or permanent injunction that may be entered, and use its 
best efforts to bring about a favorable and speedy disposition of all such 
proceedings and any other proceedings.

5.7 DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION.

5.7.1    FURNISH DOCUMENTS.  Borrower shall periodically during the term of 
the Loan deliver to Lender the Annual Financial Statements, Periodic 
Financial Statements and other documents described on Exhibit F within the 
specified time periods.  With each delivery of Annual Financial Statements 
and Periodic Financial Statements to Lender, Borrower shall also deliver to 
Lender a certificate signed by a member of Borrower, an Annual Facility 
Financial Report or Quarterly Facility Financial Report, as applicable, and a 
Quarterly Facility Accounts Receivable Aging Report, all in the form of 
Exhibit G.  In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the Annual Facility 
Financial Report and a Quarterly Facility Accounts Receivable Aging Report 
(based upon internal financial statements) within 60 days after the end of 
each fiscal year.

5.7.2    FURNISH INFORMATION.  Borrower shall [i] promptly supply Lender with 
such information concerning its financial condition, affairs and property, as 
Lender may reasonably request from time to time hereafter; [ii] promptly 
notify Lender in writing of any condition or event that constitutes a breach 
or event of default of any term, condition, warranty, representation, or 
provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement, and of any material 
adverse change in its financial condition; [iii] maintain a standard and 
modern system of accounting; [iv] permit Lender or any of its agent or 
representatives to have access to and to examine all of its books and records 
regarding the financial condition of each Facility at any time or times 
hereafter during business hours; and [v] permit Lender to copy and make 
abstracts from any and all of said books and records.  

5.7.3    FURTHER ASSURANCES AND INFORMATION.  Borrower shall, on request of 
Lender from time to time, execute, deliver, and furnish 

                                        - 23 -

<PAGE>

documents as may be necessary to fully consummate the transactions 
contemplated under this Agreement.  Within 15 days after a request from 
Lender, Borrower shall provide to Lender such additional information 
regarding Borrower, Borrower's financial condition or any Facility as Lender, 
or any existing or proposed creditor of Lender, or any auditor or underwriter 
of Lender, may require from time to time, including, without limitation, a 
current Borrower's Certificate and Facility  Financial Report in the form of 
Exhibit G.

5.7.4    MATERIAL COMMUNICATIONS.  Borrower shall transmit to Lender, within 
five business days after receipt thereof, any material communication 
affecting a Facility, the Loan Documents, the Legal Requirements or the 
Government Authorizations, and Borrower will promptly respond to Lender's 
inquiry with respect to such information.  Borrower shall promptly notify 
Lender in writing of any potential, threatened or existing litigation or 
proceeding against, or investigation of, Borrower, Guarantor or any Facility 
that may affect the right to operate the Facility or title to the Facility or 
Lender's interest therein.

5.7.5    REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower shall meet the 
following requirements in connection with the preparation of the financial 
statements: [i] all audited financial statements shall be prepared in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently 
applied; [ii] all unaudited financial statements shall be prepared in a 
manner substantially consistent with prior audited and unaudited financial 
statements submitted to Lender; [iii] all financial statements shall fairly 
present the financial condition and performance for the relevant period in 
all material respects; [iv] the financial statements shall include all notes 
to the financial statements and a complete schedule of contingent liabilities 
and transactions with Affiliates; and [v] the audited financial statements 
shall contain an unqualified opinion.

5.8      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Borrower shall comply with all Legal 
Requirements and keep all Government Authorizations in full force and effect. 
Borrower shall pay when due all taxes and governmental charges of every kind 
and nature that are assessed or imposed upon Borrower at any time during the 
term of the Loan, including, without limitation, all income, franchise, 
capital stock, property,

                                        - 24 -

<PAGE>

sales and use, business, intangible, employee withholding, and all taxes and 
charges relating to Borrower's business and operations. 

5.9      BROKER'S COMMISSION.  Borrower shall indemnify Lender from claims of 
brokers arising by the execution hereof or the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby and from expenses incurred by Lender in 
connection with any such claims (including attorneys' fees).

5.10     EXISTENCE AND CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP.  Borrower and Manager shall each 
maintain its existence throughout the term of this Agreement.  Any change in 
the ownership of Borrower or Manager, directly or indirectly, shall require 
Lender's prior written consent.

5.11     FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  The defined terms used in this section are 
defined in Section 5.11.1.  The following financial covenants shall be met 
throughout the term of the Loan:

5.11.1   DEFINITIONS.

         (a)  "Cash Flow" means the net income of Borrower as reflected on 
the income statement of Borrower plus [i] the amount of the provision for 
depreciation and amortization; plus [ii] the amount of the provision for 
management fees; plus [iii] the amount of the provision for income taxes; 
plus [iv] the amount of the provision for interest payments; minus [v] an 
imputed management fee equal to 5% of revenues (net of contractual 
allowances); and minus [vi] an imputed replacement reserve equal to $400.00 
per unit at the Facility, per year.

         (b)  "Coverage Ratio" is the ratio of [i] Cash Flow for each 
applicable period; [ii] to the principal and interest payments due pursuant 
to the Note and all other debt service and lease payments relating to the 
Facility for the applicable period.

         (c)  "Net Worth" means an amount equal to the total consolidated 
fair market value of the tangible assets of the entity or person (excluding 
goodwill and other intangible assets) minus the total consolidated 
liabilities of the entity or person.  The method of calculating Net Worth and 
valuing business assets shall be consistent with the financial statements 
provided to Lender prior to the Closing.

                                        - 25 -

<PAGE>

5.11.2   COVERAGE RATIO.  As of the date 12 months after the Closing 
Date and thereafter throughout the term of the Loan, Borrower shall maintain 
for each fiscal quarter a Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.0.

5.11.3   NET WORTH.  Each Guarantor shall maintain a Net Worth of at least 
$6,000,000.00.

5.11.4   CURRENT RATIO.  Borrower shall maintain for each fiscal quarter a 
ratio of current assets to current liabilities (but excluding the current 
portion of long term debt) of not less than 1.1 to 1.0.

                            ARTICLE 6:  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         Until the Secured Obligations shall have been performed in full, 
Borrower covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not do any of the following 
without the prior written consent of Lender:

6.1      NO DEBT.  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, or permit to 
exist any indebtedness other than [i] trade debt incurred in the ordinary 
course of Borrower's business; [ii] indebtedness relating to the Letter of 
Credit; and [iii] indebtedness that is secured by any Permitted Lien.

6.2      O LIENS.  Borrower shall not create, incur, or permit to exist any 
lien, charge, encumbrance, easement or restriction upon the Facility or any 
lien upon or pledge of any interest in Borrower, except for Permitted Liens.

6.3      NO GUARANTIES.  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, or permit 
to exist any guarantee of any loan or other indebtedness except for the 
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course 
of business.

6.4      NO TRANSFER OF FACILITY.  Borrower shall not sell, lease, mortgage, 
convey or otherwise transfer any legal or equitable interest in any Facility 
except for [i] transfers made in connection with any Permitted Lien; and [ii] 
residency agreements with the residents of the Facility.

                                        - 26 -

<PAGE>

6.5      NO DISSOLUTION.  Borrower and Manager shall not dissolve, 
liquidate, merge, consolidate or terminate its existence or sell, assign, 
lease, or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of 
transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or 
hereafter acquired).

6.6      NO CHANGE IN MANAGEMENT.  No material change shall occur in the 
executive management of Borrower or of Manager or in the management of the 
Facility.  The Manager shall remain the manager of the Facility.

6.7      NO INVESTMENTS.  Borrower shall not purchase or otherwise acquire, 
hold, or invest in securities (whether capital stock or instruments 
evidencing indebtedness) of or make loans or advances to any person, 
including, without limitation, any Guarantor, any Affiliate or any 
shareholder, member or partner of Borrower or any Affiliate, except for cash 
balances temporarily invested in short-term or money market securities.

6.8      CONTRACTS.  Borrower shall not execute or modify any material 
contracts or agreements with respect to any Facility.  Contracts made in the 
ordinary course of business and in an amount less than $50,000.00 shall not 
be considered "material" for purposes of this paragraph.

6.9      SUBORDINATION OF PAYMENTS.  After the occurrence of an Event of 
Default and until such Event of Default is cured, Borrower shall not make any 
payments or distributions (including salary, bonuses, fees, principal, 
interest, dividends, liquidating distributions, management fees, cash flow 
distributions, or lease payments) to Guarantor, Manager, any Affiliate or any 
shareholder, member or partner of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate.

6.10     CHANGE OF LOCATION OR NAME.  Borrower shall not change any of the 
following:  [i] the location of the principal place of business or chief 
executive office of Borrower, or any office where any of Borrower's books and 
records are maintained; or [ii] the name under which Borrower conducts any of 
its business or operations.  Borrower can make such change after 15 days 
notice to Lender and the execution and filing of UCC statements and other 
documents reasonably requested by Lender.

                                        - 27 -

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE 7:  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

7.1      EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Any one or more of the following events shall 
constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

7.1.1    Borrower fails to pay any installment on the Note or any other 
monetary obligation payable by Borrower under the Loan Documents within 10 
days after such payment is due.

7.1.2    Failure of Borrower or Manager (where applicable) to comply with any 
covenant set forth in Section 5.10, Section 5.11, Article 6 or Section 9.1 of 
this agreement.

7.1.3    Borrower fails to observe and perform any covenant, condition or 
agreement under the Loan Documents to be performed by Borrower and [i]
continuance of such failure for a period of 30 days after written notice 
thereof is given to the Borrower by the Lender; or [ii] if, by reason of the 
nature of such default the same cannot be remedied within the said 30 days, 
Borrower fails to proceed with reasonable diligence (reasonably satisfactory 
to Lender) after receipt of the notice to cure the same or, in any event, 
fails to cure such default within 60 days after receipt of the notice.  The 
foregoing notice and cure provisions do not apply to any Event of Default 
otherwise specifically described in any other subsection of Section 7.1.

7.1.4    [i] The filing by Borrower of a petition under 11 U.S.C. or the 
commencement of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding by Borrower; [ii] the 
failure by Borrower within 60 days to dismiss any involuntary bankruptcy 
petition or other commencement of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar 
proceeding against Borrower or to lift or stay any execution, garnishment or 
attachment of the Facility; [iii] the entry of an order for relief under 11 
U.S.C. in respect of Borrower; [iv] assignment by Borrower for the benefit of 
its creditors; [v] the entry by Borrower into an agreement of composition 
with its creditors; [vi] the approval by a court of competent jurisdiction of 
a petition applicable to Borrower in any proceeding for its reorganization 
instituted under the provisions of any state or federal bankruptcy, 
insolvency, or similar laws; or [vii] appointment by final order, judgment or 
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction of a receiver of the whole or any 
substantial part of the properties of Borrower (provided such 

                                        - 28 -

<PAGE>

receiver shall not have been removed or discharged within 60 days of 
the date of his qualification).

7.1.5    [i] Any receiver, administrator, custodian or other person takes 
possession or control of all or part of any Facility and continues in 
possession for 60 days; [ii] any writ against all or part of any Facility is 
not released within 60 days; [iii] any judgment in excess of $100,000 is 
rendered or proceedings are instituted against all or part of any Facility or 
Borrower which affect all or part of any Facility and which is undismissed 
for 60 days (except as otherwise provided in this section); [iv] all or a 
substantial part of the assets of Borrower are attached, seized, subjected to 
a writ or distress warrant, or are levied upon, or come into the possession 
of any receiver, trustee, custodian, or assignee for the benefit of creditors 
and are not released within 60 days; [v] Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or 
in any way prevented by court order, or any proceeding is filed or commenced 
seeking to enjoin, restrain, or in any way prevent Borrower from conducting 
all or a substantial part of its business or affairs and such proceeding is 
not released within 60 days; or [vi] if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment 
is filed of record with respect to all or any part of the property of 
Borrower and is not dismissed within 30 days.

7.1.6    Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or Guarantor in the 
Loan Documents, Guaranty, any guaranty of or other security for the Secured 
Obligations, or any report, certificate, application, financial statement or 
other instrument furnished by Borrower or Guarantor pursuant hereto or 
thereto shall prove to be false, misleading or incorrect in any material 
respect as of the date made.

7.1.7    Borrower vacates or abandons the Facility or any material part 
thereof or ceases to do business or ceases to exist for any reason whatever.

7.1.8    Borrower, any Guarantor or any Affiliate defaults on any 
indebtedness or obligation to Lender or any agreement with Lender, or 
Borrower defaults on any Material Obligation, and any applicable grace or 
cure period with respect to default under such indebtedness, obligation or 
agreement expires without such default having been cured.  This provision 
applies to all such 

                                        - 29 -

<PAGE>

indebtedness, obligations and agreements as they may be amended, 
modified, extended, or renewed from time to time.

7.1.9    Any guarantor of the Secured Obligations dissolves, terminates, is 
adjudicated incompetent, files a petition in bankruptcy, or is adjudicated 
insolvent under 11 U.S.C. or any other insolvency law, or fails to comply 
with any covenant or requirement set forth in the guaranty of such guarantor, 
and Borrower fails within 30 days to deliver to Lender a substitute guaranty 
or other collateral reasonably satisfactory to Lender.  Upon the death or 
incompetency of any guarantor of the Secured Obligations, the current amount 
of the "Guaranteed Credit" as defined in the Guaranty of the deceased or 
incompetent guarantor shall be immediately due and payable and Lender shall 
have the right to file a claim for such amount against the estate of the 
deceased or incompetent guarantor, unless Borrower delivers to Lender a 
substitute guaranty or other collateral reasonably satisfactory to Lender 
within 30 days after the death or adjudication of incompetency.  If Borrower 
provides evidence satisfactory to Lender that the remaining guarantors have a 
combined net worth of at least Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000.00), 
this shall be deemed to be satisfactory substitute collateral and Lender 
shall not have a claim against the deceased guarantor's estate or against the 
incompetent guarantor.

7.1.10   The occurrence of any change in the legal or equitable ownership of 
all or part of any Facility, or any interest therein, or of Borrower or 
Manager, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Lender.

7.1.11   The license for the Facility, or any other Government Authorization, 
is cancelled, suspended or otherwise invalidated or there is a reduction in 
the number of licensed units at the Facility in excess of three units.

7.2 REMEDIES ON DEFAULT.  Whenever any Event of Default occurs, Lender may, 
in addition to any other remedies under the Loan Documents, at law or in 
equity, take any one or more of the following remedial steps concurrently or 
successively:

7.2.1    ACCELERATION.  Lender may declare the Secured Obligations to be 
immediately due and payable, without presentment of any kind, 

                                        - 30 -

<PAGE>

demand, notice of dishonor, protest, or other notice of any kind, all 
of which Borrower hereby waives.

7.2.2    OTHER REMEDIES.  Lender may take whatever action at law or in equity 
as may appear necessary or desirable to collect any monies then due and/or 
thereafter to become due, or to enforce performance of the Secured 
Obligations.

7.2.3    WAIVER.  Without waiving any prior or subsequent Event of Default, 
Lender may waive any Event of Default or, with or without waiving any Event 
of Default, remedy any default.

7.2.4    TERMINATE DISBURSEMENT.  Lender may terminate its obligation to 
disburse Loan proceeds.

7.2.5    COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION.  Lender may enter and take possession of the 
Land and Facility without terminating the Mortgage, and complete construction 
of the Improvements (or any part thereof) and perform the obligations of 
Borrower under the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing and for the purposes aforesaid, Borrower hereby appoints Lender its 
lawful attorney-in-fact with full power to do any of the following:  [i] 
complete construction and equipping of the Improvements in the name of 
Borrower; [ii] use unadvanced funds remaining under the Note, or funds that 
may be reserved, escrowed, or set aside for any purposes hereunder at any 
time, or to advance funds in excess of the Loan Amount, to complete the 
Improvements; [iii] make changes in the Plans and Specifications that shall 
be necessary or desirable to complete the Improvements in substantially the 
manner contemplated by the Plans and Specifications; [iv] retain or employ 
new general contractors, subcontractors, architects, engineers, and 
inspectors as shall be required for said purposes; [v] pay, settle, or 
compromise all existing bills and claims, which may be liens or security 
interests, or to avoid such bills and claims becoming liens against the 
Facility or security interest against fixtures or equipment, or as may be 
necessary or desirable for the completion of the construction and equipping 
of the Improvements or for the clearance of title; [vi] execute all 
applications and certificates, in the name of Borrower, that may be required 
by any of the Construction Documents; [vii] do any and every act that 
Borrower might do in its own behalf, to prosecute and defend all actions or 
proceedings in connection with the Improvements; and [viii] to execute, 
deliver and file all applications and other documents and take any and all 
actions necessary to transfer the operations of 

                                        - 31 -

<PAGE>

the Facility to Lender or Lender's designee.  This power of attorney is 
a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked.

                              ARTICLE 8:  MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 ADVANCES BY LENDER.  At any time and from time to time, Lender may incur 
and/or pay and/or advance costs or expenses:  (i) incurred or advanced by 
Lender which Lender is authorized or has the right (but not necessarily the 
obligation) to incur or may incur under any Loan Document or any law; (ii) of 
whatever nature incurred or advanced by Lender in exercising any right or 
remedy provided under any Loan Document or in taking any action which Lender 
is authorized to take under any Loan Document; (iii) required to be paid by 
Borrower under any Loan Document, but which Borrower fails to pay within 10 
days after demand; or (iv) any and all costs and expenses from which Borrower 
is required to hold Lender harmless under any Loan Document, but from which 
Borrower fails to hold Lender harmless.  Any costs, expenses, or advances 
incurred or paid by Lender shall become part of the Loan and, upon demand, 
shall be paid to Lender together with interest thereon at the Default Rate 
from the date of disbursement by Lender.  Payment of such costs, expenses, or 
advances shall be secured by the Mortgage.

8.2 POWER OF ATTORNEY.  To the extent permitted by law, Borrower hereby 
irrevocably and unconditionally appoints Lender, or Lender's authorized 
officer, agent, employee or designee, as Borrower's true and lawful 
attorney-in-fact, to act for Borrower in Borrower's name, place, and stead, 
to execute, deliver and file all applications and any and all other necessary 
documents or things to effect the issuance, transfer, reinstatement, renewal 
and/or extension of any and all licenses and other Governmental 
Authorizations issued to Borrower or applied for by Borrower in connection 
with Borrower's operation of each Facility, to permit any transferee to 
operate each Facility under the Governmental Authorizations, and to do any 
and all other acts incidental to any of the foregoing.  Borrower irrevocably 
and unconditionally grants to Lender as its attorney-in-fact full power and 
authority to do and perform every act necessary and proper to be done in the 
exercise of any of the foregoing powers as fully as Borrower might or could 
do if personally present or acting, with full power of substitution, hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to 
be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest 
and is 

                                        - 32 -

<PAGE>

irrevocable prior to the full performance of the Secured Obligations.  
Except in the case of an emergency, Lender shall give Borrower three business 
days prior written notice before acting on behalf of Borrower pursuant to 
this power of attorney.

8.3 CONSTRUCTION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AND WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CONSENT.  

8.3.1    APPLICABILITY.  The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall apply to 
all rights and remedies provided by any Loan Document or by law or equity.  

8.3.2    WAIVER OF NOTICES AND CONSENT TO REMEDIES.  Unless otherwise 
expressly provided herein, any right or remedy may be pursued without notice 
to or further consent of Borrower, both of which Borrower waives.  

8.3.3    CUMULATIVE RIGHTS.  Each right or remedy under the Loan Documents is 
distinct from but cumulative to each other right or remedy and may be 
exercised independently of, concurrently with, or successively to any other 
rights and remedies.  

8.3.4    EXTENSION OR MODIFICATION OF LOAN.  No extension of time for or 
modification of amortization of the Loan shall release the liability or bar 
the availability of any right or remedy against Borrower or any successor in 
interest, and Lender shall not be required to commence proceedings against 
Borrower or any successor or to extend time for payment or otherwise to 
modify amortization of the Loan secured by this Agreement by reason of any 
demand by Borrower or any successor.  

8.3.5    RIGHT TO SELECT SECURITY.  Lender has the right to proceed at its 
election against all security or against any item or items of such security 
from time to time, and no action against any item or items of security shall 
bar subsequent actions against any item or items of security.  

8.3.6    FORBEARANCE NOT A WAIVER.  No forbearance in exercising any right or 
remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof; no forbearance in exercising any 
right or remedy on any one or more occasion shall operate as a waiver thereof 
on any further occasion; and no single or partial exercise of any right or 
remedy shall preclude any other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other 
right or remedy.

                                        - 33 -

<PAGE>

8.3.7    NO WAIVER.  Failure by Lender to insist upon the strict 
performance of any of the covenants and agreements herein set forth or to 
exercise any rights or remedies upon default by Borrower hereunder shall not 
be considered or taken as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the 
right to insist upon and to enforce by mandamus or other appropriate legal or 
equitable remedy strict compliance by Borrower with all of the covenants and 
conditions hereof, or of the rights to exercise any such rights or remedies, 
if such default by Borrower is continued or repeated, or of the right to 
recover possession of any Facility by reason thereof.  To the extent 
permitted by law, any two or more of such rights or remedies may be exercised 
at the same time.  

8.3.8    NO CONTINUING WAIVERS.  If any covenant or agreement contained in 
the Loan Documents is breached by Borrower and thereafter waived by Lender, 
such waiver shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not 
be deemed to waive any other breach hereunder.  No waiver shall be binding 
unless it is in writing and signed by Lender.  No course of dealing between 
Lender and Borrower, nor any delay nor omission on the part of Lender, in 
exercising any rights under the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver.  

8.3.9    APPROVAL NOT A WAIVER.  Lender's review and approval of any 
contracts relating to a Facility shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of 
any of the terms or requirements of the Loan Documents which may conflict 
with any provision of any such contracts.

8.3.10   NO RELEASE.  Borrower and any other person now or hereafter 
obligated for the payment or performance of all or any part of the Note shall 
not be released from paying and performing under the Note, and the lien of 
the Mortgage shall not be affected by reason of [i] the failure of Lender to 
comply with any request of Borrower (or of any other person so obligated), to 
take action to foreclose the Mortgage or otherwise enforce any of the 
provisions of the Mortgage or of any of the Secured Obligations, or [ii] the 
release, regardless of consideration, of the obligations of any person liable 
for payment or performance of the Note, or any part thereof, or [iii] any 
agreement or stipulation extending the time of payment or modifying the terms 
of the Note, and in the event of such agreement or stipulation, Borrower and 
all such other persons shall continue to be liable under such documents, as 
amended by such agreement or stipulation, unless expressly released and 
discharged in writing by Lender.

                                        - 34 -

<PAGE>

8.3.11   WAIVER OF HOMESTEAD, APPRAISAL AND EXEMPTION.  Borrower, for 
itself and its successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives and 
releases, to the extent permitted by law, and whether now or hereafter in 
force, [i] the benefit of any and all valuation and appraisement laws, [ii] 
any right of redemption after the date of any sale of any Facility upon 
foreclosure, whether statutory or otherwise, in respect of any Facility, [iii]
 any applicable homestead or dower laws, and [iv] all exemption laws 
whatsoever and all moratoriums, extensions or stay laws or rules, or orders 
of court in the nature of any one or more of them.

8.4 ASSIGNMENT.

8.4.1    ASSIGNMENT BY LENDER.  Lender may assign, negotiate, pledge, or 
transfer this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, and all other Loan Documents 
to any creditors to secure a loan from such creditors to Lender and, in case 
of such assignment, the rights and remedies of Lender in connection with the 
interest and assigns shall be enforceable against Borrower by such creditors 
with the same force and effect and to the same extent as the same would have 
been enforceable by Lender but for such assignment.  Lender shall have the 
right to sell participation interests in the Loan provided that Lender shall 
be designated the agent for all participants in the Loan.

8.4.2    ASSIGNMENT BY BORROWER.  Borrower shall not assign or attempt to 
assign its rights nor delegate its obligations under this Agreement.

8.5 NOTICES.  All notices, demands, requests, and consents (hereinafter 
"notices") given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing, 
shall be addressed to the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph 
of this Agreement and shall be served by [i] personal delivery; [ii] United 
States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or [iii] 
nationally recognized overnight courier.  All notices shall be deemed to be 
given upon the earlier of actual receipt or three days after deposit in the 
United States mail or one business day after deposit with the overnight 
courier.  Any notices meeting the requirements of this section shall be 
effective, regardless of whether or not actually received.  Lender and 
Borrower may change their notice address at any time by giving the other 
party notice of such change.

                                        - 35 -

<PAGE>

8.6 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents 
constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Lender.  No 
representations, warranties, and agreements have been made by Lender except 
as set forth in this Agreement.  If there is any conflict between the terms 
and provisions of the Commitment and the terms of this Agreement, this 
Agreement shall govern.

8.7 SEVERABILITY.  If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or 
deemed by Lender to be invalid or unenforceable, such holding shall not 
affect the remainder of this Agreement and the same shall remain in full 
force and effect.

8.8 CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS.  The captions and headings are inserted only as a 
matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or 
describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision thereof.

8.9 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under 
the laws of the State.

8.10 BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the 
benefit of the heirs, successors, personal representatives, and permitted 
assigns of Lender and Borrower.

8.11 MODIFICATION.  This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed 
by both Lender and Borrower.  All references to this Agreement, whether in 
this Agreement or in any other document or instrument, shall be deemed to 
incorporate all amendments, modifications, and renewals of this Agreement 
made after the date hereof.  If Borrower requests Lender's consent to any 
change in ownership, merger or consolidation of Borrower or Guarantor, any 
assumption of the Loan, or any modification of the Loan Documents, Borrower 
shall provide Lender all relevant information and documents sufficient to 
enable Lender to evaluate the request.  In connection with any such request, 
Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee in the amount of $2,500.00 and shall pay 
all of Lender's reasonable attorney's fees and expenses and other reasonable 
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Lender's evaluation of 
Borrower's request, the preparation of any documents and amendments, the 
subsequent amendment of any documents between Lender and its collateral pool 
lenders (if applicable), and all related matters.

                                        - 36 -

<PAGE>

8.12     CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement has been prepared 
by Lender and its professional advisors and reviewed by Borrower and its 
professional advisors.  Lender, Borrower and their advisors believe that this 
Agreement is the product of all their efforts, it expresses their agreement, 
and that it shall not be interpreted in favor of either Lender or Borrower or 
against either Lender or Borrower merely because of their efforts in 
preparing it.

8.13     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof.

8.14     NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.  No person not a party to this 
Agreement shall have or enjoy any rights hereunder and all third-party 
beneficiary rights are expressly negated.  Without limiting the generality of 
the foregoing, no one other than Borrower shall have any rights to obtain or 
compel a disbursement of proceeds of the Loan hereunder.  

8.15     LENDER'S AUTHORITY TO FURNISH COPIES OF LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Lender may 
exhibit or furnish the Loan Documents or copies thereof to any potential 
transferee of the Secured Obligations (whether such transfer is absolute or 
collateral), to any governmental or regulatory authority in connection with 
any legal, administrative or regulatory proceedings requiring the disclosure 
of the terms of the Loan Documents, to Lender's attorneys, auditors and 
underwriters, and to any other person or entity for which there is a 
legitimate business purpose for such disclosure.

8.16     PERMITTED CONTESTS.  Borrower, on its own or on Lender's behalf (or 
in Lender's name), but at Borrower's expense, may contest, by appropriate 
legal proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount 
or validity or application, in whole or in part, of any Imposition (as 
defined in the Mortgage) or any legal requirement or insurance requirement or 
any lien, attachment, levy, encumbrance, charge or claim provided that [i] in 
the case of an unpaid Imposition, lien, attachment, levy, encumbrance, charge 
or claim, the commencement and continuation of such proceedings shall suspend 
the collection thereof from Lender and from the Facility, [ii] the Facility 
or any part thereof or interest therein would not be in any immediate danger 
of being sold, forfeited, attached or lost, [iii] in the case of a legal 
requirement, Lender would not be in any immediate danger of civil or criminal 
liability for failure to comply therewith pending the outcome of such 
proceedings, [iv] in the event that any such 

                                        - 37 -

<PAGE>

contest shall involve a sum of money or potential loss in excess of 
$50,000.00, the Borrower shall deliver to Lender and its counsel an opinion 
of Borrower's counsel to the effect set forth in clauses [i], [ii] and [iii], 
to the extent applicable; [v] in the case of a legal requirement and/or an 
Imposition, lien, encumbrance or charge, Borrower shall give such reasonable 
security as may be demanded by Lender to insure ultimate payment of the same 
and to prevent any sale or forfeiture of the Facility or any part thereof by 
reason of such non-payment or non-compliance, [vi] in the case of an 
insurance requirement, the coverage required by the Mortgage shall be 
maintained, [vii] in the case of a mechanic's or materialmen lien, the 
requirements of Section 5.4 shall be satisfied, and [viii] if such contest be 
finally resolved against Lender or Borrower, Borrower shall promptly pay the 
amount required to be paid, together with all interest and penalties accrued 
thereon, or comply with the applicable legal requirement or insurance 
requirement.  Lender, at Borrower's expense, shall execute and deliver to 
Borrower such authorizations and other documents as may reasonably be 
required in any such contest, and, if reasonably requested by Borrower or if 
Lender so desires, Lender shall join as a party therein. Borrower shall 
indemnify and save Lender harmless against any liability, cost or expense of 
any kind that may be imposed upon Lender in connection with any such contest 
and any loss resulting therefrom.

8.17     LENDER MERELY A LENDER.

8.17.1   NO AGENCY.  LENDER IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE IN ANY WAY THE AGENT FOR 
OR TRUSTEE OF BORROWER.  LENDER DOES NOT INTEND TO ACT IN ANY WAY FOR OR ON 
BEHALF OF BORROWER IN DISBURSING THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOAN.  LENDER'S PURPOSE 
IN MAKING THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT IS TO PROTECT THE 
VALIDITY AND PRIORITY OF ITS MORTGAGE AND THE VALUE OF ITS SECURITY.  LENDER 
DOES NOT INTEND TO BE AND IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE 
COMPLETION OF ANY IMPROVEMENTS ERECTED OR TO BE ERECTED UPON THE LAND; THE 
PAYMENT OF BILLS OR ANY OTHER DETAILS IN CONNECTION WITH THE LAND AND 
IMPROVEMENTS; ANY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED IN CONNECTION WITH THE 
LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS; OR BORROWER'S RELATIONS AND CONTRACTS WITH ANY 
CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIALMEN, OR LABORERS PERFORMING WORK OR 
SUPPLYING MATERIALS FOR THE LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS.

8.17.2   NO OBLIGATION TO PAY.  THE MORTGAGE AND THIS AGREEMENT ARE NOT TO BE 
CONSTRUED BY BORROWER OR ANYONE FURNISHING LABOR, 

                                        - 38 -

<PAGE>

MATERIALS, OR ANY OTHER WORK OR PRODUCT FOR IMPROVING THE LAND AS AN 
AGREEMENT UPON THE PART OF LENDER TO ASSURE THAT ANYONE WILL BE PAID FOR 
FURNISHING SUCH LABOR, MATERIALS, OR ANY OTHER WORK OR PRODUCT.  BORROWER 
SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH PAYMENTS.

8.17.3   NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION.  LENDER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR 
CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS.  NOTWITHSTANDING INSPECTION OF THE LAND AND 
THE IMPROVEMENTS, LENDER AND LENDER'S INSPECTOR ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR 
THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION OR WORKMANSHIP OR FOR THE ARCHITECTURAL OR 
STRUCTURAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY IMPROVEMENTS OR FOR THE ADHERENCE TO OR APPROVAL 
OF ANY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR FOR ANY 
IMPROVEMENTS.

                                 ARTICLE 9:  SECURITY

9.1 LETTER OF CREDIT.

9.1.1    TERMS OF LETTER OF CREDIT.  As partial security for the performance 
of its obligations under the Loan Documents, Borrower shall maintain the 
Letter of Credit in favor of Lender until the Secured Obligations are 
performed in full. The Letter of Credit shall permit partial draws and shall 
permit drawing upon presentation of a draft drawn on the Issuer and a 
certificate signed by Lender stating that an Event of Default has occurred.  
The Letter of Credit shall be for an initial term of one year and shall be 
automatically renewed annually for successive terms of at least one year 
unless the Lender receives notice from the Issuer, by certified mail, at 
least 60 days prior to the expiry date then in effect that the Letter of 
Credit will not be extended for an additional one-year period.

9.1.2    REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT.  Borrower shall provide a replacement 
Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements of Section 9.1.1 from an 
Issuer acceptable to Lender within 30 days after the occurrence of [i] 
Lender's receipt of notice from the Issuer that the Letter of Credit will not 
be extended for an additional one-year period; or [ii] Lender gives notice to 
Borrower that the Lace Financial Service rating for the Issuer is less than a 
"C+"; or [iii]Lender gives notice to Borrower that Issuer admits in writing 
its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, files a petition 
in bankruptcy or petitions to take advantage of any insolvency act, makes an 
assignment for the benefit of its creditors, consents to the appointment of a 
receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, 
or files a 

                                        - 39 -

<PAGE>

petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the 
federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United 
States of America or any state thereof.  Borrower's failure to comply with 
the requirements of this section shall be an immediate Event of Default under 
the Loan Documents without any notice, cure or grace period.

9.1.3    DRAWS.  Lender may draw under the Letter of Credit upon the 
occurrence of an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.  Any such 
draw may be in whole or in part and, if a partial draw, may be made from time 
to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default and while it is 
continuing.  Any such draw shall not cure an Event of Default.  Lender shall 
have the right, but not the obligation, to apply all or any portion of the 
proceeds from the Letter of Credit to pay all or any portion of [a] the 
outstanding principal balance of the Loan, whether matured or unmatured; plus 
[b] all accrued unpaid interest; plus [c] any prepayment fee payable under 
the Note; plus [d] all other obligations, charges, costs, and expenses 
payable by Borrower under the Loan Documents; plus [e] all reasonable 
expenses and costs incurred by Lender in administering, enforcing or 
preserving Lender's rights under the Note, Loan Agreement, Letter of Credit, 
Mortgage, or any other security, including but not limited to, [i] the fees, 
expenses, and costs of any litigation, receivership, administrative, 
bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar proceeding; [ii] attorney, 
paralegal, consulting and witness fees and disbursements; and [iii] the 
expenses, including but not limited to, lodging, meals and transportation, of 
Lender and its employees, agents, attorneys, and witnesses in preparing for 
litigation, receivership, administrative, bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar 
proceedings and attendance at hearings, depositions, and trials in connection 
therewith.

         With respect to any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds that is 
not applied to payment of the Secured Obligations, Lender shall have the 
option to either [i] deposit the proceeds into an interest-bearing account 
with a financial institution chosen by Lender ("LC Account"); or [ii] require 
Borrower to obtain a replacement Letter of Credit satisfactory to Lender and 
Borrower may use the proceeds to secure Borrower's reimbursement obligation 
for the Letter of Credit.  All interest accruing on the LC Account shall be 
paid to Lender and may, from time to time, be withdrawn from the LC Account 
by Lender and applied to payment of Secured Obligations.  At any time and 
from time to time until the Secured 

                                        - 40 -

<PAGE>

Obligations are performed in full, Lender may apply all or any portion 
of the funds held in the LC Account to payment of all or any portion of the 
Secured Obligations.  Within 10 days after any such payment from the LC 
Account, Lender shall give written notice to Borrower describing the amount 
of such payment and how it was applied to the Secured Obligations.

         Upon the occurrence of either [i] Lender's receipt of a replacement 
Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements of Section 9.1.1 and is 
issued by an Issuer acceptable to Lender; or [ii] the date on which the 
Secured Obligations are performed in full, Lender shall pay the principal 
balance of the LC Account (including any accrued interest) to Borrower.

9.1.4    PARTIAL DRAWS.  Upon the occurrence of a monetary Event of Default 
under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may, at its option, make a partial 
draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount not to exceed the amount of 
Borrower's monetary obligations under the Loan Documents then past due.  If 
Lender then applies the proceeds from such partial draw on the Letter of 
Credit to payment of all or any portion of Borrower's monetary obligations 
then past due, Borrower shall, within 10 days after notice from Lender of 
such partial draw and payment, cause the amount of the Letter of Credit to be 
reinstated to the amount in effect prior to such partial draw.  Borrower's 
failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall be an immediate 
Event of Default under the Loan Documents without any notice, cure or grace 
period.  Lender's rights under this Section 9.1.4 are in addition to, and not 
in limitation of, Lender's rights under Section 9.1.3.

9.1.5    SUBSTITUTE LETTER OF CREDIT.  Borrower may, from time to time, 
deliver to Lender a substitute Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of 
this Agreement and issued by an Issuer acceptable to Lender.  Upon Lender's 
approval of the substitute Letter of Credit, Lender shall release the 
previous Letter of Credit to the Borrower.  

9.2 GUARANTY.  The Loan is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the 
Guaranty.

                                        - 41 -

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower have executed and 
delivered this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

                                  HEALTH CARE REIT, INC.

                                  By:____________________________

                                       Title:____________________

                                  KAPSON ROCHESTER MANOR, LLC

                                  By:____________________________ 
                                     Glenn Kaplan, Member

                                  Tax I.D. No. __________________

STATE OF OHIO      )
                   ) SS: 
COUNTY OF LUCAS    )

         On the ____ day of _____________, 1996 before me personally came 
________________________________________, to me known, who, being by me duly 
sworn, did depose and say that he resides in  ________________________________;
that he is the ___________________ of Health Care REIT, Inc., the corporation
described in and which executed the above instrument; and that he signed his 
name thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                  _______________________________    
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:___________________             [SEAL]

                                        - 42 -

<PAGE>

STATE OF NEW YORK       )
                        ) SS: 
COUNTY OF NASSAU        )

         On the ____ day of March, 1996 before me personally came Glenn 
Kaplan, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he 
resides in Woodbury, New York; that he is a member of Kapson Rochester Manor, 
LLC, the limited liability company described in and which executed the above 
instrument; and that he signed his name thereto by order of the members of 
said company.

                                  _______________________________ 
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:___________________             [SEAL]

                              ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF MANAGER

         The undersigned Manager hereby consents to the foregoing Loan 
Agreement between Kapson Rochester East, LLC and Health Care REIT, Inc. and 
agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement 
applicable to Manager, including, without limitation, Sections 5.10, 6.5, 6.6 
and 6.9 and Article 10 of the Loan Agreement.

                                  SENIOR QUARTERS MANAGEMENT CORP.

                                  By:____________________________

                                       Title:__________________

                                        - 43 -

<PAGE>

STATE OF NEW YORK       )
                        ) SS: 
COUNTY OF NASSAU        )

         On the ____ day of March, 1996 before me personally came 
____________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say 
that he resides in Woodbury, New York; that he is the ______________________ 
of Senior Quarters Management Corp., the corporation described in and which 
executed the above instrument; and that he signed his name thereto by order 
of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                  _______________________________     
                                  Notary Public

My Commission Expires:___________________             [SEAL]

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY:

DIANE V. DAVIS, ESQ. 
SHUMAKER, LOOP & KENDRICK 
1000 JACKSON STREET 
TOLEDO, OHIO 43624

                                        - 44 -

<PAGE>

                            EXHIBIT A:  LEGAL DESCRIPTION

<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT B:  PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS

1.  Taxes and assessments not yet due and payable.

                                  [TO BE COMPLETED]

<PAGE>

                       EXHIBIT C:  GOVERNMENT AUTHORIZATIONS

                                [BORROWER TO PROVIDE]

<PAGE>

                       EXHIBIT D:  LIST OF LEASES AND CONTRACTS

                                [BORROWER TO PROVIDE]

<PAGE>

                            EXHIBIT E:  PENDING LITIGATION

                                         NONE

<PAGE>

                        EXHIBIT F:  DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED

         Borrower shall deliver each of the following documents to Lender no 
later than the date specified for each document:

          1.  Annual Financial Statements of Borrower (audited financial 
statement of Borrower and audited operating statement for each Facility) 
- -within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year.

          2.  Periodic Financial Statements of Borrower and Facility - within 
45 days after the end of each quarter.

          3.  Borrower's Certificate and Facility Financial Report 
(Exhibit G) - with each delivery of Borrower's financial statements.

          4.  Annual Financial Statements of Guarantor - within 30 days after 
the end of each fiscal year.

          5.  Periodic Financial Statements of Guarantor - within 10 days 
after Lender's request (not to exceed once per year).

          6.  Guarantor's certificate - with each delivery of Guarantor's 
financial statements.

          7.  Federal tax returns of Borrower and Guarantor - within 15 days 
after the filing of the return.  If the filing date is extended, also provide 
a copy of the extension application within 15 days after filing.

          8.  Survey and inspection reports for each Facility - within 7 days 
after receipt by Borrower.

          9.  Real estate taxes

              (a)  Copy of invoice and check - within 5 days after the due 
date; and

              (b)  Copy of official receipt or other satisfactory evidence of 
payment - within 30 days after the due date.

<PAGE>

         10.  Certificate of insurance renewal and evidence of payment 
of premium - at least 30 days prior to the expiration of each policy.

<PAGE>

                          EXHIBIT G:  BORROWER'S CERTIFICATE            
                           AND FACILITY OF FINANCIAL REPORT

Report Period:  Commencing ____________ and ending ___________

Loan:    $6,484,375.00 loan made by Health Care REIT, Inc. ("Lender") to Kapson
         Rochester East, LLC ("Borrower")

         I hereby certify to Lender as follows:

         1.   The attached [specify AUDITED or UNAUDITED and ANNUAL or 
QUARTERLY, and if CONSOLIDATED, so state] financial statements of Borrower [i]
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied; [ii] have been prepared in a manner substantially 
consistent with prior financial statements submitted to Lender; and [iii] 
fairly present the financial condition and performance of Borrower in all 
material respects.

         2.   The attached [Annual or Quarterly] Facility Financial Report 
for the Report Period is complete, true and accurate and has been prepared in 
a manner substantially consistent with prior schedules submitted to Lender.  
As set forth in the [Annual or Quarterly] Financial Report, Borrower has 
maintained the Coverage Ratio and the Current Ratio for the Report Period as 
required under the Loan Agreement between Borrower and Lender.

         3.   To the best of my knowledge, Borrower was in compliance with 
all of the provisions of the Loan Agreement and all other loan documents 
executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan at all times during the 
Report Period, and no default, or any event which with the passage of time or 
the giving of notice or both would constitute a default, has occurred under 
the Loan.

         Executed this _____ day of _______________, _________.

                                  KAPSON ROCHESTER EAST, LLC

                                  Name:__________________________

                                       Title:____________________

<PAGE>

                           ANNUAL FACILITY FINANCIAL REPORT

FACILITY NAME:    ____________________________________________________________
FACILITY ADDRESS: ____________________________________________________________
                  ____________________________________________________________


REPORT PERIOD:    Twelve (12) months beginning _______________________________
                  and ending ________________________________________________.
                  All information reported should be for this period only.


                                         CENSUS        % RESIDENT
  OCCUPANCY DATA                          DATA            DAYS        % REVENUES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Beds/Units:       _______        Medicaid:        _______%       _______% 
Total Available Days:   _______        Medicare:        _______%       _______% 
Total Occupied Days:    _______        Private & Other: _______%       _______%
Occupancy Percentage:   _______%       Total:           _______%       _______%

                                 OPERATING DATA

1.  Gross Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

2.  Contractual Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

3.  Net Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

4.  Operating Expenses (before interest,
    lease/rent, depreciation, amortization and
    management fees) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

5.  Net Operating Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

6.  Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

7.  Lease/Rent Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

8.  Depreciation Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________ 

9.  Amortization Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

10. Management Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________ 

11. Management Fees (as a percent of Gross
    Revenues). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ______________%

12. Overhead Allocation (if applicable). . . . . . . . . . . $______________

13. Other (identify) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

14. Income Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________ 


<PAGE>

15. Net Income (amount should agree with the
    facility's financial statements) . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

<PAGE>

                                    FINANCING DATA                   
               (Note:  This data breaks out Items 6 and 7 above.)

                            Related to Health    All Other Leases        
                            Care REIT, Inc.      and/or Debt        Total   
                            -----------------------------------------------

Interest or Lease Expense       _________         _________        ________

Principal Payments 
(if any)                        _________         _________        ________

                              $                  $               $
                                ----------         ----------      ----------
                                ----------         ----------      ----------

                                    COVERAGE RATIO

1.  Net Operating Income                                       $______________

2.  Less Imputed Management Fee
       (5% of gross revenues)                                  (______________)

3.  Less Imputed Replacement Reserve for
    period ($400.00 per unit per year)                         (______________)

4.  Adjusted Net Operating Income                              $______________ 

5.  Loan/Lease Payments to HCRI                                $______________ 

6.  Actual Coverage Ratio (Line 4 DIVIDED BY Line 5)            ______________ 

7.  Minimum Coverage Ratio (per Loan
    Agreement) (after first 12 months 
    of operation)                                            1.25/1.0  1.25/1.0 

                                    CURRENT RATIO

1.  Current Assets                                           $______________ 

2.  Current Liabilities                                      $______________ 

3.  Actual Current Ratio (Line 1 DIVIDED BY Line 2)          $______________ 

4.  Minimum Current Ratio (per Loan Agreement)                       1.1/1.0 

I certify that the foregoing is true and accurate.

_________________________________               Date:________________________

Name:_________________

    Title:_________________

Phone Number:_______________


<PAGE>

                         QUARTERLY FACILITY FINANCIAL REPORT

FACILITY NAME:      __________________________________________________________
FACILITY ADDRESS:   __________________________________________________________
                    __________________________________________________________
  

REPORT PERIOD:      Three (3) months beginning _______________________________ 
                    and ending _______________________________________________.
                    All information reported should be for this period only.

                                         CENSUS       % RESIDENT 
OCCUPANCY DATA                            DATA            DAYS       % REVENUES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total Beds/Units:       _______        Medicaid:        _______%       _______%
 Total Available Days:   _______        Medicare:        _______%       _______%
 Total Occupied Days:    _______        Private & Other: _______%       _______%
 Occupancy Percentage:   _______%       Total:           _______%       _______%


                                   OPERATING DATA

1.  Gross Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

2.  Contractual Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

3.  Net Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

4.  Operating Expenses (before interest,
    lease/rent, depreciation, amortization and
    management fees) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________

5.  Net Operating Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

6.  Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

7.  Lease/Rent Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

8.  Depreciation Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

9.  Amortization Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

10. Management Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

11. Management Fees (as a percent of Gross
    Revenues). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  ______________%

12. Overhead Allocation (if applicable). . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

13. Other (identify) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

14. Income Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________
 

15. Net Income (amount should agree with the
    facility's financial statements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $______________


<PAGE>

                                    FINANCING DATA
                  (Note:  This data breaks out Items 6 and 7 above.)


                           Related to Health     All Other Leases
                             Care REIT, Inc.        and/or Debt       Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
Interest or Lease Expense       _________            _________        ________
Principal Payments 
(if any)                        _________            _________        ________

                              $                   $               $           
                               ------------        ------------    ------------
                               ------------        ------------    ------------


                                    COVERAGE RATIO

1.  Net Operating Income                                        $______________

2.  Less Imputed Management Fee
      (5% of gross revenues)                                    (______________)

3.  Less Imputed Replacement Reserve for
    period ($400.00 per unit per year)                          (______________)


4.  Adjusted Net Operating Income                               $______________ 

5.  Loan/Lease Payments to HCRI                                 $______________ 

6.  Actual Coverage Ratio (Line 4 DIVIDED BY Line 5)             ______________ 

7.  Minimum Coverage Ratio (per Loan
    Agreement) (after first 12 months
    of operation)                                                      1.25/1.0 


                                    CURRENT RATIO

1.  Current Assets                                              $______________ 

2.  Current Liabilities                                         $______________ 

3.  Actual Current Ratio (Line 1 DIVIDED BY Line 2)              ______________ 

4.  Minimum Current Ratio (per Loan Agreement)                          1.1/1.0 


I certify that the foregoing is true and accurate.


                                       Date:                                   
- -------------------------                    -----------------------------------

Name:                   
     --------------------
    Title:              
           --------------

Phone Number:           
             ------------


<PAGE>

                 QUARTERLY FACILITY ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING REPORT
                                           
                      FACILITY NAME:    ________________________
                                           
                      FACILITY ADDRESS: ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                           
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING AS OF ____________ (MOST RECENT QUARTER ENDED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


PAYOR                   0-30 DAYS %                   31-60 DAYS  %                61-90 DAYS  %               OVER 90 DAYS  %
<S>                     <C>                          <C>                          <C>                          <C>
Medicaid               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                     
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
Medicare               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
                                     
Commercial Insurance   $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%

Other -_____________   $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
                                     
TOTALS                 $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 100%                         100%                         100%                         100%


% OF TOTALS $            ___________%                 ___________%                 ___________%                 ___________%


ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING AS OF ____________ (2ND RECENT QUARTER ENDED)

PAYOR                    0-30 DAYS  %                31-60 DAYS  %              61-90 DAYS  %                OVER 90 DAYS  %


</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                     <C>                          <C>                          <C>
Medicaid               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
Medicare               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
Commercial Insurance   $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
Other -                $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
______________                   ___%                         ___%                         ___%                         ___%
TOTALS                 $_____________               $_____________               $_____________               $_____________
                                 100%                         100%                         100%                         100%

% OF TOTALS            ___________%                  ___________%                ___________%                 ___________%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Additional Loan Agreements

    The following is a schedule of additional loan agreements relating to 
facilities of which the Company owns the entire or a majority interest. 
Stockholders may obtain a copy of such documents by so requesting in writing.

    Loan Agreement dated March, 1996 between Kapson Rochester East, LLC and
Health Care REIT, Inc.

    Building Loan Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1994, by and between
Larkfield Gardens Associates, L.P. and Sims Mortgage Funding, Inc.

    Loan Agreement, effective as of January 11, 1995, between Kapson Chestnut
Ridge Development Corp., as borrower, and Health Care REIT, Inc., as lender.






<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
    
 
   
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
    We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 (File
No.  333-5945) of  our reports  (i) dated  June 7,  1996, on  our audits  of the
combined financial  statements of  The Kapson  Group (the  "Predecessor") as  of
December  31, 1994 and 1995, and for each  of the years in the three year period
ended December 31,  1995, and  (ii) dated  June 11, 1996,  on our  audit of  the
balance  sheet of  Kapson Senior Quarters  Corp., as  of June 10,  1996. We also
consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts."
    
 
   
                                          /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
    
   
New York, New York
    
   
August 23, 1996
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT
 
    We  consent  to the  use  in this  Registration  Statement of  Kapson Senior
Quarters Corp. on Form S-1  of our reports dated  February 21, 1996 and  January
29,  1996 relating to the financial statements of Town Gate East (A Partnership)
and Town Gate Manor (A  Partnership), respectively appearing in the  Prospectus,
which is part of this Registration Statement.
 
    We  also consent to the reference to  us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.
 
                                          /s/ Rotenberg & Company, LLP
Rochester, New York
   
August 21, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission